LATIN COMPOSITION
AN ELEMENTARY GUIDE
TO
WRITING IN LATIN
PART I. CONSTRUCTIONS
PART II. EXERCISES IN TRANSLATION
BY
J. H. ALLEN AND J. B. GREENOUGH
BOSTON
GINN AND HEATH
1877
Entered according fco Act of Congress, in the year 1875, by
J. H. ALLEN AND J. B. GREENOUGH,
in the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.
Cambridge :
Press of John Wilson and Son.
PREFACE.
THIS book completes the series of preparatory text-books
announced by the present editors. It has been prepared with
a view to furnish a sufficient amount of study and practice in
Latin composition, during the last year of preparation for col-
lege, and the first of a college course. It supposes in the
learner a fair acquaintance with the language, gained by the
reading of the usual authors and the careful study of gram-
mar and notes, with some elementary practice in writing, at
least as much as that given in the " Method," to which this is
intended as a sequel.
"Latin Composition," so called, has often been taught
solely by the use of detached sentences illustrating the vari-
ous constructions of syntax, translated out of Roman authors,
to be re-translated into the original form. We are persuaded
that, however serviceable this may be to give a certain mechani-
cal familiarity with the formal rules of Grammar, it is not a
good preparation for " composition," in the sense that prop-
erly belongs to that word. The best way to learn intelligently
the usages of the language is to put real English into real
Latin. While we seek, therefore, to cover the entire ground
of syntactical constructions, the suggestions given in this
book are throughout from the English point of view. The
question we have attempted to answer is not " How closely
may this or that phrase in Cicero be imitated by the learner ? "
iv Preface.
but, " How may good common English be best represented in
Latin forms?" We would thus suggest a comparison not
merely of the words or the constructions, but (so to speak) of
the genius and spirit of the two tongues, which, we are con-
vinced, is the true way of appreciating what is most character-
istic and best worth knowing in the ancient authors.
With this view, the passages to be rendered into Latin are
freely selected from the sources which seemed suitable to our
purpose.* It will be observed that we have very early intro-
duced continuous paragraphs or narratives ; which, we believe,
are not only more interesting in themselves, but will be found
easier in practice than detached sentences, besides the advan-
tage of exhibiting the rarer constructions in situ, and not as
mere isolated puzzles. The extracts have been very carefully
selected, with a view not to anticipate constructions not already
given ; or, where this is inevitable, it is hoped they are suf-
ficiently helped by notes and vocabulary, while they are accom-
panied in every case by full preliminary instruction.!
The earlier of these extracts are chiefly anecdotes from
Roman history, or other matter within a range already familiar
to the pupil. In the later ones we have been obliged to in-
troduce, here and there, modern material and ideas. These,
it is likely, will tax more severely the pupil's knowledge and
capacity; but it seems evident that the more intricate con-
structions of Latin prose can be best understood when we
meet them from our own point of view, and find the need of
them to express our own forms of thought. It should be
understood that the difficulties they include are those of the
language itself; and it is best to meet them fairly at the start,
rather than evade or disguise them. There is no such thing
* Of these we may specify Smith's " Smaller History of Rome," and Sargent's
" Easy Passages for Translation into Latin."
t It may be worth while to suggest that the teacher may at his pleasure select
single passages or phrases for elementary practice.
Preface. v
as making a Ciceronian period or an indirect discourse in
Caesar or Livy an easy thing to boys ; and the student is not
fairly master of them until he can to some extent follow and
reproduce them in his own work. The difficulties may, how-
ever, be lightened to any extent, at the discretion of the
teacher, even to the extent of going over in detail the whole
ground of each exercise in advance.
It will be observed that a Vocabulary has been prepared
to Part First only; and that this aims only to give, as a
simple mechanical convenience, the Latin terms which may
be used in the passages where the English ones actually
occur in the book, leaving the mind free to attend wholly to
the construction. The learner should be impressed from the
start with the need of habitually consulting his Latin Lexicon,
to obtain the true meaning and use of the terms he employs.
Such explanation as could be given in a partial vocabulary
would be at best of very doubtful service. Even if on some
grounds desirable, the need of it appears to be removed by
White's excellent " English Latin Dictionary for the use of
Junior Students," which within reasonable limits of size and
price furnishes a guide such as every learner should possess,
who aims at any thing better than the mere performance of
the required task of the day; while the more advanced
student will not be content without something at least as
complete as the larger work of Kerchever Arnold. The
design of Part Second obviously excludes the use of any
partial or special list of words. For this, we trust that the
suggestions of the Introduction, and the frequent assistance
given in the notes, with the faithful consultation of the
Lexicon, which must always be supposed, will prove a
sufficient guide.
CAMBRIDGE, May 10, 1876.
THE following works, which have been freely used in the prepa-
ration of this manual, will be of service to those who desire to
give the subject a more thorough study. Those marked 2, 3, 4,
have been used to some extent as text-books in this country.
1. Theorie des lateinischen Stiles, von C. J. GRYSAR. 2d ed. Koln :
J. G. Schmitz. 1843.
A very complete and elaborate treatise, the source from which ex-
cellent material has been largely drawn by others.
2. Hints towards Latin Prose Composition. By ALEX. W. POTTS.
3d ed. London : Macmillan & Co. 1872.
A brief but admirable essay on the main points of Latin style and
expression (without exercises), with a great number of brief illustra-
tions, some of which will be found in the introduction to Part II. of the
present manual (pp. 126-129).
3. Parallel Extracts, arranged for translation into English and Latin,
with Notes on Idioms. By J. E. NIXON. Part I. Historical and
Epistolary. London : Macmillan & Co. 1874.
An excellent working manual, the passages on opposite pages sug-
gesting points of comparison between Latin and English style, and with
numerous figured references to the introductory Notes.
4. A Manual of Latin Prose Composition for the use of Schools and
Colleges. By the Rev. HENRY MUSGRAVE WILKINS. 3d ed. London :
Parker, Son, & Brown. 1861.
Numerous exercises, very fully annotated, a portion being " adapted "
(in English) to the Latin idiom. With introductory remarks and a
table of idiomatic expressions. A Key is published for the use of
teachers.
5. Principia Latina. Part VI. Short Tales and Anecdotes from
Ancient History for translation into Latin Prose. By WILLIAM SMITH,
D.D. 3d ed. London : John Murray. 1870.
CONTENTS.
PART. I. CONSTRUCTIONS.
PAGE
LESSON i. The Order of Words i
2. Rules of Agreement. i. Apposition .... 3
3. 2. The Verb .... 4
4. 3. Adjectives .... 6
5. Adjectives : Special Uses 8
6. Pronouns. i. Personal and Reflexive . . . . 10
7. 2. Demonstrative 12
8. 3. Relative 14
9. 4. Interrogative and Indefinite . . 17
10. Cases. i. As Objects of Verbs 20
11. 2. As Modifying Adjectives .... 23
12. 3. Indirect Relations 25
13. 4. Cause, Means, and Quality ... 28
14. 5. Separation and Comparison ... 32
15. 6. Special Uses of the Genitive ... 34
16. 7. Use of Two Cases 37
17. 8. Time and Place 39
18. 9. Prepositions 42
19. Verbs. I. Narrative Tenses 45
20. 2. The Passive Voice 48
21. 3. Infinitive Constructions 53
22. 4. Participial Constructions .... 57
23. 5. Gerundive Constructions .... 60
24. 6. Subjunctive Constructions .... 62
25. Relations of Time 66
26. Purpose and Result 69
27. Conditional Sentences ,. . . 72
28. Substantive Clauses 74
29. Intermediate Clauses 77
30. Indirect Discourse 80
31. Certain Special Constructions 83
PART SECOND.
PAGB
INTRODUCTION : i. Choice of the Word or Phrase ... 119
2. Structure of the Sentence 126
3. Idiomatic Phrases j^o
EXERCISES IN TRANSLATION.
I. Death of Epaminondas 135
II. The Ring of Gyges 135
III. Cyrus the Younger 136
IV. Xenophon's Sacrifice 136
V. The Sibylline Books 137
VI; Hannibal and Antiochus . . 138
VII. The Talking Crow 139
VIII. Hannibal in the Alps. Arnold 139
IX. The Embassy of Philip. Arnold 140
X. Hannibal near Rome 141
XL Young Scipio 142
XII. Hannibal's Exile 143
XIII. The Tale of Atalanta. Bacon ...... 145
XIV. Assassination of Caesar. Plutarch 145
XV. Death of Marcus Antonius , . 147
XVI. Destruction of Carthage 148
XVII. Xenophon at the Sea . . * 149
XVIII. Vercingetorix , . 150
XIX. A Story of Wolves 151
XX. Death of Socrates. Plato 152
XXL Hannibal in the Apennines 155
XXII. The Gauls at Rome 156
XXIII. Murder of Marcellus 157
XXIV. Story of Cincinnatus. Arnold 159
XXV. Princely Generosity. Feltham 160
XXVI. Defeat of Varus. Omry 161
XXVII. Siege of Syracuse. Arnold 162
XXVIII. Battle of Metaurus. Xr*0/// .163
XXIX. Inundations of the Tiber. Gibbon 165
XXX. First Acting at Rome. Livy 167
XXXI. The Fire of London 169
XXX 1 1. The Earthquake at Lisbon 171
XXXIII. Character of Trajan. Gibbon 174
XXXIV. Character of Cato. Mtddleton J75
XXXV. Of Studies. Bacon 176
XXXVI. Antony in Defeat North's Plutarch . . . . 178
XXXVI I. Speech of Antony. Shakespeare 180
COMPOSITION.
PART FIRST. CONSTRUCTIONS.
Lesson i.
The Order of Words.
READ carefully the whole of 76. Learn sub-
section i, with c, d ; and 2.
NOTE. Though the order of words in a Latin sentence seems
very arbitrary, yet it will be observed that almost every arrangement
produces some effect such as must usually be given in English by
emphasis or stress of voice. In the Exercises to follow, the pupil
should observe the reason of any change he may make from the
normal order, and the effect it has in making prominent some par-
ticular word or words. He should also acquire, as early as possible,
the habit of regarding his composition as a Latin sentence, and not
as an English sentence turned into Latin 'words. And he will be
aided in this by habitually reading over the sentence as Latin after
he has written it, to be sure that it has a Latin sound.
i. The normal or regular form of words in a Latin
sentence is the following : (a) The Subject, followed
by its modifiers ; (d) the modifiers of the Predicate,
the direct object being usually put last ; (c) the Verb,
preceded by any word or phrase which directly quali-
fies its action.
This is the order usually to be followed, where no
emphasis is thrown on any particular word, as in
simple narrative of fact : thus,
Hannibal imperator factits \proocimo triennio omnes
gentes Hispaniae \ bello subegit, NEPOS, Hann. 3.
2 Latin Composition.
REMARK. In actual practice, the normal order of words
is rarely found. It is continually altered, either for the sake
of emphasis , to throw stress on the more important words ;
or for the sake of euphony, to make the sentence more
agreeable to the ear.
2. Modifiers of Nouns as adjectives (not predi-
cate), appositives, and oblique cases used as attributes
usually follow the noun ; modifiers of Verbs in-
cluding adverbs and adverbial phrases precede the
verb. Genitives may come indifferently before or after
the noun which they limit, according to emphasis.
3. In the arrangement of Clauses, the relative
clause more often comes first in Latin, and usually
contains the antecedent noun ; while, in English, the
demonstrative clause almost always precedes: as,
Quos amisimus elves, eos Mart is vis perculit. Cic.
Marc. 6. (" Those citizens whom," &c. See examples in 48, 3. b.)
4. In contrasted phrases or clauses, either (i) the
same order of words is repeated {anaphora) , or (2) the
order is reversed (chiasmus) : as,
i. JBellmn genere necessarium magnitudine periculo-
id. Mani!. 10.
2. Non terror e belli, sed consilii celeritate. (id. n.)
5. Almost universally the MAIN WORD of the sen-
tence is put first (rarely last). This may be (i) simply
the emphatic word, containing the idea most prominent
in the writer's mind (emphasis) ; or it may be (2) con-
trasted with some other word preceding or following
(antithesis) . Compare, for example, the following :
1. M. Brutus Ciceronis amicus Caesar em, interfecit.
2. Amicus Ciceronis M. Brutus Cacsarem interfecit.
3. Cacsarem interfecit M. Brutus Ciceronis amicus.
That is, "It was Caesar," &c.
Apposition. 3
4. Interfecit Caesarem M. Brutus Ciceronis amicus.
Here the emphasis is thrown on t\\zfact of killing : compare
5. Interfectus est propter quasdam seditionum suspi-
tiones C. Gracchus. Cic. Cat. i. 2 (see the passage).
6. ttomae summum otiunn est.
Here Rome is contrasted with Syria, which Cicero had just
spoken of.
Lesson 2.
Bales of Agreement. !. Apposition.
REVIEW 46, 1,2; Learn a, b, c.
Observe that in Latin simple apposition is often
used where in English we use as, of, when, or even
a separate clause : thus,
1. I come to help you, adjutor tibi venio.
2. To treat Cicero as a friend, Cicerone amico uti.
3. To regard the gods as immortal, deos aeternos habere.
4. The city of Rome, Homa urbs.
5. I remember seeing -when a boy, puer memini videre.
6. Publius and Lucius Scipio, JP. et L. Scipiones.
7. Cato used to tell in his old age, Cato senex narrabat.
8. Fabius in his second consulship (when he was second time
consul), Fabius consul iterum.
N.B. In the following Exercises, words in brackets are to be
omitted in the Latin.
Proper Names of the first or second declension are not given in
the Vocabulary, except where the spelling is different in English.
Exercise 1.
i. The consul Cah^Flaminius defeated the Insu-
brians. 2 The next consuls, Scipio and Marcellus, con-
1 Praenomens (as Caius) are always to be abbreviated (see 15, 4).
The name must here precede the title. *Insubres.
4 Latin Composition.
tinued the war. Marcellus slew Viridomarus, chief of
the Insubrians, and Scipio his colleague took Milan,
their chief town. 2. Give this message 1 to Tar-<
quinius, your king. 3. O father Tiber, take me [into
thy charge] and bear me up. 4. We have sworn to-
gether, three hundred noble youths, against Porsena.
5. Bocchus was gained over to the Roman cause by
Sulla, the quaestor of Marius. 6. The consul Publius
Rupilius brought the Servile War to an end by the
capture of Tauromenium and Enna, the two strong-
holds of the insurgents. 7. Sempronia, the only sister
of Tiberius Gracchus, was married to the younger
Scipio Africanus. 8. The next year, Lucius Cor-
nelius Scipio, brother of the great Africanus, and
Caius Laelius, the intimate-friend of the latter, 2 were
consuls. 9. The Illyrians were a nation of pirates.
10. The she-wolf acted [as a] mother. n. The
Academy introduced a new [branch of] knowledge
[viz.] to know nothing. 12. Demetrius, an unprin-
cipled Greek, surrendered to the Romans the impor-
tant island [of] Corcyra. 13. Marius and Cicero
were born at Arpinum, a free-town of Latium.
1 Literally, " Report these [things] ." * idem.
Lesson 3.
Rules of Agreement. 3. The Verb.
i. REVIEW 49 (the general rule of agreement).
Learn the sub-sections i with #, b; 2. a, b.
NOTE. The correspondence of the verb with its subject (called
agreement) is nearly the same in most languages, though obscured
in English by the loss of the inflectional endings. The peculiarities
The Verb. 5
of Latin use are given in the sub-sections cited above. The most
important of these is the regular omission of the personal pronoun
of the first or second person as subject (the pronoun being contained
in the verb-ending 1 ), also of the third person whenever it is plain
from the context. Hence the rule
2. The personal pronoun is never to be expressed
in Latin, except when required for emphasis or pre-
cision.
3. A single idea is very often expressed in Latin by
two nouns connected by a conjunction (Jiendiadys).
In this case the singular verb is the usual form : as,
There is a continued series of events, est continuatio et
series reman.
4. The following examples show the most frequent
Latin usages :
1. Fannius and Mucius came to their father-in-law, Fannius
et Mucius ad socerum venerunt.
2. Neither .331ms nor Coruncanius thought so, nee Aelius nee
Coruncanius ita putabat.
3. Balbus and I held up our hands, ego et JSalbus sustuli-
tnus manus.
4. If you and Tullia are well, Cicero and I are well, si tu et
Tullia valetis, ego et Cicero valemus.
5. Water and earth remained, aqua restabat et terra (more
rarely: aqua et terra restabat).
6. I say, aio ; they say (people say), aiunt.
7. I strongly approve of Epicurus, for he says, &c., Epicu-
rum valde probo 9 dicit enim, etc.
8. Rational instruction prescribes, ratio et doctrina prae-
scribit.
N.B. The periphrastic forms of the verb come properly under
the treatment of Adjectives, and are included in the next Lesson.
1 So sometimes in old English or in poetry : as, Did'st ever see
the like? (Taming of the Shrew, iv. i). So the phrases, thank you,
Pray come, &c.
6 Latin Composition.
Exercise 3.
i. Catulus in the Senate, and Cato in the forum,
hailed Cicero [as] the father of his country. 2. Cicero
calls Athens the inventress of arts. 3. The army
of Hannibal lived luxuriously at Capua, a beautiful
city of Campania. 1 4. We avoid death as-if a dis-
solution of nature. 5. Many ancient peoples wor-
shipped the dog and cat [as] gods. 6. The swallow,
harbinger of Spring, had now appeared. 7. Marcus
Manlius, the preserver of the capitol, came forward
[as] the patron of the poor. 8. The censors, Crassus
and Masnius, created two new tribes, the Ufentine and
Falerian. 9. Quintus and 1 2 shall set sail to-morrow ;
you and Tiro will wait [for] us in the harbor.
10. Honor and shame from no condition rise. n. To
you, [my] son Marcus, belongs the inheritance of my
glory and the imitation of my deeds. 12. Never is
danger overcome without danger, as they say. 13. The
exigency 3 of the occasion 3 demands severity. 14. The
mad-scheme of Saturninus and the discredit of Marius
gave-new-strength 4 to the Senate.
1 See 46, 2. b * In Latin, " I and Quintus."
3 Two words with et. 4 Confirmo.
Lesson 4.
Rules of Agreement. 3. Adjectives.
i. LEARN 47 (the general rule of agreement) ;
also sub-sections i and 2, with #, b.
NOTE. As adjectives are not inflected at all in English, the
beginner is required to pay constant attention to the rule. The
only special difficulties likely to arise are when the same adjective
belongs to two nouns, especially when these are of different genders.
As to these, the principles stated in 2, with a and b, will in general
be a sufficient guide.
Adjectives. 7
2. The participial forms in the compound tenses, as
well as other participles, are treated in construction as
adjectives : as,
1. Ccesar and Bibulus were elected consuls, Caesar et Bibu-
lus consules creati sunt.
2. Tullia is dead (or died), Tullia mortua est.
3. Both consuls were slain, uterque consul occisus est.
4. Virginius and his daughter were left alone before the judg-
ment-seat, Virginias et jilia ejus soli ante tribunal
relicti sunt.
5. The wife and little son of Regulus embraced him as he
departed, Hegulum discedentem uxor et parvus
jillus amplexi sunt.
Exercise 3.
i. Brutus, the deliverer of his country, and Colla-
tinus the husband of Lucretia, were chosen first con-
suls at Rome. 2. Disunion and distrust were created
among the allies by the Julian law. 3. Herculaneum
and Pompeii * have been preserved to our times.
4. The entire Senate and Roman people went out to
meet 2 Cicero on his return from exile. 5. All sensible
[people] had become alarmed at the mad-conduct of
Saturninus. 6. Valerius commanding the foot, and
Brutus being appointed to head the cavalry, went out
to meet Tarquin on 3 the Roman borders. 7. My uncle
and myself, having returned to Misenum, passed an
anxious and doubtful night. 8. Manlius during-his-
absence 4 had been elected consul a second time.
9. Pompey, having marched into Syria, deposed An-
tiochus, and made the country a [Roman] province.
10. The conspiracy against Caesar's life was set-on-
foot by Caius Cassius Longinus, an enemy [of] his.
1 Supply urbes in apposition. 3 Lesson 17, h. Rem.
* Obviam with dative, following egredi. 4 absens.
8 Latin Composition.
11. Mantua, alas! too near unhappy Cremona. 1
12. You have before your eyes Catiline, the most
audacious of men. 13. Aurora opens the purple
doors and the courts full of roses. 14. A boar is often
held by a small 2 dog. 15. The wall was common
to 3 both houses, and was cleft by 4 a narrow chink.
1 6. Lepidus [was] defeated near the Mulvian bridge by
Catulus [and] sailed with the remainder of his forces
to Sardinia.
1 Dative. 2 non magnus. 3 Genitive. 4 Ablative.
Lesson 5.
Adjectives : Special Uses.
i. REVIEW 47. Learn 3, 4 (adjectives used as
nouns), with 6, 8, 9.
Under these heads occur many common phrases, in
which the Latin usage must be carefully distinguished
from the English : as,
1. I saw Scipio in his lifetime, Scipionem vivum vidi.
2. He came against his -will, invitus venit.
3. Every thing was safe, omnia tuta erant.
4. All of us are here, omnes adsumus.
5. He was the first to see (he saw first), primus vidit.
6. On the top of a tree, in summa arbore.
7. The inner part of the house, interior domus.
8. The rest of the crowd remained, reliqua multitude
manebat.
NOTE. The use of adjectives as nouns is most common in the
masculine plural, just as in English the wise, the brave, &c. In
the singular this use is rare, except with a few words which have
become practically nouns, such as familiaris, an intimate friend;
sapiens, a wise man; avarus, a miser, and with neuters as in 4. a.
In other cases the noun is generally expressed; and almost always
when a feminine or neuter would be used. Hence
Adjectives: Special Uses. 9
2. When any ambiguity would arise from the use
of the adjective alone, a noun must be added : as,
1. Boni, the good; omnia, every thing.
2. All [men] must die, omnibus moriendum est. But
3. A good man, vir bonus.
4. Power over every thing, potentia omnium rerum.
3. When any other case is used than the nominative
or accusative, the noun is more commonly expressed,
even when not required for distinctness.
4. An abstract notion is very often expressed in
Latin by an adjective in the neuter plural : thus,
1. All men praise bravery, omnes fortia laudant.
2. The past at least is secure, praeterita saltern tuta sunt.
3. Choose the better part, elige meliora.
4. Fleeting good, bona caduca.
5. Pleasing ill, mala blanda.
5. Adjectives are often used in Latin where in
English we use the possessive, or a noun and preposi-
tion : as,
1. The fight at Cannae, pugna Cannensis.
2. Cams Blossius of Cumae, C. Blossius Cumanus*
3. Another man's house, aliena domus.
N OTE . These adjectives most commonly represent the geni-
tive, and will be treated in Lesson 15, b.
Exercise 4.
i. Duillius was-the-first a of the Romans to l conquer
in a naval battle ; Curius Dentatus first led elephants
in a triumph. 2. Right and wrong are by nature
opposed to-each-other. 2 3. After [his] exile Scipio
passed the-rest-of his life at Liternum, a small town
of Latium. 4. Demosthenes, the Athenian orator,
being banished from his country on 3 a false charge
1 Simple adjective. * Inter se. 8 Ob.
jo Latin Composition.
of having received money 1 from Harpalus, was-in-
exile at Megara. 2 He [was] afterwards recalled [and]
returned [to] Athens in a ship sent for that [purpose].
5. Octavia and Li via, the one the sister of Augustus',
the other [his] wife, had lost [their] sons, the 3 [famous]
young Marcellus and Drusus Germanicus. 6. The
aged senators who-had-been-consuls 4 or censors 4 sat
in the Forum on [their] curule chairs, awaiting death.
The Gauls found the city deserted ; but marching on
they came to the Forum, where they beheld the old
men sitting immovable like beings 5 of 6 another 6 world. 6
For some time they stood 7 in-awe-at 8 the strange sight,
till one of the Gauls ventured to go up to Marcus Papi-
rius and stroke his white beard. The old man smote
him on the head with 9 [his] ivory staff; then the bar-
barian slew him, and all the rest were massacred.
1 Lit. " of money received." 2 Megarae or is. ; 3 tile.
4 Adjectives. 6 forma ac natura. 6 de caelo delapsus.
7 Obstipesco. 8 admirans followed by ace. 9 Ablative.
Lesson 6.
Pronouns. 1. Personal and Reflexive.
1. REVIEW 19 (Personal and Reflexive Pro-
nouns) ; with 3. a (Possessive adjectives), d, e. Ob-
serve that the pronouns have almost precisely the same
syntax as nouns.
2. The Latin never uses the plural of the second
person (vos) for the singular you; but often the
plural of the first person (nos) for the singular I.
3. Of the double forms in the genitive plural, the
form in um is partitive, while thatin i is objective : thus,
1. The elder of us, major nostrum.
2. Mindful of us, memor nostri.
Pronouns.
ii
4. The Reflexive pronoun (se), with its correspond-
ing Possessive (suus), is used in some part of the
predicate, always referring to the subject of the sen-
tence or clause.
NOTE. In such cases we generally (not always) use self, selves,
and own. These accordingly are not necessary in Latin, except
when they are emphatic, being expressed by the reflexive or the
personal pronoun (me, te, &c.) :
1. Virtue knows itself, Virtus se novit.
2. Brutus slew his friend, Brutus amicum [suum] occidit
(his own friend, suum amicum,).
3. Philosophy has much pleasure in it, Philosophia mul-
tum habet in se delectationis.
5. The Possessives (like other adjectives) take the
gender, number, and case of the noun they are used
with, not of the one they refer to. They are regularly
omitted when they are plainly implied in the context.
Exercise 5.
i. Bulls defend themselves by [their] horns, boars
by their tusks, 1 [and] lions by their teeth and claws.
2. Horatius slew his sister with his own hand.
3. "Young man," said Sulla, "you have strengthened
your rival against yourself." 4. "Varus, Varus,"
cried Augustus, " give me 2 back my legions." 5. Cras-
sus, indeed, has defeated the enemy ; but I have ex-
terminated them root-and-branch. 6. " Who art thou,"
said Brutus, " and for what purpose art-thou-come ? " 3
"I am thy evil genius, 4 Brutus," replied the spectre;
" thou shalt see me to-morrow at Philippi." 7. Ci-
cero was accustomed to write down his orations.
8. Few men know their own faults and vices. 9. How
long a letter I have written to you with my own hand !
1 ictus dentium. 2 Dative. 3 Perfect active. 4 Furia.
12 Latin Composition.
10. Ancus Martius instituted the college of Heralds;
he also founded a colony at Ostia, at the mouth of the
Tiber, and built a fortress on the Janiculum. n. Very
agreeable to me is your remembrance of me (plur.).
Lesson 7.
Pronouns. 2. Demonstrative.
1. REVIEW 20, and learn carefully the sub-sec-
tions 2. a to e (use of the Demonstratives).
NOTE. These Demonstratives are used much like the corre-
sponding words in English, this, that, &c. Observe, however, that
though they run into one another in meaning, yet regularly hie,
ille, iste, are true demonstratives, and actually point to something ;
while is (the pronoun of reference) only refers without pointing
out. Thus a, a man, the man, one (who), &c., are often rendered
by is with qui following.
2. The Possessives /its, hers, its, theirs, are ex-
pressed by the genitive of a demonstrative, and have
no difference of gender in the singular.
3. When the word that is used instead of repeating
a word before expressed, it is regularly omitted in
Latin. But when a distinct object is referred to, it
may be expressed by ille, hie, or even is ; or the noun
itself may be repeated. Thus,
1. I prefer the art of memory to that of forgetfulness, memo-
riae artem quam oblivionis malo.
2. Virtue seeks no other reward except this [of which I have
just spoken] of glory, nullam virtus aliam mercedem
desiderat praeter hanc laudis. Cic. Arch. n.
NOTE. In such cases, the Latin often prefers some possessive
adjective or other construction (see hereafter, Lesson 15) : as,
The army of Ceesar defeated that of Pompey at Pharsalus,
Caesaris escereitus Fompeianos ad Pharsalum, vicit.
Pronouns. 13
4. Contrary to the English usage, hie is generally
used to refer to a preceding statement or example ;
ille to a following one : as,
That [which I have just mentioned] is a great argument, but this is
a greater : [namely] that, etc., hoc magnum est argumen-
tum, sed illud majus, quod, etc.
5. Hie often corresponds with our here , the -present;
ille to our there; and iste, yonder (by you) : as,
1. Caius Caesar here, Jiic C. Caesar.
2. Those benches yonder (by you), ista subsellia.
3. The present (now living) Mucius Scaevola, hie Mucius
Scaevola.
6. The demonstrative pronoun regularly agrees in
gender and number with a predicate appositive if there
is one : as,
This is the toil, this the task, Me labor hoc opus est.
7. The intensive ipse is usually put in the case of
the subject, even where the real emphasis appears to
be on the object: as,
1. You praise yourself over much, ipse te nimium laudas.
2. This thing is sufficient in itself, haec res per se ipsa
satis est.
N.B. The distinction between the intensive ipse and the reflex-
ive se both rendered in English by "self" requires to be care-
fully observed (see 20, 2. e, N!). Ipse often expresses even, very,
or just: as,
1. This very thing, hoc ipsum.
2. It is just three years, tres anni ipsi sunt.
Exercise 6.
i . yEneas carried with him into Italy his son Asca-
nius and the sacred Penates of-Troy. 1 He was kindly
received by Latinus, king of the country, and married
1 Adjective.
14 Latin Composition.
his daughter Lavinia. 2. All philosophers, and among
them Epictetus, were banished from Rome by Domi-
tian. 3. The ancients regard this [as] true riches,
this [as] a good reputation and great renown. 4. While 1
all arrogance is hateful, at-the-same-time x that of
genius and eloquence is by -far the most offensive.
5. Diseases of the mind are more dangerous than
those of the body. 6. The self-same Cato, the Cen-
sor, thus discourses in that very book of Cicero on Old
Age. 7. When I listen-to Cicero, I desire to write
down his orations, so greatly they delight me.
8. Romulus killed with his own hand Acron, king of
Caenina, and dedicated his arms to Jupiter. 9. Upon 2
the death of Numa an interregnum again followed ;
but soon after Tullus Hostilius was elected king. His
reign was as warlike as that of Numa had been peace-
ful. 10. Servius, the sixth king of Rome, gave his two
daughters in marriage to the two sons of Tarquinius
Priscus, Lucius and Aruns. The former was proud and
haughty; the latter, unambitious and quiet, n. This
was the third and last attempt [on the part] of the
Tarquinii; for by this victory 5 the Latins were com-
pletely humbled, and Tarquinius Superbus could apply
to no other state for assistance. He had already sur-
vived all his family, 3 and he now fled to-Cumae, 4 where
he died a wretched and childless old man.
1 cum . . . turn. 2 Ablative. 3 Dative. 4 Accusative.
6 Use clades (see p. 121, cc}.
Lesson 8.
Pronouns. 3. Relative.
i. REVIEW 48 (rule of Agreement), reading
carefully the Note ; together with sub-sections, i, 2, 4.
Relatives. 15
NOTE. A relative word used as in English, merely to introduce
a descriptive fact, is as simple in construction as a demonstrative,
and requires no special rule. Several classes of relative clauses in
which the mood of the verb is affected (see 69, 2) will be treated
hereafter.
N.B. Relative words include relative Pronouns, Adjectives, and
Adverbs ; with the indefinites quisquis and quicumque, whoever.
2. The relative is never to be omitted in Latin,
though it often is in English. Thus,
1. The book you gave me, liber quern mihi dedisti.
2. I am the man I always was, is sum qui semper fui.
3. He is in the place I told you of, eo in loco est de quo
tibi locutus sunn.
3. The relative is often used in Latin where other
constructions are used in English ; particularly where
we should use a participle, appositive, or noun of
agency : as,
1. The book entitled Brutus, liber qui dicitur Brutus.
2. The existing laws, leges quae nunc sunt.
3. The men of our day, homines qui nunc sunt.
4. Ceesar the conqueror of Gaul, Caesar qui Galliam vicit.
5. True glory the fruit of virtue, justa gloria qui est fructus
virtutis.
4. In formal or emphatic discourse, it is often better
to place the relative clause first ; and in such cases it
usually contains the antecedent noun : as,
Those evils which we suffer with many seem to us lighter,
quae mala cum multis patimur ea nol>is leviora
videntur.
5. When the antecedent noun is in apposition with
the main clause or some word in it, it is to be put in
the relative clause : as,
Steadfast friends, a class of which there is great lack, ftrml
amid, cujus generis est magna penuria.
1 6 Latin Composition.
6. A relative is constantly used in Latin when
English uses a demonstrative with and or but: as,
1. And since these things are so, quae cum ita sint.
2. But if they hesitate or are unwilling, qui si dubitdbunt
ant gravdbuntur.
7. When the word AS is used in English as a rela-
tive, it must be rendered in Latin by the relative pro-
noun, adjective, or adverb which corresponds to its
demonstrative antecedent : as,
1. The same thing as, eadem res quae.
2. Such (men) as, ei qui.
3. Such a leader as we know Hannibal to have been, talis
dux qualem Hannibalem novimus.
4. There were as many opinions as men, quot homines tot
erant sententiae*
Exercise 7.
i. Tiberius Gracchus was by birth * and marriage 2
connected with the noblest families in the Republic :
grandson of the conqueror of Hannibal, son-in-law of
the chief of the Senate, and brother-in-law of the
destroyer 3 of Carthage. 2. Quintus Silo, a Marsian,
and Caius Papius Mutilus, a Samnite, who cherished
an hereditary hatred against the Romans, were chosen
consuls. 3. Sulla with his army was then besieging
Nola, a town which was still held by the Samnites.
4. Rome was now exposed to great danger ; for those
who had been her most faithful friends now rose against
her. 5. A day shall come when* sacred Troy shall
perish. 6. The terms which the general proposed
seemed intolerable to the Carthaginians. 7. Tiberius
and Caius Gracchus were the sons of Tiberius Sem-
pronius Gracchus, whose measures gave tranquillity
1 Propinquitas (plur.). * Adfinitas (plur.).
3 Lit. " of him who destroyed." 4 Repeat the noun.
Inter rogatives. 17
to Spain for l so many years. They lost their father
at 2 an early 3 age. But they were educated with the
utmost care by their mother Cornelia, the daughter of
Scipio Africanus the elder, who had inherited from
[her] father a love* of literature, and united 5 in her-
person 6 the severe virtue of the Roman matron with
a superior knowledge 7 and refinement, which 8 then
prevailed 9 in 10 the higher-classes 11 at-Rome. 12 She
engaged for [her] sons the most eminent Greek
teachers ; and from the pains she took 13 with M their
education they surpassed all the Roman youths of
their age.
I per. * Ablative. * primus.
4 studiunt. 6 habeo conjunctam. 8 se.
7 doctrina. 8 Neuter plural. 9 floreo. 10 apud.
II nobiles. 12 Adjective. 13 " Take pains," operam dare.
14 Dative.
Lesson 9.
Pronouns : Interrogative and Indefinite.
REVIEW 21, i. with a (forms of the Interroga-
tive Pronoun). These forms, including quisnam, who?
(emphatic), and uter (see 16, i. ), which of two?
are used much as in English. Thus,
1. Who is the map? Quis est homo?
2. What a man he -was! Qui homo erat!
3. What do you find fault with ? Quid repreJiendis ?
4. What plan of his do you find fault with? Quod consil-
ium ejus repreJiendis?
5. "Which eye aches? Uter oculus dolet?
6. Which finger hurts? Qui digitus dolet?
7. Who is it? (emph.) 1
8 Who in the world I Q^snam est? Qttis tandem est?
(pray who) is it? J < The latter a little stron S er '>
1 8 Latin Composition.
2. REVIEW 21, 2. c, d y e, h (forms and use of the
Indefinites) .
. The pronouns which correspond to the English A or SOME,
ONE, or ANY (indefinite, not emphatic) are quis, quispiam, ali-
quis, quidam. Of these quis is the least definite, and quidam
the most. When SOME is used of objects defined in thought though
not named, it is regularly quidam. The expressions nonnullus,
nonnemo, nonnihil are somewhat less definite than quidam. Quis
is the regular word after si, nisi, ne, num, to signify if any, &c.
With these particles aliquis is more definite, like our if some one,
&c. A FEW or SEVERAL may be expressed by aliquot, nonnulli,
plures; pauci (restrictive) means only a few. The English ANY
ONE WHO is often best rendered by si quis (See Note, Gr. p. 166).
1. Some one may say, aliquis dicat (dixerit quispiam).
2. Some philosophers think so, aliqui (or, if definite persons are
thought of, quidam) philosophi ita putant.
3. Some poor women live here, habitant hie quaedam
tnulieres pauperculae. [That is, some women he knows ;
some women or other would be aliquae or ncscio
quae.]
4. Up runs a man, accurrit quidam.
5. I will call in a few friends, aliquot amicos adhibebo.
6. In the very senate-house there is more than one enemy, in
ipsa curia nonnemo hostis est.
7. Banished not on some other charge but this very one, ex-
pulsus non alio aliquo sed eo ipso crimine.
8. He neither denies nor asserts a thing, neque negat ali-
quid neque ait (any thing whatever would be quidquam).
b. The pronouns which correspond most nearly with the English
ANY (emphatic) are quisquam (substantive), ullus (adjective),
quivis, and quilibet. The first two are used chiefly with negatives
(but see 21, 2. h) ; the other two are universal (any you like).
When only two are spoken of, EITHER is uter (corresponding to*
quisquam), utervis, uterlibet (corresponding to quivis and qui-
libet). For the negatives non quisquam, non ullus, non quid-
quam, non uter, use nemo, nullus, nihil, neuter.
i. What can happen to any (one) man can happen to any
man (whatever), cuivis potest accidere quod cui-
quam potest.
Indefinites. 19
2. I never did any thing worse, numquam quidquam fed
pejus (better, nihil umquam).
3. Why did I send to anybody before you? cur cuiquam
misi prius ?
4. I have less strength than either one of you, minus habeo
virium quam vestrum utervis.
5. No one thinking of any thing but flight, nemo ullius rei
nisi fugae memor.
c. The Distributives EACH, EVERY, are expressed by quisque
(uterque, if there are only two). Unusquisque is more emphatic
(every single one). Omnis is sometimes used in the singular in
nearly the same sense as quisque, but more indefinitely, and is
almost equivalent to a plural.
1. Every good book is better the larger it is, bonus liber
melior est quisque, quo major.
2. Both armies go away every man to his home, ambo ex-
ercitus suas quisque abeunt domos.
3. Each army was in sight of the other, uterque utrique
erat exercitus in conspectu.
4. Every system of instruction (= all systems of instruction),
omnis ratio et doctrina.
Exorcise 8*
i. Which do you consider the greatest general,
Cassar, Scipio, or Hannibal ? Which the better orator,
Cicero or Demosthenes ? 2. "We here bring you war
and peace," said the Roman ambassadors in the Sen-
ate of the Carthaginians ; " which pleases you best ? "
3. Pompey obtained the highest dignity in the State
that of the consulship without any recommendation
of ancestors. 4. The vices of Alcibiades were re-
deemed by some brilliant qualities. 5. Most men's
vices are redeemed by some better qualities. 6. No *
great man was ever without some divine inspiration.
7. Horace did not read his poetry to any one except
friends ; and then 2 under compulsion, not everywhere,
1 nemo. * Lit. " and that."
2O Latin Composition.
nor before 1 everybody [indiscriminately]. 8. Some
skill 2 as an orator 3 is necessary to a commander.
9. Several of the allies of Sparta were dissatisfied
with the peace she had concluded ; and soon after
some of them determined to 4 restore the ancient power
of Argos. 10. Some slight battles occurred, in which
the side 6 of-the-Syracusans 6 had the advantage. 7
11. Since Agamemnon, no Grecian king had led an
army into Asia. 12. It is contrary- to nature to take 8
any thing from any other 9 [person]. Does anyone
deny this ? 13. Whoever had killed a tyrant was
praised by the Greeks and Romans. Thus Harmo-
dius, who expelled the sons of Pisistratus, was honored
at Athens; Timoleon, who consented-to 10 the death
of his brother Timophanes, at Corinth ; and Brutus,
the slayer of Julius Caesar, at Rome.
1 Coram with abl. 2 Lit. " Something of skill." 3 Adjective.
4 Infinitive. 5 rts. 6 Adjective. 7 Lit. " was superior."
8 detraho. 9 Dative. lo probo.
Lesson 10.
Cases. 1. As Objects of Verbs.
1. REVIEW 52, i. with #, b (Accusative as Direct
Object); 51, i, 2. with a, b, d (Dative as Indirect
Object) ; 50, 4. a, b, c (Genitive as the object of verbs
of Memory and Feeling) ; 54, 6. d (Ablative of means,
with utor, &c.).
2. All of the above cases are used in Latin with
different classes of verbs to represent the English
Objective case. Thus :
1. I see the man, hominem video (ACCUSATIVE).
2. I help the man, homini subvenio (DATIVE).
3. I pity the man, hominis miser eor (GENITIVE).
4. I treat the man as a friend, homine amico utor (ABLATIVE).
Object- Cases . 2 1
REMARK. In all the above examples the verb is transi-
tive in English, but not really so in Latin. In deciding on
the case to be used as the object of any given verb, the
following points are to be observed :
a. The Accusative, as the case of Direct Object, is far more
general in its use than either of the others ; and may be assumed
to represent the English Objective, except as limited by the
special rules which follow.
b. The Dative is. to be used, along with the Accusative, wher-
ever in English two object-cases follow, with one of which we may
use the preposition TO or FOR (except after verbs of Asking and
Teaching, which take two accusatives) : as,
1. He gave me the book ( = he gave the book to me), mi hi
librum dedit.
2. I promise you a fig, tibi ficum promitto. But
3. He asked me for money, pecuniam m& rogavit.
4. Plato taught his scholars geometry, Plato discipulos
suos geontetriam docuit.
The Dative is also to be used after the verbs (apparently tran-
sitive) given in the lists in 51, 2. a, b, d, e. These sub-sections,
with the accompanying examples and remarks, must be attentively
studied ; as an accurate knowledge of these classes of verbs is
absolutely essential to the correct use of the language in one of
the commonest constructions in Latin.
c. Verbs governing the Genitive in Latin are few, and belong to
the strictly limited classes given in the sub-sections under 50, 4.
They are chiefly verbs of Memory and Feeling (with egeo,
indigeo, need). The genitive of Charge and Penalty corresponds
with the English use of the preposition OF.
d. The only verbs governing the Ablative in Latin, correspond-
ing to transitives in English, are the few deponents given in 54,
6. d. Either of them may easily be represented in English by
a phrase with a preposition : as,
1. I use (make use of) a sword, gladio ntor,
2. He eats (feeds on) flesh, came vescitur.
3. They abuse (take advantage of) my friendship, amicitia
mea abutuntur.
22 Latin Composition.
Exercise 9.
i. In our own calamity, we remember the calamities
of others. 2. I shall never forget that day : it re-
minds me at-once 1 of the greatest delight and 1 greatest
peril of 2 my life. 3. Pity the sorrows of a poor old
man. 4. Bocchus, king of Mauretania, had-pity-on
the condition of his son-in-law, Jugurtha, king of Nu-
midia, and promised him aid ; but afterwards, calling-
to-mind 3 the greater power of the Romans, betrayed
him to Sulla, the quaestor of Caius Marius. 5. The_
Italians loudly demanded the rights which had been
promised them by Drusus. 6. Caesar forgave all
those who had fought on the side of Pompey in the
civil war. 7. Marius commanded a separate army
in the neighborhood. 8. If a patrician man married
a plebeian wife, or a patrician woman a plebeian
husband, the State did not recognize the marriage.
9. Dentatus had accompanied the triumphs of nine
generals. As tribune of the people, he most bitterly
opposed the patricians. 10. The Knights abused
the judicial power, as the Senate had done before,
ii. He who commands the sea is lord of affairs. 12.
After the Mithridatic war, Pompey, [though] only a
private-citizen, performed the part of a commander,
levied three legions, and having gained 4 a brilliant
victory 4 was received by Sulla with the greatest dis-
tinction. 13. Marcus Livius Drusus, like his father,
favored the side of the nobles. But he had promised
the Latins and allies the Roman franchise, a measure
which had always displeased the Roman people, and
which they violently resisted. Drusus, therefore, had
recourse to sedition and conspiracy. A secret-society
1 cum . . . turn. 2 in. 3 memor, with gen. 4 Abl. abs. Passive.
Cases -with Adjectives. 23
was formed, which was bound by oath to obey 1 his
commands. The ferment increased, and threatened
the safety 8 of the State; but at last Drusus was assas-
sinated in his own house. 2
1 Ace. and infin. * domi suae.
3 Lit. danger or destruction^ with dat.
Lesson .11.
Cases. 2. As Modifying Adjectives.
1. REVIEW 50, 3. b, c, d (Genitive with Adjec-
tives) ; 51, 6 (Dative of Fitness, &c.) ; 54, i. , 2. #,
3. 0, 6. , 9. 10. with a (various uses of the Ablative).
N. B. These rules include many participles, which are used
like adjectives.
2. Adjectives in English almost always require
phrases with prepositions when their meaning is to
be limited or explained. In Latin this is generally
done by using after the adjective the Genitive, Dative,
or Ablative case without a preposition.
NOTE. Some particular adjectives rather than classes
take a preposition, as in English. These will be treated hereafter,
in the Lesson on Prepositions (see 51, 6. a, b}.
a. Relative Adjectives that is, adjectives whose quality natu-
rally relates to some object, especially one which corresponds to the
object of a transitive verb regularly take the Genitive. This
relation is often expressed in English by the preposition OF : as,
1. Mindful of others, forgetful of himself, mentor aliorum
oblitus sui.
2. Disdaining letters, fastidiosus literarum.
3. Possessed of reason and judgment, compos rationis et
judicii.
4. Sharing in the booty, particeps praedae.
See also examples under 50, 3. 6, c.
24 Latin Composition.
b. Where the relation between the adjective and noun would be
expressed in English by the preposition TO or FOR, it is commonly
expressed in Latin by the Dative. The chief exceptions are given
in 51, 6. a, , c, d. (See constructions given in the Dictionary
under each word.)
1. A battle very like a flight, pugna simillima fugae.
2. A man hateful to many, homo odiosus muftis.
3. Times hostile to virtue, tempora infesta virtuti.
4. Adjoining the Belgians, jinitimi Belgis.
5. A law advantageous to the state, lex utllis rei pub-
licae.
c. When the modifying phrase denotes that in respect to which
the meaning of the adjective is taken where the English uses
IN, IN REGARD TO, or the like ; sometimes OF the Ablative is
generally used in Latin : as,
1. Lame of one foot, claudus alter o pede.
2. A man distinguished in war, vir bello egregius.
3. "Worthy of praise, dignus laude.
NOTE. In this use the Ablative and Genitive approach each
other in meaning ; but the Ablative generally expresses a remoter
and the Genitive a closer relation. The same relation is often
expressed by the Accusative with ad.
Exercise 10.
i. Oil rubbed-upon 1 the body makes it more capa-
ble of enduring heat, cold, or hardship. 2. Numa
instituted a college of priests, four in number. 3. The
fifth king of Rome was an Etruscan by birth, but a
Greek by descent. 4. The reign of Servius Tullius
is almost as barren of military exploits as that of
Numa. 5. Wild beasts are not only devoid of reason
and speech, but ungovernable 2 in fury, and impatient
of control. 6. A Roman patrician had a-number-of 3
clients attached to him, to whom he acted as patron.
1 inunctus, with the dative. 2 impotens, with genitive.
3 quidam.
Cases: Indirect.
2 5
7. Mucius, ignorant of the person l of Porsena, killed
his secretary instead-of the king himself. 8. Veii
was closely allied with Fidenae. 9. The Pentri in-
habited the Apennines. But, not content with their
mountain homes, 2 they overran the rich lands of Cam-
pania. 10. The season of the year was favorable to
Hasdrubal, and the Gauls were-friendly-to his cause,
n. The Roman ambassadors, forgetting their sacred
character, 3 fought in the ranks 4 of Clusium. 12. At
the beginning of the first Punic war, the Romans had
no fleet worthy of the name. 5 13. Porsena, alarmed
for his life, offered terms of peace to the Romans.
14. Cneius Pompey was extremely ambitious of power
and glory, and jealous of the superior merit and fame
of other men. 15. The Romans were like the Spar-
.tans in 6 [their] passion for 7 military glory and empire.
16. The poet Archias, a man endowed with genius
and virtue, was regarded by Cicero [as] equal to the
most learned of the Greeks, and worthy of the high"
est praise. 8
1 fades. 2 sedes. 3 officitim. 4 acies Clusina (sing.).
6 id nomen. 6 Ablative. 7 Genitive. 8 Plural.
Lesson 12.
Cases. 3. Indirect Relations.
REVIEW 51, i. 2. with a, b, d ; 3. 5. 7 (Dative
of Indirect Object, of Possession, of Service, of
Reference) ; also 50, 4. d (refert and interest) .
a. The most common use of TO or FOR in English is repre-
sented in Latin by the Dative of Indirect Object : as,
i. The province fell by lot to Cicero, provincia Ciceroni
obtigit.
26 Latin Composition.
2. I consult for the safety of the state, civitatis saluti
consulo.
3. Medicine is sometimes bad for the health, medicina
valetudini nonnumquam nocet.
NOTE. i. These should be distinguished from the cases
where the direct effect of an action is spoken of: as,
The dust hurts my eye, pulvis oculum meum laedit.
2. The dative of indirect object must also be carefully distin-
guished from the cases apparently the same in English where
TO or FOR expresses the limit of motion. In Latin all relations
of place, where, whence, or whither, are regularly expressed by
means of prepositions (see hereafter, Lesson 17).
b. This construction (dative of indirect object) is used in many
cases to express WITH, OVER, UPON, IN, BEFORE, AGAINST, where
in the Latin expression a verb compounded with a preposition is
used (see list in 51, 2. d: ad, ante, con, &c.) :
1. A rock hung over his head, saxum capiti impendebat.
2. I agree with Zeno, Zenoni adsentior.
3. I set myself against all his plans, omnibus ejus consir
His obstiti.
N. B. Particular attention must be given to the meaning and
construction of each* of these compounds in the vocabulary, as
many of them are transitive and take the accusative (See p. 44) : as,
He besieged the city of Alesia, urbem Alesiam obsidebat.
c. The English verb TO HAVE is often, by a Latin idiom, ex-
pressed by the Dative with esse (compare Note under 51, 3) : as,
1. I have a father at home, est milii pater domi.
2. The boy's name is Marcus, puero nomen est JMLarcus
(or Marco).
d. The phrases // belongs to, it is the part of, and the like, are
most commonly expressed in Latin by the Genitive with esse : as,
It is the part of wisdom (of a wise man), or, it is wise, est
sapientis (compare d, with Remark).
e. To or FOR is also expressed by the Dative when the object
is still more remotely connected with the action, so that the sen-
tence is complete without it (dative of reference) : as,
Cases: Indirect. 27
The good husbandman plants trees for his posterity, poste-
ris suis serit arbor es bonus agricola (compare the
examples in 51, 7. and a).
/. When FOR or OF expresses the purpose or end of an action,
the Latin idiom has the dative, often with the dative of indirect
object also : as,
1. Caesar sent three cohorts for a guard, Caesar tres co-
hortes praesidio tnisit.
2. It was of great service to our men, magno usui nostris
fuit.
NOTE. In English the same relation is often expressed by
simple apposition or by the conjunction AS. In Latin this con-
struction is limited to a few words, which must be learned by
practice (see examples and Remark under 51, 5).
g. For the cases in which TO or FOR is expressed by the geni-
tive with refert and interest, see 50, 4. d. The phrase for my
sake and the republic's is expressed by mea et reipublicae causa.
Exercise 11.
i. The troops of Sulla did no injury to the towns
or fields of the Italians. 2. Tiberius Gracchus relied
chiefly on the country-people. 3. Both Quintus Ca-
tulus and Hortensius were-opponents-of 1 the Gabinian
Law. 4. On 2 the arrival of Pompey, Tigranes was
obliged to look-to-the-safety-of 3 his own power. 5.
The great-numbers 4 01 the enemy were a hindrance
rather than a help to them. 6. Caesar's death was
undoubtedly a loss not only to the Roman people, but
to the whole world. 7. To the modern reader the
elegies of Propertius are not so attractive as those of
Tibullus. 8. The greatest danger Rome had experi-
enced since the time of Hannibal was now impending
over the State. 9. The consulship fell to Cneius
Octavius, who belonged to the aristocratic-party, 5 and
Lucius Cinna, a professed champion of the people.
1 obsisto. * Ablative. 3 prospicio. * multitude. 6 optimaies.
28 Latin Composition.
To their 1 election 2 Sulla made-no-opposition, 3 for
it was his own interest to quit Italy immediately. ID.
The Gauls once attacked the camp of 4 Quintus Cicero,
brother of the orator, [as he was] wintering in Gaul ;
but Caesar came to his assistance with two legions,
and rescued him. n. A servant of the consul
Opimius, pushing against Gracchus, insolently cried
out, " Make way for honest men, you rascals ! " 12.
" Stand aside young man," said Caesar to the tribune
Metellus, who vainly attempted to defend the treasury ;
" it is easier for me to do than say." 13. Damophilus,
a wealthy man-of-Enna, had treated his slaves with-
excessive-barbarity. 5 They consulted a Syrian slave,
whose name was Ennus, who belonged-to 6 another
master. This Ennus pretended-to 7 the gift-of-pro-
phecy, 8 and appeared to breathe flames-of-fire. He
not only promised them success, but joined in the
enterprise himself. 14. " Mother," exclaimed Corio-
lanus, " thine is the victory, a happy victory for thee,
but shame and ruin to thy son."
1 Relative. * petitio. 3 non obsistere. 4 Dative.
* Adverb in superlative. ' servio. 7 sibi adrogare.
8 vis divina.
Lesson 13.
Cases. 4. Cause, Means, and Quality.
REVIEW 54, 4. 6 (ablative of Agent and Means) ;
7. with 50, i. g (ablative and genitive of Quality) ;
54, 8 with a (Price and Value : compare 50, I. /') ;
also 3 (ablative of Cause), with a, b, c.
d The means, instrument, or agent by which any thing is done
we commonly express in English by the preposition BY or WITH.
In Latin a distinction is made between the -voluntary agent
(expressed by the ablative with ab) ; a person considered as an
Cases: Cause, c. 29
instrument or means (expressed by per with the accusative) ; and
the means or instrument (expressed by the ablative alone, or
in special cases by per with the accusative). Thus
1. Caesar was informed by the ambassadors, Caesar certior
factus est a legatis.
2. Caesar was informed by ambassadors (i. e. by means of
ambassadors), Caesar certior factus est per legates.
3. Caesar was informed by letter, Caesar certior factus
est literis (or per literas if the letters were official
documents used expressly as means of information).
6. The English ON ACCOUNT OF, FOR, FROM, FOR THE SAKE
OF, THROUGH, denoting cause, occasion, or motive, though oftenest
expressed by the ablative alone, are frequently also rendered by
prepositions : as,
1. It happened through my fault, mea culpa accidit.
2. On account of the pleasure from conversation I delight
in entertainments, propter sermonis delectationem
conviviis delector.
3. We love the good for their virtues, bonos dlligimus
propter virtutes (so pro meritis).
4. He could not speak for grief, loqui prae maerore non
potuit.
So the phrases : ex quo, on ivhicji account ; ex eo quod,
for the reason that; per aetatem, by reason of age ; quam ob
rem, wherefore. See also Lesson 18.
c. A Quality is very often expressed in English by a noun
with the preposition OF : as, a man of worth, a tale of horror.
In Latin an adjective must be used in such cases, except when the
noun of quality has an adjective connected with it, when it may be
put either in the genitive or ablative : generally the latter when the
noun describes a physical trait. Thus
1. A man of valor, vir fortis (or fortissimus}.
2. A man of eminent valor, vir egreffiae virtutis.
3. A man of bodily strength and beauty, liomo validus et
pitlcJier.
4. Achilles was a man of very great strength and remark-
able beauty, Achilles vir erat summis viribus et
exinnia pulchritudine.
30 Latin Composition.
d. Manner in English WITH or IN is in Latin usually ex-
pressed by an Adverb when there is one ; otherwise by the
ablative, often with cum (see 54, 7. b) : as,
1. With care, accurate (or, cum cur a).
2. In silence, tacite (or, silentio).
3. In the most friendly manner, amicissime.
4. With the greatest zeal, summo studio.
e. The Price of a thing, usually given in English with the
preposition FOR or AT, when a definite sum is stated, is
expressed in Latin by the Ablative ; but indefinite price or value
is expressed by the Genitives of Quantity (tanti, quanti, &c.),
given in 54, 8. a. These Genitives often answer to the use of
an adverb in English, such as highly, slightly, not-at-all, used with
expressions of value or esteem. Thus
1. How much does this house sell for? ten thousand ses-
terces. Quanti hae aedes veneunt? decies mille
mimmis.
2. I esteem Plato very highly, but the truth more, Platonem
permagni sed veritatem pluris aestimo.
Exercise 12.
i. The Veneti had much confidence in their forti-
fied positions. Their coasts were fringed with pro-
montories and peninsulas, and, relying on their strong
ships, fully armed and supplied 1 with leathern sails,
they were not alarmed even by the greatest tempests
of the ocean. 2. A liar 2 hath need of a good memory,
but truth is always consistent with itself. 3. I offer
myself to thee, O Hercules ! because thou art de-
scended from the gods, and givest proofs of that descent
by thy love of virtue. 4. Great things are achieved
by great exertions, and glory was never the reward of
sloth. 5. The Sabines, like most other mountaineers,
were brave, hardy, and frugal ; and even the Romans
looked-up 3 to them [with admiration] on account of
their honesty and temperance. 6. Remus leaped in 4
1 ornatus. 2 Dative. 8 admiror. 4 per.
Cases: Cause, &c. 31
scorn over his brother's wall. 7. Romulus appeared
after [his] death to Proculus in more-than-mortal l
beauty. 8. Augustus lived with republican simplicity 2
in a plain 3 house on the Palatine [hill], and educated
his family with great strictness 4 and frugality. 4 9. Vi-
tellius was remarkable for his gluttony 5 and his coarse 6
vices. 10. Demosthenes listened awhile to the bland
professions of Archias, the actor, but at length replied,
"Archias, you never won me by your acting, nor will
you now by your promises." n. Columbus entered
the hall surrounded by a brilliant crowd of cavaliers,
among whom he was conspicuous for his stately and
commanding person. 7 12. To the English it was a
night of 8 hope, fear, suspense, [and] anxiety. They
had been wasted by disease, broken with fatigue, and
weakened by the many privations which are wont to
attend 9 an army marching through a hostile country.
But they were supported by the spirit and confidence
of their gallant leader, and by the recollection of
victories won by their fathers. 13. The forests have
given place to ^cultivated fields, the morass is dried
up, the land has become solid, and is covered with
habitations. A countless multitude, living in 10 peace
and abundance upon the fruits of their 'labors, has
succeeded to the tribes of hunters who were always
contending with war and famine. What has pro-
duced these wonders? What has renovated the sur-
face of the earth? The name of this beneficent
genius n is Security.
1 divinus. 2 cultus moderatits (abl.). 8 minime sumptuosus.
4 Adverbs. 6 intemperantia gulae. * turpis.
7 habitus corporis. 8 plena. 9 esse 10 /, ablative. n dea.
32 Latin Composition.
Lesson 14.
Cases. 5. Separation and Comparison.
LEARN 54, i. with a, 3, c, d (ablative of Separa-
tion) ; 51, 2. e (dative with Compounds) ; 54, 5.
with a ; 6. e (ablative of Comparison and Degree of
Difference).
a. The relations denoted in English by FROM or OF in such
phrases as to deprive of, to be free from, in want of, and the like
are in Latin expressed by the ablative : as,
1. He is free from terror, caret formidine.
2. To retire from office, abire magistratu.
3. A city stripped of defence, urbs nuda praesidio.
4. A man without a country, homo qui caret patria.
5. You will relieve me of great fear, magno me metu
liberabis.
N. B. Motion from a place is regularly expressed by means of
prepositions (see Lesson 17).
b. When a thing is said to be taken away from a person, the
dative is almost always used instead of the ablative : as,
1. He took a ring from the woman, mulieri anulum
detraxit.
2. You have robbed me of my property, bona mihi abstu-
listi.
c. The uses of the ablative with the Comparative may be seen
in the following :
1. Nothing is dearer to a man than life, niJiil homini vita
est carius.
2. Quicker than one would think, opinione celerius.
3. Much more rich than wise, multo divitior quatn sapir
entior.
4. The more dangerous the disease the more praised the
physician, quo periculosior morbus eo laudatior
medicus.
5. The more virtuously one lives, the less he will injure
others, quanto quis vivit honestius tanto minus
nocebit aliis.
6. Not more than two hundred horsemen escaped, hand
amplius ducenti equites effugerunt.
Cases: Separation and Comparison. 33
Exercise 13.
i. The orator Hortensius was eight years older
than Cicero. 2. Licinius liberated the plebeians 1
from an oppressive bondage. 3. Rome was now de-
prived of almost all her allies. 4. The constitution 2
of Lucius Cornelius took from the knights the judicial-
power 3 which they had exercised since the times of
the Gracchi. 5. Men are much less in bulk than
very many animals. 6. Grief and indignation de-
prived Marius of utterance. 4 7. Antisthenes, the
Cynic, was once very sick, 5 and cried out, " Who will
deliver me from these torments?" 6 Then said Dio-
genes, who by chance was by, "This knife, if you
will." w I do not say from my life," he 7 replied, " but
from my disease." 8. The archbishop tore the diadem
from the head of the statue, and the image, thus
despoiled of its honors, was thrown upon the ground.
9. The aged Nestor boasts his virtues, nor seems to
be too loquacious ; for his speech, says Homer, flowed
from his tongue sweeter than honey. 10. Hesiod was
robbed of a fair share of his heritage by the un-
righteous decision of judges who had been bribed by
his brother Perses. The latter was afterwards de-
prived of his property, and asked relief of 8 his
brother, n. Alcaeus, for instance, cheered by his
songs the nobles who had been driven into-exile. 9
12. After the expulsion of the kings, 10 a new office
was created at Rome, called the dictatorship, greater
than the consulship. This dignity, however, was dis-
continued after the second Punic war. The stronger
1 plebs (sing.). 2 instituta (plur.). 3 judicium. 4 vox.
6 gramter aegrotare. 6 malum. 7 ille. 8 a.
B e patria (abl.). l post reges exactos.
3
34 Latin Composition.
the Republic became, the less it needed this extraor-
dinary power. But in 1 the civil war it was revived
by order of the people, and conferred upon Sulla,
who afterwards resigned it and became a private
citizen.
1 Ablative.
Lesson 15.
Cases. 6. Special Uses of the Genitive.
LEARN 50, 2. with Remarks i. 2. 3 (Partitive
genitive) ; 3. a (Objective genitive with nouns).
a. When in English one noun is closely connected with another
by a preposition, the genitive is commonly used in Latin, no matter
what the preposition is in English (objective Genitive : see exam-
ples under 50, 3. a) : as,
1. Prayer to the gods, precatio deorum.
2. Escape from danger, fug a periculi.
3. Power over every thing, potestas omnium rerum.
4. Pain in the head, dolor capitis.
5. Confidence in one's strength, fiducia virium.
6. Departure from life, excessus vitae.
7. Subject for jests, materia jocorutn.
8. Struggle for office, contentio honorum,
9. Relief from duty, vacatio muneris,
10. Difference in politics, rei publicae dissensio.
11. Reputation for valor, opinio virtutis.
12. Union -with Caesar, conjunctio Caesaris.
13. Victory in war, victoria belli.
14. Devotion to us, studium nostri.
15. Grief for his son, luctus filii.
1 6. A means of guarding against troubles, cautio incotn-
modorum.
NOTE. Nouns which denote feeling often take the accusative
with in, erga, adversus, ad, instead of an objective genitive.
Prepositions are also used when the relation is very remote. (See
examples under 50, 3. d).
Cases: The Genitive. 35
b. Wherever the relation expressed by a noun with a preposi-
tion (especially OF) can be .viewed as a quality of the modified
noun, the Latin prefers to use an adjective : just as in English we
say, the Boston massacre; the Jackson administration; the
Socratic philosophy ; the touch of the royal hand, &c. (compare
examples in Lesson 5). Thus
1. The shout of the enemy, clamor hostilis.
2. Jealousy of the Senate, invidia senatoria.
3. Confidence in you, flducia tua (more commonly tui).
4. The Cyrus of Xenophon, Cyrus Xenophonteus.
c. Where a word denoting a whole is used with another
denoting a part (English OF, IN, AMONG), it is regularly put in
the genitive. (But notice carefully the Remarks on page 116 of
the Grammar.) The peculiarities of the construction are seen
in the following idiomatic phrases :
1. Enough money, satis pecuniae.
2. More learning than wisdom, plus doctrinae quant pru-
dentiae.
3. One of a thousand, unus de multis.
4. Alone of all, solus ex> omnibus (or omnium}.
5. At that age, id aetatis.
6. Nowhere in the world, nusquam gentitim.
7. Of the two consuls one was killed and the other
wounded, duo consules alter est interfecttis alter
vulneratus.
Exercise 14.
i. On his way 1 to prison Phocion suffered some 2
gross 3 insults from the populace with-meekness 4 and
dignity. 5 2. Two wives of the German king, Ariovis-
tus, perished ; of their daughters, one was slain,
another captured. 3. We have not yet discussed 6
the principal wages of virtue and the greatest of the
prizes that are held out to it. 4. From his boyhood 7
the Roman soldier was schooled to 8 habitual 9 indifFer-
1 cum duceretur. 2 quidam. 8 gravis. 4 submisse.
6 cui?t (with abl.). * disserere de. 7 a puero.
8 Ablative. 9 perpetuus.
36 Latin Composition.
ence to [his own] life. 5. During 1 the holidays in
summer 2 the young men exercise themselves with 3
sports. 6. To what a degree of brutality will excess
of misery debase human nature! 7. Cneius Lentu-
lus, a military tribune, said to the wounded consul,
" Lucius ymilius, whom the gods ought to favor as
the only [person] free-from 4 the blame of this day's
disaster, take this horse while you have any remains
of strength. 5 Do-not 6 add to the horror of this day 7
by the death of a consul. Even without that, there is
abundant [cause for] tears and mourning." 8. I will
recount the delights and pleasures in this age of
eighty-three, which I now take, and on account of
which men generally account me happy. 9. Many
inventions greatly facilitate success in the chase. The
most singular of these, is a poison in which they dip
their arrows. The slightest wound with these en-
venomed shafts is mortal. 10. Hannibal, after his defeat
at Zama, served his country in peace, n. Many men
expose themselves to death for the sake of power;
but this king resigned his crown because his love for
his dominion, his affection for his subjects, and his re-
gard for their interests were greater than his desire for
power. 12. The conspirators divided into three parties.
One was posted near the governor's house, a second
secured the approaches to the market-place, a third
hastened to the quarter of the tombs, and awaited
the signal for the fight. 13. Not only was Brutus's
life saved at the battle of Pharsalus, but, restored to
the state after the death of Pompey, along with many
of his friends, he had also great influence with 8 Caesar.
1 Ablative. 8 Adjective. 8 in. 4 insons.
5 dum aliquid superest virium. e ne (perf. subj.).
7 Lit. "make this day one-of-horror" (funestus}. 8 apud.
Use of Two Cases. 37
Lesson 16.
Cases. 7. Use of Two Cases.
1. REVIEW 51, i. with d ; 2. with c (Accusative
and Dative) ; 52, 2. with a, b, c, d (two Accusa-
tives). Learn 50, 4. a, b, c (Verbs of Reminding,
Accusing, &c., with the Impersonate miseret, &c.).
2. A verb in English, besides its object, has often
another modifying noun with a preposition. Such
nouns are in Latin usually put in the case correspond-
ing to the English preposition, though sometimes a
preposition is expressed.
a. The Accusative and Dative (compare Lesson 10, b\ in such
phrases as
1. He laid the burden on my shoulders, humeris meis
onus imposuit.
2. I do not envy Crassus for his wealth (I do not grudge
wealth to Crassus), Crasso divitias non invideo.
3. Caesar required ten hostages of the Helvetians, Caesar
Helvetiis decem obsides imperavit.
. NOTE. In these cases notice the Latin idiom, as it often
differs from the English ; and observe carefully the construction
of each verb as given in the Vocabulary.
b. Accusative and Genitive, in such phrases as
1. You remind me of my duty, me mones officii.
2. He accuses me of theft, arguit me furti.
3. I repent of my folly, meae me stultitiae paenitet.
4. I am weary of life, me vitae taedet (weary with toil,
fessus labore).
c. Two Accusatives : i. One in Apposition (see Lesson 2) ;
2. With verbs of Asking and Teaching :
Paneetius taught Scipio the Greek philosophy, Panaetiiis
Scipionem Graecarn docuit philosophiam.
38 Latin Composition.
Exercise 15.
i. The men-of-Minturnae 1 repented of their un-
grateful conduct towards 2 a man who had been the
safety of Italy. 2. The younger Marius put an end
to his own life. 3 3. In the proscriptions of Sulla, to
many a man who belonged to no party an estate or a
house was his destruction. For although the property
of the proscribed belonged to the state, yet the friends
of Sulla purchased it at-a-nominal-price. 4 4. Marius
upbraided the nobles 5 [with] their effeminacy and
idleness, and proudly compared his own words and
exploits with their indolence and ignorance. His
election was a great victory for the common-people,
and a great humiliation to the aristocracy. 5. The
great numbers of the enemy were a hindrance rather
than a help to them. 6. Polybius taught the noble-
men of Rome their own municipal law. 7. O
Jupiter ! give us those things that are-good-for 6 us !
8. Praise is to an old man an empty sound. I have
outlived my friends and my rivals. Nothing is now
of much account to me. 9. An exile and a menial
muttered the last farewell to Pompey, the mighty
victor of the East, the powerful lord of the Roman
Senate. 10. The Senate distributed provinces and
suitable honors among the partisans of Brutus, n.
The noblest of the Romans were ashamed of the
victory by which they had avenged the disgrace of
the Caudine Forks. 12. Old age is 7 most irksome 7
to the poor. 8 13. Publius Autronius and Servius Cor-
nelius Sulla had been elected consuls, but were con-
victed of bribery. Catiline also, who wished to
1 Minturnensis. 2 erga. 3 mortem sibi consciscere.
4 minima. & Dative. 6 convenire. 7 piget. 8 Accusative.
Cases: Time and Place.
39
become a candidate, had been impeached l for oppres-
sion in his province by Publius Clodius. 14. Cains
Mucius was seized by the guards and brought before
the king, who threatened him with cruel tortures.
But he said, " See now how little your torments terrify 2
me." Then he plunged his right hand into the
fire of an altar that burned near by, and held it in
the flames, by which it was wholly consumed. From
this act the name Sccevola was given him, which
signifies He that uses the left hand. 15. The second
secession extorted from the patricians again a second 3
great charter 4 of liberty. The people had become
tired of the decemvirs, and were dissatisfied 5 with
their measures ; for which reason they retired from
[their] office, and 'the people elected ten tribunes.
The decemvirs were then accused of treason, and
some were condemned to death, others committed
suicide. Two consuls were elected, and the Valerian
and Horatian laws were passed. The plebeians were
still, however, debarred from marriage with the patri-
cians.
1 reus fieri. * Subjunctive. 3 alter. 4 pignus. 3 paenitet.
Lesson 17.
Cases. 8. Time and Place.
LEARN 55, i. with a; 2. and b; 3 (reading Note),
with a, b, c, d, /, 2. and 4 ; also Remark under 56,
I. c.
a. Many expressions have in Latin the construction of time
when, where in English time is not the main idea : as,
1. In the fight at Cannae, pugna Cannensi (or apud
C annas}.
2. At the Roman games, ludis Romanis.
3. In all the wars of Gaul, omnibus Gallicis Itellis.
40 Latin Composition.
6. In many expressions of time the accusative with ad, in, or
sub, is used. Such are the following :
1. A thanksgiving was voted for the 1st of January, suppli-
catio de&reta est in Kalendas Januarias.
2. They assembled at the [appointed] day, convenerunt ad
diem.
3. Till evening, > ad vesperum .
Towards (about) evening, )
4. About the same time, sub idem tempus.
c. Time either during or within which may be expressed by
a noun in the singular, with an ordinal numeral : as,
1. Within (just) four days, quinto die.
2. He has reigned going on six years, regnat jam sextum
annum. But also
3. He has already reigned for six years, regnavit jam sex
annos.
d. Distance of time before or after any thing is variously ex-
pressed : as,
1. Three years after, post (or before, ante) tres annos,
post tertium annum, tres post annos, tertium
post annum, tribus post annis, tertio post anno.
2. Three years after his banishment, tribus annis (tertio
anno) post exsilium (post guam ejectus est).
3. "Within the last three years, his tribus proximis annis.
4. A few years hence, paucis annis.
5. Three years ago, aMiinc annos tres (tribus annis) ;
ante hos tres annos.
6. It is three years since, triennium est cum (tres anni
sunt cum).
e. The time of day is only counted by hours, beginning at
sunrise (prima, secunda hora) ; the time of night by watches,
(vigiliae), of which there were four from sunset to sunrise.
/. The names of the Months are adjectives, and agree either
with mensis or with the parts into which the month was divided
in the complicated Roman system, for which see Grammar, 84.
g. The year is expressed by the names of the consuls in the
Ablative Absolute. Modern dates may be expressed by the year
after the birth of Christ (post Christum natum).
Cases: Time and Place. 41
h. With names of places (except Towns, &c., see 55, 3), TO
is expressed by in or ad with the accusative ; IN by in or ab, with
the ablative ; FROM by ab, de, ex, with the ablative. But AT,
meaning near (not /), is expressed with all names of place by ad
or apud, with the accusative.
REMARK. Notice that, when several names of place follow a
verb of motion, all must be under the same construction. Thus
"Within four days after this was done the matter was
reported to Chrysogonus in Sulla's camp at Volaterrse,
quadriduo quo haec gesta sunt res ad Chryso-
ffontim in castra L. Sullae Volaterras defertur.
Notice also that the meaning of the Latin verb must be con-
sidered in relations of place : as,
1. He arrived in Spain, pervenit in Hispaniam.
2. He arrived at Rome, pervenit Romam.
3. They assembled in the Senate-house, convenerunt in
curiam.
4. He brought his army together in one place, coegit exer-
citum in unum locum.
Exercise 16.
I. After the death of Lucretia, Brutus threw off his
assumed stupidity, and placed himself at the head 1 of
her friends. They carried the body into the market-
place [of ]Collatia. 2 There 3 the people took up arms
and renounced the Tarquins. A number-of 4 young
men attended the funeral-procession 5 to Rome. Bru-
tus summoned the people 6 [and] related 7 the deed-of-
shame. 8 All classes were influenced with the same
indignation. 9 By order of the people Tarquin was
deposed, 10 and, along with his family, was banished
from the city. Brutus now set out for the army at
Ardea. 11 Tarquin in the meantime had hastened to
1 Lit. " added himself as leader." 2 Accusative. 3 Relative.
4 plures. 5 exsequiae funeris. e convocato populo.
7 narrare de. 9 f acinus flagitiosum. dolor et indignatio.
10 regnum abrogari (with dat). n Accusative.
42 Latin Composition.
Rome, but found the gates closed against him.
Brutus was received with joy at Ardea, and the army
renounced [their] allegiance 1 to the tyrant. Tar-
quin, with his two sons, Titus and Aruns, took refuge
at Caere, in Etruria. Sextus fled to Gabii, where he
was shortly after murdered by the friends of those
whom he had put to death. Tarquin had reigned
twenty-two years when he was driven from Rome. In
memory of this event an annual festival was celebrated
on the 24th of February, called the Regifugium.
2. Jugurtha was taken prisoner. The 2 great traitor
fell by the treachery of his nearest relatives. Lucius
Sulla brought the crafty and restless Numidian in
chains, 8 along with his children, to the Roman head-
quarters ; and the war, which had lasted for seven
years, was at an end. The glory of this victory was
given to Marius. King Jugurtha, in 4 royal robes and
in chains, along with his two sons, preceded the tri-
umphal chariot of the victor, when-he-entered 5 Rome
two years afterwards, on January ist, B. c. 104. By
order of Marius, the son 6 of the desert perished a few
days afterwards in the subterranean city prison.
1 obedientiam abicio. 2 ille. 3 vinctus catenis.
4 regie vestitus. 5 Participle. 6 alumnus.
Lesson 18.
Cases. 9. Prepositions.
1. LEARN 56, I. with a, b, c ; 2. comparing 42,
i. #, , , and 3 (Use of Prepositions) ; also 52, I.
d; 2. b (compounds of circum and trans).
2. In general, the use of prepositions in Latin is
the same as in English. They are always followed
Cases : Prepositions. 43
either by the Accusative or Ablative : those implying
motion towards an object for the most part taking the
accusative, and those implying rest in, or motion
from an object ', the ablative.
NOTE. There are very many idiomatic uses of prepositions,
for which see the Examples in 42, 2. and consult the Lexicon.
a. Position is frequently expressed in Latin with ab (rarely
ex), properly meaning yr^w . as,
1. In the rear, a tergo.
2. On the side of Pompey, a parte Pompeiana.
3. On the left hand, a sinistra (compare nine, on this side}.
4. On the other side, eoc altera parte.
5. In a great degree, magna em parte*
b. In the choice of prepositions the Latin point of view must
be carefully observed, as in many cases it differs from our own
(see Remark under 56, i. c}. Thus
1. To put clothes into a chest, ponere vestes in area.
2. To choose in one's place, in alicujus locum deliyere.
3. To fight on horseback, ex eqruo piignare.
4. It was reported in camp, in castra nuntiatum est.
5. To go on board ship, conscendere in navem (more com-
monly without the preposition).
6. To send a man a letter, vnittere (dare) literas ad
aliquem,. But
7. To give one a letter (to carry), dare literas alicui.
c. In many cases where a preposition is used in English, Latin
has the preposition compounded with a verb or implied in it. In
such cases the construction of the Latin verb must be observed
(see Dictionary) : as,
1. To go over a river, flumen transire.
2. To take one's forces across a river, copias flumen
transducere.
3. To go beyond the boundaries, egredi fines (or out of
the city, eoc urbe).
4. To fly from the enemy, fugere hostes.
5. To get into one's favor, inire alicujus gratiam.
44 Latin Composition .
NOTE. When a verb with a Preposition in English is repre-
sented in Latin by one of the compounds of 51, 2. d (ad, ante,
con, &c.), it is commonly followed by the dative. If, however,
the compound represents a verb qualified by an Adverb, it retains
its original construction : as, insidet equo, he sits upon a horse;
but, convocat suos, he calls his men together.
Exercise 17.
1. Without intelligence and goodness bodily gifts
are 1 of little 2 worth. 1
2. Besides life and sense (which he has in common
with 3 the brutes), there is in man 4 something more
exalted, more pure, and that more nearly approaches 5
to divinity.
3. It was an arduous [undertaking] to conduct such 6
a body of men through hostile nations, across swamps
and rivers which had never been passed by any one
except roving barbarians. But they penetrated a good
way into the mountains. Then, however, a chief
appeared, with a numerous body, in a narrow-pass.
But men who had surmounted so many obstacles
despised the opposition of such feeble enemies. 12
4. As I was hurrying through the town a group of
boys ran before me, crying out, Agamemnon ! Agamem-
non! I went on behind them, and they led me to the
tomb of the king of kings, a gigantic structure, 7 for
the most part in-good-preservation, 8 of a conical form,
and covered with turf. The stone over the door is
twenty-seven feet long 9 and seventeen wide ; larger
than any hewn 10 stone in the world, except Pompey's
pillar. The royal sepulchre was forsaken and empty ;
the shepherd shelters his flock within it ; the traveller
sits under its shade, and at-that-moment n a goat was
1 valere. 2 Superlative. 8 commune esse \alicut\ cum, 4 Plural.
5 prope abesse. 6 tantum agmen. ' moles. 8 incolumis.
9 in longitudinem. 10 quadratus. n turn maxime.
12 tarn exiguam vim hostium.
Verbs: Narrative Tenses. 45
dozing 1 quietly in [one] corner. I turned-away 2
[and] left him 3 in quiet possession. The boys were
waiting outside the door, and crying, Afycencel My-
cen&I led rne away from the place.
5. I have at length arrived at Cadiz. I came
across the bay yesterday morning, and have estab-
lished myself in very pleasant rooms which look out
upon the public square of the city. The morning sun
awakes me, and the sea-breeze comes in at my
window. At night the square is lighted by lamps
suspended from the trees, and thronged with a brilliant
crowd of the young and gay. Cadiz is beautiful
almost beyond-imagination. 4
1 dormito (imperfect). 2 Participle. 3 Relative.
4 supra qiiain quis animo concipere possit.
Lesson 19.
Verbs. !. Narrative Tenses.
1. LEARN 58, i. 2. with a, d; 3. with , c;
5, 6 (Present and Past Tenses of the Indicative) ;
57, 8. h (Historical Infinitive). Also, review 27, 3
(use of the Perfect and Imperfect).
2. The narrative tenses in Latin are used nearly as
in English. But
a. The Present is used much oftener than in English to express
a past action more vividly.
&. The ordinary English past tense is represented in Latin
sometimes by the Perfect (historical), and sometimes by the Im-
perfect. (For the distinction see 27, 3.) But the use of
the Imperfect depends not so much on the actual duration
of the action as upon the way in which the writer wishes to
represent it. Thus
46 Latin Composition .
1. Cicero lived sixty-three years, Cicero viocit
annos. [Here the action, though of long duration, is stated
as a simple fact.]
2. Bibulus watched the heavens, while Caesar held the elec-
tion, Eibulus de caelo servabat, eum Caesar
comitia habebat, or habuit. [Here the action, though
brief, is represented as continuing.]
3. Homer flourished before the founding of Rome, Homerus
fuit ante Romam conditam.
4. Homer was more skilled than Hesiod, Homerus doctior
erat Hesiodo.
c. In rapid narrative, the English past tense is often rendered
by the simple (historical) Infinitive, with its subject in the nomina-
tive. This construction also often corresponds with the English
"began to." (For examples, see Grammar, p. 156.)
d. Customary action is represented in general by the Present,
and in past tense by the Imperfect; though soleo, and similar
words, are often used (but much less commonly than in English)
to give emphasis to the fact of custom. Thus
1. He was always praising Milo, laudabat semper Milo-
nem*
2. He would often play with his children, saepe cum
pueris ludebat.
3. It was a habit of Quintus Mucius to tell, Q. HMucius
narrare solebat.
e. The beginning of an action is often expressed by the Present
or Imperfect, especially with jam : as,
1. I begin to feel like dancing, jam lubet saltare.
2. They stood up and began to applaud, stantes plaude-
bant.
f. The English compound perfect is often expressed in Latin
(when the action still continues) by the present, with some word
denoting duration of time. The same usage with the imperfect is
more rare.
1. We have suffered many years, multos annos patimur.
2. We have long been involved in dangers, jam diu in
periculis versamur.
3. The forces which they had long been getting ready,
copiae quas diu comparabant.
Verbs: Narrative Tenses. 47
Exercise 18.
1. The Tiber had overflowed its banks far and
wide. 1 The cradle in which the babes were placed
was stranded at the foot of the Palatine, and over-
turned on the root of a wild fig-tree. A she-wolf,
which had come to drink 2 of 3 the stream, came to
them from time to time, and suckled them. When 4
they wanted other food, the woodpecker, a bird sacred
to Mars, brought it to them. At length this marvellous
spectacle was seen 5 by Faustulus the king's shepherd,
who took the children home to his wife Acca La-
rentia. They were called Romulus and Remus, and
grew up with the sons of their foster-parents 6 on the
Palatine Hill.
2. Then Nasica rushed out of the Senate-house,
followed 7 by many of the Senators. The people made 8
way for them, broke up 8 the benches, and armed 8 them-
selves with sticks, and rushed 8 upon Tiberius and his
friends. The tribune 9 fled to the temple of Jupiter ;
but the door had been barred by the priests, and in
his flight he fell over a prostrate body. As 10 he was
rising, he received the first blow from one of his
colleagues, and was quickly despatched.
3. Pyrrhus was at first victorious ; for his own
talents were superior to those of the captains who
were opposed to him, and the Romans were not pre-
pared for the onset of the elephants of the East, which
were then for the first time seen in Italy as it were
moving mountains, with long snakes for hands. But
the victories of the Epirots were fiercely disputed,
1 late. z potum (supine). 3 ^(acc.). 4 cum (with indie.).
5 conspicere. 6 altores. 7 comitatus. 8 Hist. Inf.
9 ille. 10 cum (with imperf. subj.).
48 Latin Composition.
dearly purchased, and altogether unprofitable. At
length Manius Curius Dentatus, who had in his first
consulship won two triumphs, was again placed at
the head of the Roman commonwealth, and sent to
encounter the invaders. A great battle was fought
near Beneventum, in which Pyrrhus was completely
defeated.
4. Cato was an unfeeling and cruel master. His
conduct towards his slaves was detestable. After
dinner he would often severely chastise them, thong
in hand, for some trifling act of negligence, and some-
times condemned them to death. When they were
worn out or useless, he sold them or turned them out
of doors. He treated the lower animals no better.
His war-horse, which had borne him through his
campaign in Spain, he sold in-that-country. 1 In his
old age he sought gain with increasing eagerness, but
never attempted to profit by the misuse of his public
functions. He accepted no bribes, he reserved no
booty to his own use ; but he became a speculator, not
only in slaves, but in buildings, artificial waters, and
pleasure-grounds. In this, as in other points, 2 he
was a representative of the old Romans, who were a
money-getting 3 and money-loving 4 people.
1 ibi. 8 res. 3 quaestuosus. 4 avarus.
Lesson 20.
Verbs. 58. The Passive Voice.
i. LEARN 23, 3 (use of the Passive) ; 35, i. h
(gerundive of Deponents) ; 40, b (second Peri-
phrastic Conjugation).
Review 51, 4. a, b (dative of Agent) ; 54, 4
(ablative of Agent).
Verbs: The Passive Voice. 49
2. The Passive in Latin is often employed where in
English we prefer the Active. The principal cases
are the following :
a. The Impersonal use of neuter verbs in the passive (compare
39, cj and Method, Lesson 20, Obs. 3) : as,
1. They live on plunder, ex, rapto vivitur.
2. They fought fiercely on both sides, acriter utrimque
pugnatum est.
b. This impersonal use is the regular way of representing the
English passive, where the corresponding Latin verb does not
govern the accusative (see 51, 2. f) : as,
1. The commander is relieved (by the appointment of a successor),
imperatori succeditur.
2. I am persuaded that this is true, mihi persuasum est
hoc esse verum.
3. These things are done more easily than they are resisted,
facllius haec flunt quam his resistitur.
4. This subject was much discussed, tie hac re multum
disputation est.
5. Let the influence of friends be employed, and when em-
ployed obeyed, amicorum, auctoritas adhibeatur
et adhibitae pareatur.
c. The most common way of expressing the English ought,
must, and the like, is by some form of esse with the Gerundive,
which in this construction is always PASSIVE, no matter which
voice is used in English (compare 73, 2. Note) : as,
1. Nobody is to be blamed, nemo culpandus est.
2. We must do every thing, omnia nobis sunt facienda.
3. All must die, omnibus moriendum est.
4. We must resist old age (or old age must be resisted),
senectuti resistendum est.
d. When the Subject of the action is indefinite, the Latin
generally prefers the passive construction (compare <z, above) : as,
1. Men do not gather grapes from thorns, ex sentibus uvae
non percipiuntur.
2. We do ill whatever we do from confidence in fortune,
male yeritur quicquid yeritur fortunae fide.
4
50 Latin Composition.
e. Many neuter verbs in English are rendered in Latin by
reflexives or by the passive: as,
1. Hens roll in the dirt, gallinae in pulvere volutantur.
2. He rides on the Appian "Way, in via Appia vehitur.
3. Codrus is bursting with envy, invidia rumpitur Codrus.
4. He turns to his lieutenant, ad legatum se vertit (or,
vertitur).
3. On the other hand, an active construction is
often preferred in Latin, where the passive is used in
English. This happens
a. In cases where the emphasis is on the Object of an action,
or the action itself, rather than on the Agent ; because the empha-
sis can be given in Latin (though not in English) by position.
Thus-
1. Socrates was put to death by his fellow-citizens, Socra-
tem elves sui interfecerunt.
2. Egypt is watered by the Nile, and Mesopotamia made
fertile by the Euphrates, Aegyptuwi Nilus irrif/at,
Mesopotamiaiu fertilem efficit Etiphrates.
b. As most deponent verbs have no passive, the active con-
struction must frequently be used for the English passive : as,
1. He is most admired who is not influenced by money,
quern pecunia non movet eum homines maxime
admirantitr.
2. We should not mourn a death which is succeeded by
immortality, non luyenda est mors quatn immorta-
litas consequatur.
c. In a few cases, instead of the regular passive in Latin, a
neuter verb of kindred meaning is employed : as,
1. To add, adder e ; to be added, accedere.
2. To destroy, perdere ; to be destroyed, perire.
3. To sell, vendere ; to be sold, venire (veneo).
4. To flog, verberare; to be flogged, vapulare.
4. When the present passive in English denotes
a completed action, it is generally represented by the
perfect in Latin ; but when it denotes an action in
Verbs: The Passive Voice. 51
progress, or a general fact ', we must use the present.
Thus
1. The enemy are beaten, hostes victi sunt.
2. He is loved by his friends, diliyitur cib amicis.
3. Among the Parthians the signal is given by a drum, apud
farthos signum datur tympana.
REMARK. Care must be taken in rendering the confused or
disguised forms of the passive in English : as,
1. The house is building, domus aedijicatur (but, he is
building a house, domum aedificat).
2. While these things are being done, duni Jiaec f/eruntur.
5. When a verb in the active voice is followed by
two cases (with or without a preposition), the accusa-
tive of the direct object becomes the subject of the
passive, the other case being retained as in the active
construction. Thus (compare examples on p. 37)
1. Crassus is not envied for his wealth, Crasso divitiae
non invidentur.
2. Verres is charged with extortion, Verres repetundarutn
reus fit.
3. Cato is asked his opinion, Cato rogatur sententimn.
REMARK. The use of a second accusative in this construc-
tion is found chiefly with rogo, posco, and celo.
Exercise 19.
i. We must resist old age, my friends, says
Cicero in the book entitled * Cato Major, and its
failings must be made good by pains-taking. We
must fight against old age as against disease. Re-
gard must be paid to health. Moderate exercise
should be employed, a sufficiency of food and drink
must be taken. 2 Not only the body needs to be
bolstered-up, but the mind and soul much more; for
these too die out through old age.
1 See Lesson 8. 3. 8 adhibere.
52 Latin Composition.
2. " Even now," said Caesar, "we may 1 return; if
we cross the bridge, arms must decide the contest."
At that moment of suspense 2 [there] appeared sud-
denly the figure of a youth, remarkable for comeliness
and stature, playing on a pipe, the emblem of peace
and security. The shepherds who were about the
spot began to mingle with the soldiers and straggle
towards him, captivated by his simple airs ; when with
a violent movement he snatched a trumpet from one
of the military band, 3 rushed with it to the bank of the
river, and blowing a furious blast of martial music,
leaped into the water, and disappeared on the opposite
side. "Let us advance," 4 exclaimed Caesar, " where 5
the gods direct, and our enemies invite us. Be the
die cast!"
3. A conspiracy 7 against the life of Caesar had-been-
formed 7 in-the-beginning-of-the-year. 8 Many of the
conspirators had fought in the war against Caesar ;
and had not only been pardoned 6 by him, but raised
to offices of rank and honor. Among others was
Marcus Junius Brutus, whom Caesar had pardoned
after the battle of Pharsalia, and ha'd since treated
almost as a son. He was now persuaded by Cassius
to-join 9 the conspiracy, and imitate his ancestor Lucius
Junius Brutus, the liberator 10 of Rome from the
tyranny of the Tarquins. They now resolved 11 to
assassinate 9 the Dictator in the Senate-house on the
Ides of March. Rumors of the plot got abroad, and
Qesar was strongly urged not to attend the session of
1 posse, impersonal. 2 in ea sollidtudine.
3 uni ex cornicinibus. 4 Present Subjunctive. 5 qua.
6 Change the voice. 7 Impersonal. 8 ineunte anno.
9 #/, with imper. subj. 10 Lit. "who," &c. " Impers. passive.
Verbs: Infinitive Constructions. 53
the Senate. But he disregarded the warnings which
had been given him.
4. The ten ambassadors, of whom Cato was chief,
offered their arbitration, which was accepted by Masi-
nissa, but rejected by the Carthaginians, who had no
confidence in Roman justice. This refusal Cato never
forgave them. In traversing their country, he had
remarked the increasing wealth and population.
After his return to Rome, he let fall from the fold of
his robe some early-ripe Libyan figs; and as 1 their 2
beauty was admired, 1 "Those figs," quoth he, " were
gathered three days ago at Carthage. So close is our
enemy to our walls." From that time forth, whenever
he was called upon for his vote in the Senate, though 3
the subject of debate bore no relation to Carthage, he
added these words, " Carthage must be destroyed."
1 Active (cum, with imperf. subj.). * Relative.
8 quamquam, with imperf.
Lesson 21.
Verbs. 3. Infinitive Constructions.
1. LEARN 57, 8. with <z, b, c (uses of the Infini-
tive) ; also 58, n. with a, b (use of the Present and
Perfect infinitive) ; also 57, 8. e; 67, i (Indirect
Discourse).
2. The English infinitive is rendered by the Latin
infinitive in many constructions :
a. When it is equivalent to an abstract noun : as,
To err is human, humanum est errare.
NOTE. An abstract noun is also sometimes equivalent to an
infinitive, and is to be rendered in the same way in Latin : as,
1. "What is creation? Quid est creare?
2. Writing with a stile is easy, est facile stilo scribere.
54 Latin Composition.
b. When a second action of the same subject is indicated : as,
I begin to grow old, senescere incipio.
NOTE. This principle includes many classes of words where
the connection is very close between the infinitive and the verb on
which it depends ; and also many where it is more remote, so
that a subjunctive clause might also be used.
3. The English THAT with a verb, when it denotes
a statement or thought, is always to be rendered by
an Infinitive with an Accusative for its subject. This
construction (called the Indirect Discourse) is a very
common one in Latin, and is used after all words
of knowing, -perceiving, thinking, and telling. In
English we often use the infinitive in such sentences
as the preceding : as, " I think it to be right ; " " He is
said to be rich ; " and so on.
a. The English simple infinitive, with expressions of hoping,
promising, threatening, and the like, is rendered by the same
construction, of the infinitive with subject-accusative : as,
I hope to come, spero me venturum [esse],
b. The English infinitive may be used after any verb of com-
manding or forbidding. In Latin it is regularly used only after
jubeo and veto (see hereafter, Lesson 28).
c. In using the Indirect Discourse in Latin, observe what tense
would be used in the direct discourse, and make the tense of the
infinitive correspond to that. Thus
1. He says that his father is here, dicit patrem adesse.
2. He said that his father was here, dixit patrem adesse.
3. He will say that his father is here, dicet patrem adesse.
In all these three cases the same tense is used in Latin, because
the same tense would be used in the direct : viz. " My father is
here."
4. He says his father was here, dicit patrem adfuisse.
5. He said his father had been (or was formerly) here, dixit
patrem adfuisse.
6. He will say that his father was here, dicet patrem
adfuisse.
Verbs: Infinitive Constructions. 55
These three cases take the perfect infinitive, because the words
in direct discourse would be, " My father was here."
7. He says that his father will be here, dicit patrem ad-
futurum [esse].
8. He said that his father would be here, dixit patrem
adfuturum.
9. He will say that his father will be here, dicet patrem
adfuturum.
In these cases, the words in direct discourse would be, " My
father will be here." (In this tense, the esse is usually omitted.)
In like manner, with verbs of promising, expecting, and the like
10. He hopes to come {direct, "I shall come"), sperat se
venturum.
11. He hopes that you are well, sperat te valere.
12. He hopes that you were there, sperat te adfuisse.
13. He threatened to destroy the city, minatus est se
urbem deleturum.
d. When the verb of knowing, &c., is in the Passive, the
impersonal construction is more common in English ; but in Latin
the personal is regular with the simple tenses, the impersonal with
the compound (see 70, 2. a) : as,
1. It seems to me that you are wrong, videris tnihi errare.
2. It was reported that Cesar's house had been attacked,
oppugnata domus Caesaris nuntuibatur.
3. There is a tradition that Homer was blind, tradition est
Homerum caecum fuisse.
4. The subject of the Infinitive is regularly in the
Accusative. But if the subject of the infinitive is not
ex-pressed, then any predicate word will agree with
the subject of the main clause if there be a personal
subject (see 57, 8. , with Remarks) : as,
1. It is advantageous to be honest, utile est probum esse.
2. I am anxious to be merciful, cupio me esse clementem
(or cupio esse clemens).
N. B. Never translate the infinitive of Purpose by the infinitive
in Latin (see hereafter, Lesson 25).
56 Latin Composition.
The English Infinitive and the clause with THAT are also often
to be rendered by other constructions than the above (for which
see hereafter, Lesson 28).
Exercise 20.
1. "You," said Scipio ^milianus, "to whom Italy
is not mother, but step-mother, ought to keep silence.
Surely you do not think that I shall fear those let 8 loose
whom I sent in chains to the slave-market."
2. The king of Syria, Antiochus, had nearly con-
quered Egypt. Popilius Lasna ordered him, in the
name of the Senate, to abandon the country. Antio-
chus wished to deliberate ; but Popilius, having traced l
a circle 1 about the king with a staff which he held
in his hand, "Before 2 leaving this circle," said he,
" answer the Senate." Antiochus promised to obey,
and went out of Egypt. Popilius then divided the
kingdom between the two brothers Philometor and
Physcon.
3. I purpose 3 to write the history of a memorable
revolution which has agitated men deeply, and which
divides them even to-day. I do not conceal from my-
self the-difficulties-of-the-undertaking ; 4 for passions
which it was thought were stifled under [the influence
of ] a military despotism have just been reawakened.
Suddenly men overwhelmed with years and toil have
felt revive 5 in them resentments which seemed to be
appeased, and have communicated them to us their
children and heirs. But if we have-to-maintain 6 the
same cause, we-have-not 7 to defend their conduct;
1 Participle passive, ablative absolute (see next Lesson).
2 ante quam, with pres. indie. 3 in animo habere.
4 Lit. " how difficult are (subj.) those things which I undertake."
5 Infinitive. 6 Part in dus, agreeing with causa.
7 nihil opus est. 8 Lit. " those will alarm me."
Verbs: Participial Constructions. 57
and we can separate liberty itself from those who
have well or ill served it, while * we still have the
advantage of-having-heard 2 and watched these old
men, who, rilled as-they-are 3 with their memories
still excited by their impressions, teach us to under-
stand them.
4. The king entered the ship in a violent storm,
which the mariners beholding-with-astonishment, 4 at
length with great humility gave him warning of the
danger. But he commanded them instantly to put
off, and not be afraid, for he had never in his life
heard that any king was drowned.
1 cum, with subj. 8 guod, with indie. 3 quidem.
4 admirari.
Lesson 22.
Verbs. 4. Participial Constructions.
1. LEARN 72, with i. and c; 2, 3. with Remark
and a (uses of Participles). Also, 4. with a; with
40, #, b (Periphrastic Conjugations) ; 72, 5. with
#, , c; and 54, 10. b (Ablative Absolute).
2. The English participle is often expressed not by
a participle in Latin, but by a relative clause, or
one with cum or dum (see 72, i. c) : as,
1. In the following winter, ea quae secuta est hieme.
2. Caesar, seeing this, gave the signal for battle, Caesar cum
hoc vidisset signum dedit proelii.
3. While humoring the young, I have forgotten that I am
old, dum obsequor adulescentibus, me senem esse
oblitus sum.
3. On the other hand, almost any simple modifying
clause can be rendered in Latin in a participial form.
This principle includes, among others, relative clauses,
58 Latin Composition.
and those introduced by when, if, because, although,
together with many adverbial phrases.
a. If there is any word in the main clause to which the
participle can be attached as a modifier, it usually agrees with it.
This corresponds to the English use of participles, except that
it is much more common.
1. Any evil is easily crushed at its birth, omne malum
nascens facile opprimitur.
2. The enemy slay Valerius while fighting bravely, Valerium
hostes acerrime pugnantem occidunt.
b. If there is no word to which the participle can be attached,
the participle is put in the ablative, with some word in agreement,
which serves as a kind of Subject (Ablative Absolute : see exam-
ples in " Method," p. 51).
c. Even what in English seems a separate clause is in Latin
often crowded into the main clause in a participial form : as,
1. Our men followed them close encumbered as they
were and cut them down, quos impeditos nostri
consecnti occiderunt.
2. It is a wretched thing to fret yourself when it does no
good, tniserum est nihil proficientetn anffi.
d. The perfect active participle, which is missing in Latin, is
supplied either (i) by a change of voice with the Ablative Abso-
lute ; or (2) by a clause with cum or dum. The difficulty is,
however, often avoided by the use of Deponents, whose perfect
participle usually has an active signification. Thus
1. Having delayed a little, and set fire to all the villages,
they pushed forward, paulisper morati, omnibus
vicis incensis, contenderunt.
2. Having observed this, he sent the third line as a relief
to our men who were in difficulty, id cuin anim-
advertisset, tertiatn aciem laborantibus nostris
siibsidio tnisit.
Exercise 21.
i. Veii was not succored by the other Etruscan
cities then threatened with an invasion of the Gauls.
Besides, the Veians had given themselves a king
Verbs: Participial Constructions. 59
instead of the annual magistrate, and a king odious
to the other cities. This lucumo, irritated at 1 not
having been named chief of the confederation, had
stirred up the artisans, and violently interrupted the
sacred games of Volsinii. On leaving for the siege
of Veii, the Roman knights swore never to return,
unless [they were] conquerors. This was also the vow
of the Spartans on leaving for Ithome. On 2 the
approach of the Roman army, the Veians left their
city, clothed in funeral apparel, and bearing lighted
torches. The city was taken by a mine. The
besiegers, [who were] concealed in it 3 near the temple
of Juno, overheard the reply of an oracle, which the
Etruscans had consulted. " Victory," said the priest,
" shall be with 4 him who shall sacrifice this heifer on
the altar." Then the Roman soldiers burst into the
temple, seized the axe from the priest's hand, and
struck down the heifer; and the town, thus betrayed
by its own gods, fell into the hands of the Romans.
2. The deputation arrived at Epidaurus the pecu-
liar seat of ^Esculapius, and invited the god to make
his abode at Rome. Nor did he refuse ; for one of
the snakes sacred to .^Esculapius crawled from his
temple to the city of Epidaurus, and thence proceeded
to the sea-shore, and climbed up into the ship of the
Roman ambassadors [which was] drawn up on the
beach. They now, instructed by the Epidaurians
that the god willingly accompanied them, sailed away
with the sacred snake to Italy. But when 5 the ship
stopped 5 at Antium so goes the story the snake
left 6 [it and] crawled to the temple of yEsculapius
1 Accusative with Infinitive. 2 Ablative. 3 Relative.
4 Dative. 5 Lit. " the ship (ace.) stopping." 6 Participle.
60 Latin Composition.
in that city ; where he coiled himself round a tall palm-
tree, and remained for three days. The Romans
meanwhile anxiously awaited his return to the ship.
At last he went 1 back [and] did not move again till the
ship entered the Tiber. Then, when she came 2 to
Rome, he again crawled forth, swam to the island in
the middle of the Tiber, and there went on shore and
remained quiet. A temple was built, therefore, to the
god on the spot which he had himself chosen.
1 Participle. * Pluperf. subj. (impers.).
Lesson 23.
Verbs. 5. Gerundive Constructions.
1. LEARN 73, i, 2, 3. with a, b, c 9 d (use of the
Gerund and Gerundive).
2. The English participial noun, or verbal in -ING,
is represented in Latin in several different ways.
a,. When it is subject or object, by the Infinitive (see Lesson
21), or quod with the Indicative ; rarely by a verbal noun : as,
1. Your being here is agreeable, quod ades (or te adesse)
gratum est.
2. I prefer -writing to speaking, tnalo scribere quant,
loqui.
. b. In the other cases, most commonly by the Gerund or
Gerundive ; less commonly by an Adverbial or Substantive
Clause (see Lessons 25, 27) : as,
1. The labor of writing is irksome, labor scribendi moles-
turn est.
2. A plan was formed for firing the city, concilium in-
jflammandae urbis initum est.
3. I dissuaded him from going, ne iret dissuasi.
NOTE. The Gerund and Gerundive are precisely equivalent in
meaning. But the Gerundive, being in its origin a passive con-
struction, can be used only of verbs which govern the accusative
(except utor, &c.). When it can be used, it is generally to be
preferred.
Verbs: Gerundive Constructions. 61
c. The phrase " without doing any thing," or the like, has no
corresponding expression in Latin ; but must be analyzed and
rendered by some other form of words, chiefly a participle or the
ablative absolute : as,
1. Without accomplishing his purpose, re infecta.
2. Without being compelled, non coactus. "
3. He went away without doing this, abiit neque hoc fecit.
4. You shall not go without doing this, non dbibis nisi
hoc feceris.
5. I trod on a snake without knowing it, anguem calcavi
insciens (or inscienter).
d. PURPOSE is often expressed in Latin by the accusative of
the Gerund or Gerundive with ad, or by the Genitive followed by
causa or gratia (see hereafter, Lesson 26, and examples, Gram-
mar, page 183).
Exercise 23.
1. When polished nations have obtained the glory
of victory, or have enriched themselves by the addi-
tion-of J territory, they may 2 end the war with honor.
But savages are not satisfied until they extirpate 3 the
community which is the object of their rage. They
fight not to 4 conquer, but to 4 destroy. If they engage
in hostilities, it is with a resolution never to-see 5 the
face of the enemy in peace, but to prosecute the war
with immortal enmity. The desire of vengeance [is]
the first and almost the only [principle which] a
savage instils into the minds of [his] children.
2. Cato's opinion prevailed, and the Senate only
waited for a favorable opportunity to-destroy 5 the city.
The Romans had resolved on war; 6 and when the
Carthaginian ambassadors arrived at Rome, to 4 offer
to the Senate the submission of Carthage, the two
consuls were already levying troops. The ambassa-
1 Gerundive. * licet. 3 Perfect. 4 ad, with gerund.
5 Gen. of gerund. 6 bello decertare statuerant.
62 Latin Composition.
dors, knowing that resistance was hopeless, sought 1 to
appease the anger of the Senate by unconditional obe-
dience. They were ordered to send three hundred of
the noblest families to [meet] the consuls at Lilybaeum,
and were told that the consuls would inform them of
the further orders of the Senate.
3. Sulla, [when] quaestor in the war against-Jugur-
tha, 2 by his zeal and energy soon gained the full
approval of [his] commander. He was equally suc-
cessful in gaining the affections of the soldiers. He
always addressed them with the greatest kindness,
seized every opportunity of conferring favors upon
them, was ever ready to 3 take-part-in all the jests of
the camp, and [at the same time] never shrank from
sharing in all their labors and dangers. It is a
curious circumstance that Marius gave to his future
enemy and the destroyer of his family and party the
first opportunity of distinguishing himself. ' The ene-
mies of Marius claimed for Sulla the glory of the
betray al-of 4 Jugurtha ; and Sulla himself took the
credit of it by always wearing a signet ring represent-
ing 5 the [scene of the] surrender.
1 conor. 2 Adjective. 3 ad, with gerundive.
4 Perf. part. 6 Lit. " on which was represented."
Lesson 24.
Verbs. 6. Subjunctive Constructions.
1. LEARN 57, 2. with #, b; 3, 4, 5, 6 (uses of the
Subjunctive) ; also 7. with a (Imperative Construc-
tions).
2. The Subjunctive mood in Latin is used to repre-
sent a great variety of constructions in English, most
Verbs: Subjunctive Constructions. 63
of which are included in the dependent clauses, to be
given in future Lessons. The others are the follow-
ing :
a. The rare Subjunctive in English is for the most part
rendered by the subjunctive in Latin (but compare special con-
structions in future Lessons). Thus
1. Let him that standeth take heed lest he fall, caveat qui
stat ne cadat.
2. I care not, so it serve the state, nil mea refert dum-
modo rei publicae prosit.
3. What would Cicero say if he were alive? Quid diceret
Cicero si viveret?
b. The auxiliaries which form the English Potential may,
might, could, would, should are very loose in their use and
meaning, being sometimes pure auxiliaries, and sometimes retain-
ing their proper force. In the former case they are generally
rendered by the subjunctive in Latin ; in the latter, they require
some verb of similar meaning. Thus
1. You may say (it is possible you should say), dicas.
2. You may say (you are permitted to say), licet dicere.
3. He would go if I should wish it, eat si velim.
4. He would go (now) if I wished it. iret si vellem.
5. You would have it so, sic voluisti.
6. I should like to go, ire velim.
7. I could wish he were here, vellem adesset.
8. A soldier should obey his commander, miles imperatori
parere debet.
9. Whoever could go went, quicumque ire poterat ivit.
10. What could I do (what was I to do) ? Quid facer em ?
11. I wish he would come, utinam veniat.
12. Would he were now here! O si mine adesset!
c The English Imperative except commands in the second
person is regularly rendered by the Latin subjunctive. Com-
mands addressed to a definite person take the imperative in Latin;
prohibitions to a definite person, i. noli, with the infinitive ; 2.
cave, with the present subjunctive ; 3. ne, with the perfect sub-
junctive. Thus
64 Latin Corn-position,
1. Let us go, eamus.
2. Well, be it so, fiat sane.
3. Let justice be done though the heavens fall, flat justitia
mat caelum.
4. Leap down, fellow-soldiers, desilite, commilitones.
5. Do not suppose, nolite putare.
6. Pardon nothing, do nothing by favor, be not moved by
compassion, nihil ignoveris, nihil gratiae causa
feceris, misericordia commotus ne sis.
d. General precepts, both affirmative and negative, are regularly
expressed by the second person of the present subjunctive, less
commonly the perfect.
e. There are many idiomatic constructions more especially
clauses of Result and clauses in Indirect Discourse which in
Latin require the subjunctive, though they have no modal form
in English. (For these constructions, see hereafter, especially
Lessons 26 and 28.)
Exercise 23.
1. w Let him go then," they said, " where he pleases
as an exile, and suffer in some other place whatever
fate has reserved for him ; and let us pray that the
gods visit us not with their anger, for rejecting Marius
from our city in poverty and rags." Moved by such
considerations, all in a body entered the room where
Marius was, and getting round him, began to conduct
him to the sea.
2. "Why," said Rasselas, " should you envy others
so great an advantage? All skill ought to be exerted
for universal good. Every man has owed much to
others, and ought to repay the kindness that he has
received."
3. Sweet language will multiply friends, and a fair-
speaking tongue will increase kind greetings. Be in
peace with many ; nevertheless have but one counsellor
of a thousand. If thou wouldest L get a friend, prove
1 volo.
Verbs: Subjunctive Constructions. 65
him first, and 1 be not 1 hasty 2 to credit him. For some 3
man is a friend for 4 his own occasion, 4 and 5 will not 5
abide in the day of thy trouble.
4. My lords, 6 if you must fall may you s<5 fall. But
if you stand and stand I trust you will together
with the fortunes of this ancient monarchy, together
with the ancient laws and liberties of this great and
illustrious kingdom, may you stand as unimpeached
in honor as in power. May you stand the refuge
of afflicted nations ! May you stand a sacred temple
for the perpetual residence of an inviolable justice !
5. Believe me, Athenians! if, recovering from this
lethargy, you would 7 assume the ancient spirit and
freedom of your fathers, the world might 7 once more
behold you playing a part worthy of Athenians ! May
the gods inspire you to determine upon such measures !
6. Lay hold on this chance of safety, Conscript
Fathers! by the immortal gods I conjure you. Give
one sign to the Roman people, that even as now they
pledge their valor, so you pledge your wisdom to the
crisis of the state. Do you not know this Antony?
Do you not know his companions? To be slaves to
such as he, to such as they, would it not be the fullest
measure of misery, joined with the fullest measure of
disgrace? If it be so which heaven forfend !
that 8 the supreme hour of the republic has come, let
us, the rulers of the world, rather fall with honor than
serve with. infamy ! Born to glory and to liberty, let
us hold these bright distinctions fast, or let us greatly
die!
1 neve. 2 Adverb. 8 quispiam. 4 temporis causa.
6 Patres Conscript '/. 7 Pres. subj. * #/, with subj.
me.
66 Latin Composition.
Lesson 25.
Relations of Time.
i. LEARN 62, with 2. a, b, and Remark 2 ; c, d,
e (use of Temporal Particles) ; 58, 9, 10. with
Remarks (Sequence of Tenses).
REMARK. Whenever it becomes necessary to use the
Subjunctive mood in a subordinate clause as in this and
the following Lessons careful attention must be paid to
the rule for the Sequence of Tenses. The learner must
notice carefully which is the main clause, i. e., what is the main
fact to be stated. This is often disguised in English by one
or more modifying clauses ; especially Relative (WHO,
WHICH), Temporal (WHEN), and Conditional (IF). Upon
the time of the main clause will depend the time of the
whole. Sometimes, however, an intervening dependent verb
may throw the time back so as to require secondary tenses
in those which follow, though the leading verb is primary.
Thus
1. Cicero is said to have gone into exile to prevent civil
war, Cicero ex patria excessisse dicitur ut bellum
civile averteret.
2. "We seem to have advanced so far that even in fulness of
words we are not surpassed by the Greeks, tantum,
profecisse videmur ut a Graecis ne verborum
quidem copia vinceremur.
2. The English particle WHEN and similar expres-
sions of time are rendered in Latin by two different
constructions: a. ubi, postquam, and similar parti-
cles (see 2. a) with the Indicative, usually the perfect ;
b. cum, generally with the Indicative of the present
or perfect, and with the Subjunctive of the imperfect
or pluperfect (2. b : see examples in Grammar).
Relations of Time. 67
REMARK. The distinction between these two constructions
is not at first obvious ; but will become clearer by considering the
distinction of Absolute and Relative time (see Note on page 177
of the Grammar), and by careful observation of the practice of
Latin writers.
a. If WHEN is equivalent to WHENEVER, the Indicative is
always to be used : as,
When midsummer had begun, he used to make his quarters
at Syracuse, cum aestas summa esse Jain coepcrat,
Syraciisis stativa faciebat.
b. The common English form of narrative, " Such and such
things had happened (were happening), WHEN," &c., is always to
be rendered with the Indicative in Latin usually with cum: as,
1. This he had said when news was brought, dixerat hoc
cum nuniiatum est.
2. I was just reading your letters, when one was brought
me, legebam tuas epistolas, cum mihi epistola
adfertur.
c. If WHEN or WHILE approaches in meaning to SINCE (as it
often does in fact), it is expressed by cum with the subjunctive ;
sometimes by other constructions (see Lesson 22) : as,
But if you do not yet quite see when the thing itself
is plain by so many clear proofs and tokens, quod
si nondiim satis cernitis cum res ipsa tot tain
Claris arguinentis signisque luceat.
Exercise 34.
i. Hamilcar had poured the libation on the victim,
which was duly offered on the altar ; when on-a-sud-
den he desired 1 all the others to 3 step aside to a little
distance, [and then] called his son Hannibal. Hanni-
bal, a boy of nine years old, went up to his father,
and Hamilcar asked him kindly whether 2 he would
like 2 to go with him to the war. When the boy
eagerly caught at the offer and with a child's earnest-
ness implored his father to 3 take him, Hamilcar took
1 Participle. 2 velletne. 3 /, with subj.
68 Latin Composition.
him by the hand and led him up to the altar; and
bade him, if he wished l to follow his father, to lay
his hand on the altar, and swear that he would never
be the friend of the Romans. Hannibal swore, and
never to his latest hour forgot his vow.
2. When 2 Archias came to the door of the temple
with his satellites, he found Demosthenes seated. He
first addressed him in [language of] friendly persuasion,
and offered to intercede with Antipater in his behalf.
Demosthenes, having listened for-a-time in silence to
his bland professions, at length replied, " Archias, you
never won me by your acting, nor will you now by
your promises." When the player found that he was
detected, he threw away the mask and threatened
in earnest. "Now," 3 said Demosthenes, "you speak
from the Macedonian tripod : before you were only
acting. Wait a little till I have written 4 a letter to my
friends at home." And he took a roll as if to write ;
and, as was his wont when he was engaged in com-
position, put the end of the reed to his mouth, and bit
it ; he then covered his head with his robe and bowed
his head.
3. When he had remained some time in this atti-
tude, the barbarians, thinking that he was lingering
through fear, began to taunt him with cowardice ; and
Archias, going up, urged 5 him to rise, and repeated
his offers of mediation. Demosthenes now 6 felt the
poison in his veins : he uncovered his face, and fixing
his eyes on the dissembler said, "It is time for you,
Archias, to finish the part of Creon, and cast my body
to the dogs. I quit thy sanctuary, Poseidon, still
1 si vellet. 2 ubi. 3 mine. 4 Future perfect.
5 petere ab eo ut. 6 jam.
Purpose and Result. 69
breathing ; though * Antipater and the Macedonians
have not spared even this from pollution." So say-
ing, he moved with-faltering-step towards the door;
but had scarcely passed the altar, when he fell with
a groan, and breathed his last.
1 cum, with subj.
Lesson 26.
Purpose and Result.
i. READ carefully 69, comparing the references.
REMARK. a. In general, Relative or other subordinate
clauses are used in Latin nearly as in English. But in Latin
the Subjunctive mood is used in many such clauses, where
English uses the Indicative. It will be seen, therefore, that not
every relative or other subordinate clause is to be translated
by the Latin subjunctive ; nor, on the other hand, is every
English indicative in such clauses to be rendered by the
indicative. The learner must, accordingly, accustom himself
to notice the true (logical) relation between the subordinate
and the main clause ; and express the former according to the
Latin idiom, which will appear in the subsequent Lessons.
b. When a relative clause (including those introduced by
relative adverbs and conjunctions) simply states a fact or
circumstance which might be put as an independent statement,
there is no occasion for the subjunctive in Latin. But in
most cases, where there is a logical relation between the two
clauses, so that the force of the relative clause would be lost 'by
taking it out of its connection with the former, the subjunc-
tive is required in Latin.
N. B. Clauses expressing CAUSE introduced in English by
because, since, inasmuch as take the subjunctive only in special
Idiomatic uses (see 63).
70 Latin Composition.
c. The most common uses of the subjunctive in clauses of
the kind above referred to are to express PURPOSE in order
that, that) to, in order to, and the like ; or RESULT so that,
that, so as to.
2. LEARN 64, i. with a, 2 (clauses of Purpose) ;
65, i. with a, b (clauses of Result) ; 2. with , e>f
(clauses of Characteristic).
3. In English, relations of purpose and result are
often expressed by the Infinitive, which must never be
used in this way in Latin.
a. The most general way of expressing Purpose is by ut
(negatively ne), unless the purpose is closely connected with some
one word, in which case the relative is more common. Thus
1. Arria gave her husband a sword in order that he might
kill himself, Arria yladium dedit marito ut se
interficeret.
2. Arria gave her husband a sword to kill himself with,
Arria gladium dedit tnarito quo se interficeret.
6. The Gerundive constructions of Purpose are usually limited
to short concise expressions, where the literal translation of the
phrase, though not the English idiom, is nevertheless not harsh
or strange.
c. The Supine in this construction is used only with verbs of
motion and a few idiomatic expressions (see 74, i). The Future
Participle of Purpose should be avoided.
d. A kind of purpose is expressed idiomatically by the Gerun-
dive used passively after particular verbs (see 72, 5. c).
e. In the greater number of cases Result is expressed by ut
(negatively ut non), the relative being less common (compare
examples in 65, i).
/. The use of the Subjunctive in clauses of Characteristic
(see 65, 2) can only be learned by practice and comparison of
examples. But compare what is said above of Relative clauses in
general.
g. Expressions such as " He is too honest to deceive," " It is
too distant to be seen," and the like, which are very common in
Purpose and Result. 71
English, are in Latin to be rendered by a clause of Result with
quam ut following a Comparative: as,
Caesar was too merciful to punish his adversaries, cleinen-
tior erat Caesar quam ut inimicos puniret.
Exercise 25.
1. On the reedy margin of the lake stood here and
there some monuments ; tombs, it was said, 1 of ancient
Assyrian kings. As the royal galley, which Alex-
ander steered himself, passed near one of them, 2 a
sudden gust of wind carried away his cap into the
water, and lodged 7 the light diadem which circled it
on one of .the reeds which grew out of the tomb. One
of the soldiers immediately swam out to recover it; 2
and, to keep it dry, placed it on his own head. Alex-
ander rewarded him with a talent ; but at the same time
ordered him to be flogged for the thoughtlessness with
which he had assumed 3 the ensign of royalty. The
diviners, it is said, took the matter more seriously, and
advised the king to 4 inflict death on the offender, 5 in
order to avert the omen.
2. Socrates recommends to Alcibiades, in order
that he might have a model for his devotions, a short
prayer which a Greek poet composed for the use of
his friend in-the-following-words : 6 " O Jupiter ! give
us those things which are good for us, whether they
are such things as we pray for or such things as we
do not pray for ; and remove from us those things
which are hurtful, though they are such things as we
pray for."
3. Polybius also learned the Roman tongue, and
attained to that knowledge of their laws, their rights,
their customs and antiquities, that few of their own
1 dicebant. 2 Relative. 3 Subjunctive.
4 /, with subj. 6 homo. 6 ita, 7 eUmitto*
72 Latin Composition.
citizens understood them better. So that he taught
the noblemen of Rome their own municipal laws ; and
was accounted more skilful in them than Fabius
Pictor, a man of the senatorial order, who wrote the
transactions of the Punic wars. He who neglected
none of the laws of history was so careful of truth
that he made it his whole business to deliver nothing
to posterity which might deceive them ; and by that
diligence and exactness may be known to be studious
of truth and a lover of it.
4. The Pompeians were too much dispirited to
make any resistance. Shivered once more at the
first onset, they poured in broken masses over hill and
plain. But Ceesar was not yet satisfied. Allowing
a part of his troops only to return to the camp, he led
four legions in hot pursuit by a shorter and better
road, and drew them up at a distance of six miles
from the field of battle.
1 qua diligcntia ac cura.
Lesson 27.
Conditional Sentences.
READ carefully 59, 60, 61, including all the sub-
sections, and committing to memory the types of con-
ditional expressions on page 167.
. The learner should notice carefully the precise nature of the
condition which he wishes to render into Latin, because the use of
the tenses in English is not uniform. Thus, " If he is alive
now" is a present condition, to be expressed in Latin by the
Present Indicative ; " If he is alive next year " is a future condi-
tion, and would be expressed by the Future Indicative. " If he
were here now " is a present condition contrary to fact, and would
be expressed by the Imperfect Subjunctive ; " If he were to see
me thus " is a future condition, to be expressed by the Present
Subjunctive.
Conditional Sentences. 73
b. In cases where the Condition is omitted, it must be mentally
supplied in order to determine the form of the condition.
c. The conditional phrases of Comparison, as if, as though,
require in Latin the present and perfect subjunctive, not the im-
perfect and pluperfect, as in English (see Remark under 61, i).
d. For the Concessive expressions, although, granting thai,
even if. which require idiomatic constructions in Latin, see 61, 2.
For Provisos provided that, only let, c. see 61, 3.
Exercise 26.
1. Among the savages, to display undaunted forti-
tude in torments is the noblest triumph of. a warrior.
To avoid the trial by a voluntary death is deemed
infamous and cowardly. If any one betrays symptoms
of timidity, they often despatch him at once with con-
tempt, as unworthy of-being-treated 1 like a man.
2. If we see a friend in distress, and give him all
the consolation we are able, we perform the duties of
friendship, which pays more attention to the disposi-
tion of the heart than to the value of the gift. A
small present may be the testimony of a great love.
There is no good I do not wish you, and this is all I
can offer toward it. I wish this little treatise may be
of use to you. If it should not answer my hopes,
I shall, however, be secure of pardon from your
friendship.
3. I am come to inform 2 you of a secret you must
impart to Pausanias alone. From remote antiquity, I
am of Grecian lineage. I am solicitous for the safety
of Greece. Long since, but for the auguries, would
Mardonius have given battle. Regarding these no
longer, he will attack you early in the morning. Be
prepared. If he change his purpose, remain as you
are. He has provisions only for a few days more.
1 See 65, 2. /. 2 See 58, 10. a.
74 Latin Composition.
Should the event of the war prove favorable, you will
but deem it fitting to make some effort for the inde-
pendence of one who exposes himself to so great
peril for the purpose of apprising you of the intentions
of the foe. I am Alexander of Macedon.
4. After a short interval, Charles, turning to Philip,
who stood awaiting his commands, thus addressed
him : " If the vast possessions which are now bestowed
on you had come by inheritance, there would be
abundant cause for gratitude. How much more,
when they come as a free gift in the life-time of your
father! But however large the debt, 1 ! shall consider
it all repaid if you only discharge your duty to your
subjects. So rule over them that men shall commend
and not censure me for the part I am now acting."
5. We are here as in a theatre, where every one
has a part allotted to him. The great duty which lies
upon a man is to act his part in perfection. We may 2
indeed say that our part does not suit us, and that we
could act another better. But this is not our business.
All that we are concerned in is to excel in the 3 part
which is given us. If it be an improper one, the
fault is not in us, but in Him who has cast our several
parts, and is the great disposer of the drama.
1 beneficium. 2 possumus. 8 Plural.
Lesson 28.
Substantive Clauses.
i. READ carefully 70, with Remark; i, 2, 3.
with #, , , d, e,f (substantive clauses of Purpose) ;
4. with #, , , d, g, h (clauses of Result); 5. with
Substantive Clauses. 75
b (clauses with quod). Compare 57, 8. 3, c, d, and
notice the general schedule of substantive clauses on
page 249.
2. In English, one action depending upon another
is in almost any case expressed indiscriminately by
THAT or by the Infinitive. In Latin the form of
expression will depend on the meaning of the depen-
dent words or clause. This meaning can usually be
determined by the following Rules :
a. If the words can be put in an independent form as the
words of some person in the Indicative, it is Indirect Discourse,
and requires the Accusative with the Infinitive (see examples
in 70, 2).
b. If they can be put in an independent form as a Question,
they require the Subjunctive as Indirect Questions (see examples
in 67, 2).
c. If they can be put in an independent form as the words of
some person in the Imperative, or can be conceived as a Result,
they require the Subjunctive. The Infinitive is used in many
expressions of this class, either optionally or exclusively (see
examples in 70, 3, 4).
d. If they could be expressed independently in the Indicative,
but as a fact, and not as the words of some other person, they
regularly require quod with the Indicative (see examples in
70, 5).
e. An English noun must often be rendered by a substantive
clause, on account of the scarcity of abstract terms in Latin, or
the want of a corresponding idiom. Thus
1. He was accused of treason against his country, accusa-
tus est quod patriam prodidisset.
2. A value beyond all estimation, pretium majus quam
lit aestimetur.
/. In English a real substantive clause is often introduced by
the common expression FOR with the Infinitive ; and is usually
rendered in Latin by the Accusative and Infinitive : ut with the
subjunctive is more rare. The meaning of the particular ex-
pression must be carefully noticed. Thus
76 Latin Composition.
1. For a dying father to bequeath an empire to his son is a
deed worthy of gratitude, patrem morientem filio
imperiiun legare factum, est gratia dignum.
2. The next thing is for ine to speak of the war against the
pirates, reliquum est ut de bello dicam piratico.
NOTE. The forms of Indirect Discourse were developed in
Latin into a very complex system, which, for the sake of fuller
practice, will be exhibited in the two succeeding Lessons.
Exercise 27.
1. But before Caesar allowed his tired soldiers to
enjoy the fruits of the victory of Pharsalia he required
them to complete the conquest. The pursuit was con-
tinued during the remainder of the day and on the
morrow. But the task was easy. 1 The clemency of
the conqueror induced all to submit. When Caesar
entered the camp, and saw the dead bodies of many
Romans lying about, he exclaimed, " They would
have it so. To have laid down our arms would have
sealed our doom."
2. The soldiers of Viriathus recognized their general
simply by his tall figure, and by his striking sallies
of wit, and above all by the fact that he surpassed
every one of his men in temperance as well as in
toil.
3. The sailors were willing to do as he wished.
But they were afraid that the vessel could not stand
the beating of the waves, and as Marius also was
much troubled with sickness, they made for land.
They wandered about without any definite object,
seeking merely to escape from the present evil as
worst of all, and putting their hopes on the chances
of fortune. For the land was their enemy, and the
sea also; and they feared 2 to fall in with men, and
1 Lit. " not difficult."
2 Notice construction of verbs of fearing ( 70, 3-/y 57, 8. c}.
Intermediate Clauses. 77
feared also not to fall in with men, because they were
in want of provisions. After some time they met
with a few herdsmen, who had nothing to give them
in their need. But they recognized Marius, and ad-
vised him to get out of the way as quick as he could. 1
4. Griselda, it is now time for you to reap the fruit
of your long patience ; and that they who have re-
ported me to be cruel, unjust, and a monster in
nature, 2 should know that what I have done has been
all along with a view to teach you how to behave as a
wife, and lastly to secure my own ease and quiet as
long as we live 3 together, which I feared might have
been endangered by my marriage. Therefore I had
a mind * to prove you by harsh and injurious treat-
ment ; and not being aware that you have ever trans-
gressed my will, either in word or deed, I now seem
to have met with that happiness I desired. I intend
then to restore in an hour what I have taken away
from you in many ; and to make you the sweetest
recompense for the many bitter pangs I have caused
you to suffer.
1 Subjunctive. 2 ingenio. 3 Subjunctive.
4 mihi propositum habui.
Lesson 29.
Intermediate Clauses.
LEARN 66, with i. #, , , d, and 2 (Intermediate
clauses). Compare 67, I. and b (Subordinate
clauses in Indirect Discourse).
REMARK. Besides the constructions of dependent clauses
already mentioned (which for the most part are suggested by
some particle or some construction in English), another is
found in Latin, which has no English equivalent whatever :
namely, that of a clause subordinate to another which is itself
78 Latin Composition.
subordinate. This is especially to be observed when any one
of the Infinitive and Subjunctive expressions which have
been treated under the head of substantive clauses itself
the subject or object of some leading verb has another
clause depending on it. In this case, the verb of the latter
is almost invariably in the subjunctive. But, in applying
the rule, the following conditions must be observed :
a. When a subordinate clause depends on an infinitive or
subjunctive, so that it becomes logically a part of the same expres-
sion, its verb must regularly be in the Subjunctive (see 'examples
in 66, 2).
N. B. This rule does not apply to the case of a simple relative
clause following a complementary infinitive, which will generally
come under the following head.
6. If the subordinate clause is inserted for mere definition or
explanation so that it may be regarded as true independently of
the connection in which it stands its verb will be in the Indica-
tive (see examples under 67, i. b).
c. When a clause, though not depending on an infinitive or
subjunctive, is represented as containing the words or thought
of any other person than the writer or speaker, so that it be-
comes informal indirect discourse, the verb must be in the
Subjunctive (see examples under 66, i).
NOTE. This construction is especially common in clauses
expressing a reason or motive, which otherwise do not take the
subjunctive.
d. A subordinate clause in a Conditional sentence will have
the mood and tense of the principal verb.
Exercise 28.
i. Sulla, encouraging his soldiers, who were 35,000
men well armed, led them to Rome. The soldiers
fell on the tribunes whom Marius had sent and mur-
dered them. Marius also put to death many friends
of Sulla in Rome, and proclaimed freedom to the
slaves if they would join 1 him. But it is said that
only three slaves accepted the offer.
1 See c } above.
In term ediate Cla uses. 79
2. The next day Marius, compelled by hunger, and
wishing to make use of his remaining strength before
he was 1 completely exhausted, went along the shore,
encouraging his followers, and entreating them not to
abandon the last hope, for which he reserved 2 himself
on the faith of an old prediction. For when he was
quite a youth, and living in the country, he caught in
his garment an eagle's nest as it was falling down, 3
with seven young ones [in it] ; which his parents won-
dering at, consulted the soothsayers, who told them
that their son would become the most illustrious of men,
and that it was [the will of] fate that he should receive
the supreme command and magistracy seven times.
3. His attendants advised him to wait until he had
made preparations of men and money. To which he
only returned, "They that love me will follow me."
In a few days he drove the enemy from before the
city, and took the count prisoner; who, raging at his
defeat and calamity, exclaimed, "that this blow was
from fortune ; but valor could make reprisals, as he
should show, if he ever regained his liberty."
4. When with infinite toil they had climbed up the
greater part of that steep ascent, Balboa commanded
his men to halt, [and] advanced alone to the summit,
.that he might be the first who should enjoy a spec-
tacle which he had so long desired. 4 As soon as he
beheld the South Sea stretching in endless prospect
below him, he fell on his knees, and, lifting up his
hands to heaven, returned thanks to God, who had
conducted 5 him to a discovery so beneficial to his
country and so honorable to himself.
1 See a, above. 2 See b, above. s ad terram.
4 See <r, above. 6 See b, above.
80 Latin Composition.
Lesson 30.
Indirect Discourse.
READ attentively 67, throughout (Indirect Dis-
course), noticing carefully the Remark on page 187.
REMARK. 1. The Indirect Discourse in Latin corre-
sponds to the common reporting of speeches, &c., in the
newspapers and elsewhere, in which the pronouns and the
tenses of the verb are changed, and the whole quotation is
usually introduced by THAT, following a verb of saying, &c.
This form of discourse is much more common and highly
developed in Latin than in English, and may often be used
in rendering the English direct narrative or quotation.
Many difficulties and obscurities are avoided in Latin by the
use of the reflexive pronoun, to refer to the speaker, and of
the Indicative and Subjunctive moods as given in 67, i.
The rule defining the employment of these moods is as
follows :
a. The main clauses (statements) have their verbs in the
Infinitive with the subject in the Accusative, as SUBSTANTIVE
CLAUSES dependent on the verb of saying, &c. (see 70, 2).
b. Dependent clauses, introduced by relatives, relative or con-
ditional particles, and the like, have their verbs in the Subjunctive,
as INTERMEDIATE CLAUSES (see 66, l).
c. Imperative forms of speech take the Subjunctive.
N. B. For special indirect forms see 67, i. c, d.
d. The Subject of the verb must regularly be expressed in
indirect discourse, though a pronoun omitted in the direct. Refer-
ences to the speaker must be made by the reflexives se and suns.
e. Repetitions of some verb of saying, &c., which are common
in English for the sake of keeping up the form of indirect dis-
course, should be omitted in Latin.
f. Particular attention should be given in translating the apo-
dosis contrary to fact, which is done by the future participle with
fuisse (see examples in 67, i. <:).
Indirect Discourse. Gi
ff. Sequence of Tenses is very often violated in indirect dis-
course for the sake of greater vividness, by the use of primary
instead of secondary tenses, but never in a narrative clause
with cum.
2, An Indirect Question includes all the cases where an
interrogative clause, or one introduced by an interrogative
word (ivho ? where ? whether ', and the like) is made the sub-
ject or object of a verb or of some equivalent phrase. As
most interrpgatives, both in English and Latin, have the
same form with the relatives, care must be taken to distin-
guish them by noticing whether there is an Antecedent,
expressed or implied, which is the distinguishing mark of the
Relative.
N. B. For other interrogative forms see 71.
Exercise 39.
1. When I came to the foot of the hill, I met with
a very aged man, who asked me what I was and
whither bound. I told him that I was a pilgrim going
to the celestial city. Then said the old man, " Thou
lookest like an honest fellow. Wilt thou be content to
dwell with me for the wages that I shall give thee?"
Then I asked him his name, and where he dwelt.
He said his name was Adam the first, and that he
dwelt in the town of Deceit. I asked him then what
was his work, and what the wages that he would give.
He told me that his work was many delights, and his
wages, that I should be his heir at last.
2. His resolution was immediately formed. He
rose and called together the officers of Proxenus, and
addressed them. After 1 having pointed out the mag-
nitude of the evils which they had to apprehend,
unless some provision were made without delay for
their defence, he dexterously turned their attention to
1 cfim.
6
82 Latin Composition*
a more animating view of the situation. " Ever since
they had concluded the treaty with Tissaphernes, he
had observed with envy and regret the rich posses-
sions of the barbarians, and had lamented that his
comrades had bound themselves to abstain from the
good things which they saw within their reach, except 1
so far as they were able to purchase a taste 2 of them
at an 3 expense which he had feared would soon
exhaust their scanty means."
J /\M M.;A.> hA/vO Vv/"U- vVtJ/-^-
3. I fancy, Cephalus, that people do not generally
acquiesce in these views of yours, because they think
that it is not your character but your great wealth that
enables you to bear with old age. For the rich, it
is said, have many consolations. "True," he said, (
w they will not believe me ; and they are partly^ighf^
though not so right as they suppose. There is great
truth in the reply of Themistocles to the Seriphian|.
who tauntingly-told -him 6 that his reputation was due
not to himself but to his country. f I should not have
become famous if I had been a native of Seriphus,
neither would you if [you had been] an Athenian.' "
4. I will tell you [a tale of] what happened once to
a brave man, Er, son of Armenius, a native of Pam- '
phylia. His story was, 4 that when the soul had gone
out of him, it travelled in company with many others,
till they came to a mysterious place, in which were
V >'.*> .-> ^v^VAM>r
two ' gaps adjoining one another in the earth, and
exactly opposite them two gaps above in the heaven. ^
Between these gaps sat judges, who, after passing
sentence, commanded the just to take the road to the
right, ttpwards through the heaven ; while the unjust
were ordered to take the road downwards, to the left.
1 praelerquam quae. 2 pauca. 3 tantus.
* dico. 6 exprobpre.
i
Certain Special Constructions. 83
Lesson 31.
Certain Special Constructions.
1. READ carefully 70, 4. c, and 57, 8. g (Ex-
clamatory clauses) ; 70, 4. d (" so far from " &c.) ; 70,
4. e> comparing 58, n. f (facere ut) ; 70, 4. , and
65, I. a, Z> (quin, quominus) ; 72, 3. b (Participle
with habeo) ; 64, I. , with Remark (disguised Pur-
pose) ; 71, 2. with #, , d (Double Questions) ; 59,
3. d, e,f; 4. d ; 60, 2. (Indicative in conditions
for Subjunctive).
2. Some constructions which belong logically under
the preceding heads have special idiomatic uses in
Latin. Such are the following :
a. The English exclamations, "The idea that!" "To think
that ! " " That ! " and the like, referring to something which has
actually happened, are expressed by the Accusative and Infinitive,
usually with the enclitic ne. When referring to something antici-
pated or to a mere idea, by ut with the subjunctive, usually also
with -ne : as,
1. To think that you should have fallen into such grief for
me ! te in tantas aerumnas propter me incidisse !
2. "What ! I interrupt you ? egone ut te interpellem ?
&. English expressions, like " Far from," or " So far from,"
with a following clause, are rendered in Latin by tantum abest,
followed by two clauses with ut. The former clause is always the
subject of abest, which has not a personal subject, as in English ;
the latter clause is always one of Result, not an independent
clause, as it often is in English (see examples in Grammar).
c. Such phrases as " To allow one's self to," " manage to,"
" act in any way in doing a thing," are expressed in Latin by
facere or committere, with an ut-clause as object. So also where
verbs want the future infinitive, fore (futurum esse) ut is used.
84 Latin Composition.
d. Expressions implying Hindrance, usually (but not always)
followed in English by FROM with the participial noun, take in
Latin a subjunctive clause with quominus (rarely ne). If the
hindering is NEGATIVED, quin may be used instead. The same
construction is used in Latin with verbs of refusing. Expressions
like " Not to doubt THAT (but that} " are regularly followed by
quin. The accusative with infinitive is to be avoided. " To doubt
whether," introduces an Indirect Question, and is so to be treated.
" To hesitate " is expressed by the same verb (dubito), but with
a different construction the simple Infinitive.
e. The English HAVE, with a participle, is sometimes a mere
auxiliary, corresponding to the Perfect in Latin. Sometimes,
however, it retains a slight notion of possession, and is then to be
translated literally, with habeo or teueo. Thus
1. I have guarded the prisoners, captivos custodii. But
2. I have the prisoners guarded (under guard), captivos
habeo custoditos.
f. Parenthetical expressions, like " To be brief," " To say no
more," " So to speak," are really expressions of Purpose, and are
to be so treated in Latin : as,
Not to be tedious, the enemy -were beaten and put to flight,
ne lont/us sim, hostes pulsi et fuyati siint.
N. B. As this expression is elliptical, the sequence of tenses
is disregarded.
</. For the treatment of Double or Alternative Questions, con-
sult the forms in the Grammar ( 71, 2).
h. In stating the propriety, possibility, and the like, of a future
action, or one that has not been performed at all, Latin employs
the Indicative, expressing it (as it were) as a general truth, where
English uses the Potential, treating it as a particular case. For
example
1. It would be tedious to follow up the matter, lonyum est
rein persequi.
2. It would befit us to mourn (but we do not), nos decebat
tuyere.
3. How much better would it have been! Quanto melius
fuerat !
Certain Special Constructions. 85
Exercise 30.
I. I do not doubt that you fully agree with me
regarding the motives and the consequences of
Cassar's murder. I, for my part, cannot avoid feeling
both sorrow and indignation, whether 1 I consider the
victim or x the assassins in that great crime. What-
ever -may have been the ambitions or the vices of his
earlier publie^r- private life, they cannot prevent us
from regarding his death at this time as the most
serious calamity to the Roman people, or from con-
demning and execrating the infamous conspiracy that
slew him. Not to speak of the glory and empire
w r on to Rome by his victories, he was the first con-
queror in civil war who refused to make it an occasion
of massacre and revenge. Far from following the
example of violence which the partisans of Pompey
had threatened, he had 2 disciplined and controlled
his forces, so as effectually to check the fury of
slaughter or the lust of plunder. At least, his mercy
to his enemies, after the victory at Pharsalia, should
have 3 forbidden all thoughts of private resentment.
[To think] that Marcus Brutus, whom he not only
had spared on the field of battle and in the hostile
camp, but even called his son, should strike the dead-
liest blow against him ! that Cicero, who had so
lately extolled with fulsome praise 4 his pardon 5 of
Marcellus, should with yet greater fervor have gloried
in the manner of his death ! Was it the hope of real
liberty, or was it jealousy of his more vigorous genius
and more dazzling glory?
1 sive. 2 habeo. 3 dcbuerat.
4 effusis laudibus efferre. 6 Clause with quod.
86 Latin Composition.
2. But the death of Caesar could not cause l true
and lasting freedom to exist in a city which had
beheld the murder of Gracchus, the massacres of
Marius, the proscriptions of Sulla, the profligacy of
Catiline, the violence of Clodius ! The wicked act 2
of his enemies did not hinder Rome from becoming
subject to the tyranny of a Caesar ; it did prevent it
from enjoying a firm peace and an enlightened rule
under the ancient forms of the commonwealth. It
kindled again the fury of civil war. It destroyed the
remnant of those ancient families and the authority of
the Senate, which had made the glory of Rome. It
extinguished the freedom of debate, and all confidence
among men. It committed the destiny of the Repub-
lic to the hands of Mark Antony and Octavianus.
It removed the mighty Julius, to prepare the way for
Tiberius, Caligula, and Nero.
1 Lit. " bring it to pass that," &c. * f acinus.
VOCABULARY.
NOTE. In using this Vocabulary, it should be borne in mind that the Latin terms
here given are not in all cases the best or even the ordinary equivalent of the English
words, but such as appear to be best suited to the passages where these occur. They
need not, therefore, prevent the use of such other terms as may be preferred. In select-
ing the right word, where several are given, it will often be necessary to consult the Latin
lexicon. For numerals, reference should be had to the Grammar. Where numbers
occur, they may be written in Roman numerals, but should always be read in full, as
Latin words.
The small figures mark the conjugations of the verbs. In general, the gender only
of the less usual forms of nouns is given, and in verbs only those principal parts which
are required. Adjectives in us, when not otherwise marked, are to be declined like bonus.
A, an, usually omitted ; a cer-
tain, quidam (p. 18).
abandon, relinquo, amitto (lose).
abide, maneo? mansi.
abode, to make, habito. 1 \_circa.
about (here and there), passim j
above, supra (ace.), insuper ;
above all, maxime.
abroad, to get, emano. 1
abstain, temper o? se abstinere.
abundance, abundantia, ae.
abundant, satis (with gen.).
abuse (v.), abutor* usus.
academy, academia, ae.
accept, accipio? cepi.
accompany, comitor. 1
account (v.), habeo? existimo?
account, on of, ob, propter
(ace.) ; it is of , interest (see
50, 4. d\ (See p. 29).
accuse, accuse.' 1
accustomed, to be, soleo? solitus.
achieve, gero? gessi.
acquiesce, consentior* sensus.
Acron, Acron, onis.
across, trans (ace.).
act fa.\factum if acinus, oris.
act, ago 9 egi; a part, partes
agere, tueri; as, esse pro.
acting, actio in scena.
actor, actor, oris / his trio.
Adam, A damns, i.
add, addo?
addition of territory, fines pro-
motij propagati.
adj oining, conjitnctns, proximus.
address, adloquor* appello*
admire, miror. 1
advance, progredior? gressus.
advantage, utilitas, atis / I have
the of, me adjuvat quod.
advise, hortor? moneo*
88
Latin Composition.
affair, res, rei (F.).
affection, amorj affections, animi
afflicted, adjlictus. ..
afraid, to be, timeo? ui.
after, postj conj. postquam.
afterwards, postea.
again, iterum, rursus, postea.
against, contra, adversus (ace.).
Agamemnon, Agamemnon,
onis, ace. ona,
age, act as, at is (F.).
aged, confectus (provectus) ae-
tate, longaevus.
agitate, commoveo* movi.
ago, abhinc.
agree, adsentior* (dat).
agreeable, grains, a, um.
aid, auxilium, i.
air (music), can/us, Us.
alarm, terreo? ni.
alarmed, terrifies (abl.), sollici-
tus; for. metuens (dat.).
alas, vae!
Alcibiades, Alcibiades, is.
all, omnis, e (whole), lotus, solus
(gen. zus).
all in a body, universi.
allied, conjunctus.
allot, tribuo,* ui, utum.
allow, potestatem dare (dat).
ally, socius, i.
almost, fere, paene.
along, praeter. alone, solus.
along with, una cum.
already, jam.
also, quoque.
altar, ara, ae.
although, gjtanquam.
altogether, omnino.
always, semper.
ambassador, legatus, i.
ambition, ambitio, onis ; cupid-
itas, atis (F.).
ambitious, ambitiosus.
among, inter (ace.) ; sometimes
expressed by dat. ; apud.
ancestor, proavus, /, auctor
generis j pi., majores, um.
ancient, antiquus, vetus, en's.
and, et, -que (enclitic), atque.
anger, ira (visit with, persequi ).
animal (wild), fera, ae (F.) ; the
lower animals, bestiae.
animating, laetus.
answer, respondeo? di, sum.
annual, annuus, sollemnis.
Antipater, Antipater, tri.
antiquities, antiquitas, atis (F.).
anxiety, sollicitudo, inis (F.).
anxious, sollicitus.
any, idlus, ullo modo; -^- one,
quisquam, quivis($. 18) ; does
any ? num quis /
Apennines, Apennines (sc.
mons), i (M.).
apparel, vestitus, us ; in funeral
, sordide vestitus.
appear, appareo? ui; mdeor?
appease, lenio* placol
apply (for aid), se conferre,peto.
apprehend, metuo?
apprise, doceo?
appoint, praeficio (ace., dat.).
appointed (to head), praefec-
tus datus.
approach (n.), adventiis, us.
approval, gratia, ae.
arbitration, arbitrium, i.
arbitrator, arbiter, tri.
archbishop, archiepiscopus, i.
arduous, arduus.
Argos, Argi, orum.
Vocabulary.
aristocracy, nobilitas, atis.
arm (v.), annol
armed, armatus.
arms (weapons), arma, orum.
army, exercitus, us.
arrival, adventus, its.
arrive, pervenio* advenio.*
arrogance, arrogantia, ae.
arrow, sagitta, ae.
art, ars, tis (F.).
artificial, artificiosus.
artisan, opifex, ids.
Aruns, Aruns, Aruntis.
as, ut'j (when), cum, pro.
as . . as, tain quam, aeque ac.
as if, as it were, tanquam.
ascent, ascensus, us.
ashamed, to be, pudere (impers.
so, 4. 4
aside, se- (verb-prefix).
ask, rogo? quaero, peto (ab).
assassin, sicarius, i.
assassinate, interficio? occido?
assistance, auxilium, i.
assume, sumo, 3 adrogo?-
assumed, simulatus.
Assyrian, Assyrius.
at, with name of town, see p. 41 ;
near (not in), apud, ad; as
cause (as " alarmed at "), abl. ;
at all, omnino / at once, statim.
Athenian, Atheniensis, e.
Athens, Athenae, arum.
attached to, conjunctus cum.
attack, aggredior? oppugno*
attain, adsequor?
attempt (v.), conor.^
attempt (n.), conatus, us (M.).
attend, comitor ; * to the ses-
sion of the Senate, in Sena-
tuin ire.
attendant, socius, comes.
attention, to pay, spectoj 1 to
turn, animum revocare (ad).
attitude, status, us.
attractive, jucundus.
audacious, audax, acts.
augury, augurium, i.
authority, auctoritas, atis (F.).
avenge, ulciscor? ultus.
avert, averto, ti, sum*
avoid, fugio? fugi, evito; 1 I
cannot , non possum non.
await, exspecto. 1
awake, e somno excitare.
aware, to be, animadvertere.
away, to be, abesse.
awhile, aliquamdiu.
axe, securis, is (F.).
B.
babe, infans, tis.
banish, pello? pepuli, pulsum;
expello.
bank, ripa, ae.
bar (v.), claudo. 3
barbarian, barbarus.
barbarously, saeve.
barren of, to be, careo? ui
(abl.).
battle, proelium, t(x.)', pugna,
ae (F.) ; field of battle, acies,
ei (F.), locus ubi pugnatur.
bay, sinus, us.
be, sum (see paradigms of com-
pound tense) ; to be so, ita se
habere; able, posse.
beach, litus, oris (N.).
bear, fero, ferre, tuli, latum.
bear up, sustineo? ui.
9
Latin Composition .
bear no relation to, nihil at-
tinere ad.
beard, barba, ae.
beaat, wild, / 'era, ae.
beating, vis, vis (F.).
beautiful, pulcher, a, um.
beauty, species, ei, forma, ae.
because, quia.
become, fio, fieri (or passive).
before, ante, antehac, ante-
quam.
begin, 'incipio? cepi; coepi.
beginning, initium, i.
behalf, in, pro (abl.).
behave, se gerere.
behind, post; go behind, se-
quor?
behold, contueor, video, conspicio.
believe, credo 3 (dat).
belong, esse (with gen. or dat.) ;
Pertineo, ui (ad).
bench, subs e Ilium, i.
beneath, subter, sub.
beneficent, beneficus (use su-
perl.).
beneficial, utilis, e.
besides, praeter, praeterea (adv.).
besiege, oppugnol
besiegers, obsidentes.
best, optimusj (adv.) optime,
maxime; (of two) magis.
bestow, dono. 1
betray, prodo? ostendo 3 (show).
better, melior, us.
between, inter (ace.).
bid, jubeo? jussi.
bind,- ob lig o. 1
bird, avis, is (p.).
birth, by, natu.
bite, mordeo? momordi.
, acerbus.
bitterly, vehementer.
blame, culpa, ae.
bland, blandus.
blast, of music, clangor, oris
(M.).
blow (a blast of an instrument),
edo*
blow, ictus, us (M.); plaga, ae
(F.), vulnus, eris (N.).
boar, aper, apri.
boast, glorior? praedico 1 de.
bodily gifts, bona corporis.
body, corpus, oris (N.) ; of men,
agmen, inis (N.).
bolster-up, subvenio 4 (dat.).
bondage, servitus, utis (F.).
book, liber, bri (M.).
booty, praeda^ ae.
borders, fines, ium (M.).
born, natus j to be , nascor?
both, uterque, utraque, utrum-
que, gen. utriusquej both . .
and, et . . et.
bound, obligatus ; to be going
anywhere, tendere.
bow one's head, se inclinare.
looj,puer, eri.
brave, fortis, e.
break, frango? fregi, fractum.
break up, confringo.
breathe, exspiro ; l animam
efflare, to breathe one's last,
breathing, spiritum ducens.
breeze, aura, ae.
bribe (v.), corrumpo? rupi, rup-
tum.
bribes (n.), dona, orum.
bribery, ambitus, us (M.).
bridge, pans, pontis (M.).
bright, clarusj distinctions,
praeclara.
Vocabulary.
9 1
brilliant, clarus, insignis, e,
splendidus.
bring, adfero, irr., porto? duco,
per duco ; z to an end, confi-
cio ; 3 to pass, ejficio?
broken, fractus, turbatus.
brother, f rater, tris (M.) ; in-
law, uxoris f rater.
brutality, immanitas, atis (F.).
brute, bestia, ae (F.).
build, aedifico; J military works,
roads, &c., munio*
building, aedificium, i.
bulk, magnitude, inis (F.).
bull, taurus, i.
burn (v.), ardeo? si.
burst, inrumpo?
business, negotium, res; make it
one's , operam. ponere in.
but, sed, autem ( 43, 3. b\ ta-
rn en j but if, sin, quod si ;
buy, emo.* [for, nisi (with verb).
by (near), ad; (with passives)
ab, a (abl.) ; means, ablative
alone (see p. 28) ; by far,
longe; be by (near), adesse.
C.
Cadiz, Cades, turn (F.).
Caesar, Caesar, dris; adj., Caesa-
rianus.
Caenina (of), Caeninensis, e.
calamity, calamitas, atis (F.).
call, appeilo? advoco; 1 to
mind, commemorare ; ' upon
(for opinion), sententiam ro-
gare; together, convoco.
camp, castra, orum (N.) ; of the
camp, militaris, e.
campaign, bellum, i.
can, possum, posse, potui.
candidate, to become (for con-
sul), consulatum petere.
cap, pileus, i (M.).
capitol, capitolium, i.
captain, dux, duds.
captivated, captus.
capture (v.), capio?
capture, expugnatio, onis (F.).
care, cura, ae.
careful of, studiosus (gen.).
carry, par to, 1 fero, deicio?
Carthage, Carthago, inis (F.).
Carthaginian, Carthaginiensis.
cast, proicio; 8 the parts of a
play, distribuo.
caat t jactus (part, of jacio).
ca.t,felis, is.
catch, excipio; 3 at, cap to. 1
Catiline, Catilina, ae.
Cato, Cato, onis.
Caudine Forks, Furculae Cau-
dinae.
cause to suffer, aliqua re adfi-
cere ; efficere ut.
cause, res, rei; causa, ae; res
(plur.).
cavalier, eques, itis.
cavalry, eques, itis, pi.
celebrate, celebro.^
celestial, caelestis, e.
censor, censor, oris ; one who
has been , censoriiis (p. 10).
censure, reprehendo?
chain, vinculum, i.
chair, sella, ae (F.). {tor.
champion, defensor, propugna-
chance, occasio oblata ; casus,
us (M.) ; by chance, forte.
change, muto. x
Latin Composition,
character, indoles, mores (pi.).
charge, accusatio, crimen.
Charles, Carolus, i.
chariot, currus, us (M.).
chase, venatio, onis (F.).
chastise, verbero. 1
check, reprimo?
cheer, recreo, 1 hortor*
cherish hate, odium gerere.
chief, dux, cis y princeps, ipis.
chief-town, caput gentis.
chiefly, maxime.
child, puer, i; adj. puerilis, e.
children, liberij young , pueri,
orum, infantes.
childless, orbus.
chink, rima, ae.
choose, delego? gij (of officers)
facioffecij creo ! (p. 122, dd).
Cicero, Cicero, onis.
circle, circulus y (v.) circa esse.
circumstance, res, rei.
citizen, civis, is.
city, urbs, urbis, civitas, atis
(F.) ; of the , urbanus.
civil, dvilis, e.
claim, vindico. 1
class, ordo, inis (M.).
cla'w, unguis, is (M.).
cleft, fissus (part, of findo).
clemency, dementia, ae.
client, cliens, tis.
climb, scando? adscendo?
close (v.), claudo* si, sum.
close to, prope (ace.) ; prope ab.
closed, clausus. closely, arte.
clothed, vestitus.
coast, litus, oris (N.).
coil, volvo?
cold, algor, oris (M.).
colleague, collega, ae.
college, collegium, i.
colony, colonia t ae.
come, veniof venij across ,
transeo, irej forward, ex-
sisto ; 3 in (of wind), ad-
flare; to, pervenio 4 ad, ac-
cedo 3 ad.
comeliness, forma, ae.
command (v^,jubeo,* jussi; (in
office), praeessej be master
of, impero.
command (n.), imperatum, i;
supreme , imperium, ij by
,jussu.
commander, imperator, oris.
commanding, dux, duds (gen.) ;
as descriptive adj., aiigustus.
commend, laudoJ- \committo.
commit (an act), facto, effidof
common (in common), commu-
nis, e.
common people, plebs, is (F.).
commonwealth, res piiblica.
communicate, impertio*
community, populus, i.
companion, sodus, i.
compare, compare.*
company: in with, una cum.
complete, adfinem perduco.*
completely, plane.
compelled, coactus (cogo).
compose, condpio, scribo?
compulsion, under, coactus.
comrade, comes, itis.
conceal, celo 1 (two ace.), occulo?
concerns, it, refert ( 40, 4. d).
conclude (make), facto.
condemn, damno^- reprehendo?
condition, condido fortunae ;
fortunae, arum.
conduct (v.), duco? dcduco.
Vocabulary.
93
conduct (harsh), asperitas.
confederation, foedus, eris (N.).
confer on, defer o ad, confer o in.
confidence, fiducia, ae, fides.
confidence, to have in, con-
fido 3 (dat. or abl.). \pbsecro.
conical, coni (gen.). conjure,
connect, conjungo.*
connected, conjunctus.
conquer, vinco* vici, victum ;
devinco. conquest, "victoria.
conqueror, victor, oris.
consequences, exitus, us (sing.).
consider, existimo? considered
consideration, res, rei (F.).
consistent, to be, congruo.*
consolation, JB&aSe?, consolatio,
onis(Y.}.
conspicuous, to be, emineo?
conspiracy, conjuratio, onis.
conspirator, conjuratus, i.
conspire, conjurol
consul, consul, ulis ; (one who
has been), consularis.
consulship, considatus, its (M.) ;
in one's consulship, consul, in
appos. with name.
consult, consulo* ui ( 51, 2.
O.
consume, consumo?
contempt (w\\ti), fastidiens, tis.
contend (as with difficulty),
laboro ! (abl.).
content, contented, content^ls
(abl.) ; wilt thou be , satin
habes f
continue, persequor,* secutus ;
in pursuit, hostes consec-
tari.
contrary to, contra (ace.).
control, moderatio, onis (F.).
controlled, frenatus.
convict, convince? damnol
corner, angulus, i.
counsellor, to have, in consili-
um adhibere.
count (a title of rank), comes,
itis.
countless, innumerabilis, e.
country, regio, onis ; terra, ae;
(one's native), patria, aej
people, agrestes, ium, rus-
tici, orum; in the , ruri.
court, aula, ae. cover, tego?
covered, te~ctus (F.) co'dpertusj
(here and there, as with dwell-
ings), sparsus.
cowardice, ignavia, ae.
cowardly, ignavus.
cradle, area, alveus.
crafty, dolosus, callidus.
crawl, serpo?
create, creo ; ^facio?fecij con-
stituo*
credit (v.), confido?
credit (n.), laus, dis (F.).
Creon, Creon, ontis.
crime, scelus, eris (N.).
crisis, discrimen, inis (N.).
cross, transire.
crowd, comitatus, us, turba,
ae.
crown, corona,ae;(roya\. power),
imperium, regnum.
cruel, crudelis, e.
cry, clamo ; J out, clamo, ex-
clamo, vocifero.*
cultivated, cultus.
curious, memorabilis, e.
curule, curulij, e.
custom, mos, moris (M.).
cynic, cynicus.
94
Latin Composition.
D.
danger, periculum, i.
dangerous, gravis, e.
daughter, filia, ae.
day, dies, diet (M.), (rarely F.
in singular),
dazzling, clarus.
dead (slain), occisus.
deadliest, gravissimus.
dearly, care, carissime.
death, mors, tis; condemn to
, damnare capitis ( 50, 4. ),
morte multare; put to , in-
terficere.
debar, prohibeo? ui, itum.
debase, depravo*
debate, sententias dicere.
debt (kindness), see note, p. 74.
&Qceit,fallacia, ae.
deceive, decipio*
decemvir, decemvir, viri.
decide the contest, decerto. 1
decision, judicium, i.
declare, nuntio? adfirmo. 1
dedicate, dedico. 1
&ee&, factum, i.
deem, puto.*
deeply, vehementer.
defeat (v.), supero?
defeat (n.), calamitas, clades.
defend, defendo; defence, salus.
degree (to what ), quo.
delay, mora, ae.
deliberate, delibero?
delight (v.), delecto*
delight (n.), gaudium, i; delec-
tatio, onis (F.) ; oblectamen-
tum, i.
deliver, libero? trado?
deliverer, liberator, oris.
demand, postulo? flagitol
Demosthenes, Demosthenes, is.
deny, nego. 1
depose (a king), regno spolio.*
deprive, orbo* privoj* of
voice, vocem eripere (dat.).
deputation, legatio, onis (F.).
descended, genitus (with abl.).
descend, descendo?
descent, genus, eris (N.).
desert (n.), deserta, orum.
deserted, desertus.
desire, cupio? ivi (with ace. or
infin. ),/#<?<?. 2
desire (n.), cupido, inis (F.).
despatch, conficio? interfitio*
despise, contemno? psi.
despoil, spolio. 1
despotism, dominatio, onis (F.).
destiny, fortunae, arum.
destroy, deleo? evi, etum.
destroyer, perditor, oris.
destruction, exitium, pernicies.
detected, detecttis.
determine, statuo ; 3 on, ca-
per e (p. 65).
detestable, nefandus.
devoid, expers, tis (with gen.).
devotions (of ), precandi
(gen.).
dexterously, sollerter.
diadem, diadema, atis (N.).
dictator, dictator, oris.
dictatorship, dictatura, ae.
die, morior? mortuus.
die out, exstinguor?
die (n.), alea, ae.
dignity, dignitas, honos.
difficult, dijficilis, e.
dinner, cena, ae (F.).
dip, tingo, z tinxi, tinctum.
Vocabulary.
direct, viam monstrare.
disappear, evanesco? ui,
disaster, clades, is (F.).
discharge, praesto? fungor.
disciplined, coercitus (p. 85).
discontinue, abrogo?-
discourse (v.), dispute)-
discovery (conduct to ), effi-
cere tit inveniret.
discredit, infamia, ae (F.).
disease, morbus, i (M.).
disgrace, ignominia, dedecus.
display, pracbeo?
di spirited, fractus ammo.
displease, displiceo, ui (dat).
disposer, rector et moderator.
disposition, volnntas, atis.
disregard, neglego, xi.
dissatisfied, non contentus.
dissembler, simulator, oris.
dissolution, solutio, onis (F.).
distinguish, laiidibus ornare;
with distinction, honorifice.
distress, res adversae.
distribute, distribuo?
distrust, diffidentia, ae.
disunion, dissensio, onis (F.).
divide, divido? si, sum.
divine, uivinus.
diviner, haruspex, ids.
divinity, natura divina.
do, f ado, 3 fed, factum.
dog, cants, is (gen. pi. canum}.
dominion (subjects), civitas,
atis (F.).
doom : to seal , pernicies at-
que exit iu m esse.
door, fores, ium (F.) ; porta, ae
(F.) ; out of doors, foras.
doubtful, dubiiis.
dow^nward, deorsum.
drama, fabula, ae.
draw up, subduco ; 3 troops ,
copias instnw?
drink (n.), polio, onis (F.).
drive, pello? pepuli, pulsum.
drowned : to be , aqua pe-
rire.
dry, siccus.
dry (up), exsicco. 1
due, to be, deberi.
duly, rite.
duty, munus, eris / ojficium, i.
dwell, habito. 1
eagerness, earnestness, studi-
um, i; eagerly, avide.
eagle, aqidla, ae.
earlier, prior, oris.
early, mane.
early-ripe, maturus.
earnest : in , serio.
earth, terra, ae ; surface of
expressed by omnis.
ease, tranquillitas, atis (F.).
East, oriens, tis (M.) ; of the
, Asiaticus.
easy,facilis, e.
educate, educo? erndio.*
education, disciplina, ac*
effectually, penitus.
effeminacy, mollifies, ei (F.).
effort, to make, nitor. 3
Egypt, Aegyptus, i (F.).
elder, major (natu).
elect, creoj if ado? fed, factus.
election (as consul), consula-
tus, us (M.).
elegy, elegia, ae.
Latin Composition.
elephant, elephantus, i.
eloquence, eloquentia, ae.
emblem, signum, i.
eminent, illustris, e.
empire, imperium, i.
employ, utor? usus, adhibeo.
empty, inanis, e.
enable, facer e ut possim.
encounter (v.), confligo 8 cum.
encourage, cohortor?-
end (v.),yfrz/0. 4
end, finis i (F. or M.) ; at an ,
finitus; bring to an , confi-
cioffeci; of, extremus.
endanger, in periculum addu-
cere.
endless, sine fine.
endowed, praeditus.
endure, fero (perfero), tuli; ca-
pable of enduring, patiens, tis.
enemy, hostis, is (" the enemy,"
usually plur.) ; a personal ,
inimicus, i.
energy, studium, i.
engage, adhibeo? m, itum.
engage in, inire.
engaged, occupatus.
English, Angli, orum.
enjoy (fruit), percipio?
enlightened rule, imperium sa-
pienter administratum.
enmity, odium, i.
Enna (man of), Hennensis, is.
enrich, locupleto.*
ensign, insigne, is (N.).
enter, introj^ ineo, ire; a
ship, conscendo*
enterprise, conatus, us (M.).
entire, totus (gen. ius).
entitle, inscribo?
entreat, obsecro.^
envenomed, venenatus.
envy, invideo ; invidia (noun).
Epidaurian, Epidaurius.
Epirots, Epirotae^ arum.
equal, par, parts.
equally, non minus, aeque.
establish, conloco?-
estate, praedium, i.
esteem (v.), aestimoJ-
Etruscan, Etrttscus.
even, etiam j not , ne . . qui-
dem j as, ut.
event, factum, i; eventus, us
(M.).
ever, unquam; (always), semper.
every, everybody, quisque, qiii-
libet) omnis, unusquisque (p.
19).
everywhere, ubique, ubivis.
evil, malus;(ft?) t incommodum, i.
exactly, plane.
exalted, excelsus.
example, exemplum, i.
except, praeter (ace.), nisi.
excess, nimium. excel, excello.
excited, concitatus.
exclaim, clamo. 1
execrate, exsecror?-
exercise (v.), exerceo? /, itum.
exercise (n.), exercitatio, onis
(use plur.).
exert, exerceo? ui.
exertion, labor, or is (M.).
exhaust, conficio? exhaurio*
exigency, necessitas, atis (F.).
exile, exsilium, i; to be in ,
exsulo; 1 an , exsul, ulis.
expel, expello? puli, pulsum.
expense, pretium, i.
experience (v.), obire (ace.).
exploit, res gesta.
Vocabulary*
91
expose, obicio? jeci; offer o.
exterminate, exstirpoJ-
extinguish, restinguo* nxi.
extirpate, exstirpo. 1
extort, extorqueo? torsi.
extraordinary, extraordinarius.
extremely, express by superl.
eye, oculus, i (M.).
P.
face, vultus, us (M.).
facilitate, adjuvo? juvi.
failings, villa, orum.
fair share, jus fa pars.
fair-speaking, blandiloquus .
faith : on the of, fretus (with
abl.).
faithful, yfofoj.
Falerian, Falernius.
fall, cado? pereo; to the lot
of, obtingo, tigi (of office, use
rather obtinere, of the man
chosen); let , deicio / in
with, occurro;* upon, in-
vadere in; down, decido;*
on one's knees, in genua
procumbere.
false, falsus.
faltering, vacillans, tis.
fame,fama, ae.
family, familia, ae.
famine, fames, is (F.).
famous, clarus.
fancy, opinor? \late.
far, by far, longe; far and wide,
farewell, vale.
fate,fatum, i; Fortuna, ae.
father, pater, tris ; parens, tis ;
of the fathers, patrius.
fatigue, labor, oris (M.).
fault, culpa, ae.
favor (v.),/aveo,*favi, fautum.
favor (n.), beneficium, i.
favorable, secundus ; prove ,
bene succedere.
fear (v.), timeo? metuo? vereor*
fear (n.), timor, oris j metus, us.
feeble, exiguus.
feel, sentiof sensij adficior (with
abl.).
fellow, vir, viri.
ferment, agitatio, tumultus.
fervor, studium, i.
festival, festus dies.
few, aliquot, pauci, ae, a.
field, ager, gri (M.), arvum, i.
fierce, acer, ferox; fiercely dis-
puted victory, acerrimis pug-
nis parta victoria.
fig, or
fig-tree, ficus, i (F.).
fight (v.), pugno; a battle,
committere proelium.
fight (n.), pugna, ae.
figure, species, ei (F.), statura.
fill, compleo, impleo?
find, invenio* video?
finish, perago?
fire, ignis, is (M.).
first, primus ; at ,primoj (be-
forehand), ante.
fitting, to be, decere.
fix, 7^0. 8
flame, flamma, ae (F.), ignis, is
(M.).
fiee,fugio, 3 fugij conftigio.
fleet, classis, is (F.).
flight, fuga, ae.
flock, pecus, oris (N.).
Latin Composition.
flog, fustibus caedere or virgis.
flow,yft/0, 3 xi, xum.
foe, hostis, is (c.).
fold, sinus, us (M.).
follow, seqitor? insequor, imitor.
follower, comes, itis.
food, cibus, i (M.). foot, pes.
foot, of hill, imus collisj (in-
fantry), pedes, itis (pi.).
for (prep.), pro (abl.) ; often
expressed by dative ( 51,
7. R.), or by ace. of place.
for, nam, enim, etenim ( 43, 3.
d) ; (instead of), in loco.
forbid, veto, 1 ui.
forces, copiae, arum.
forest, silva, ae.
forfend: heaven , di omen
avertant.
forget, obliviscor? oblitus ( 50,
4. a).
forgetting, oblitus (gen.).
forgive, ignosco? novi.
foils., furca, ae.
form (v. \facio, capio*
form (n.), forma, aej (political)
institutum, i.
former (the), ille, a, ud.
forsaken, desertus.
forth : to go , egredi.
fortify, munio. 4
fortitude, fortitudo, inis (F.).
fortress, castellum, i (N.).
for tune, fortu na .
forum, forum, i.
forward : to come, exsistere.
found, condo? didi ; to a col-
ony at, coloniam deducere
(with ace. of name of town).
franchise, civitas, atis (F.), jus,
juris (N.).
free, liber, era, urn; (as a
gift), gratuitus; town, mil-
nicipium; freedom, libertas.
friend, amicus, ij intimate ,
familiaris.
friendly, to ^faveo^favi.
friendship, amicitia, ae.
fringe, praetexo? ui.
from (out of), ex ; (away from),
ab; (by reason of), propter
(see p. 33).
frugal, parcus.
frugally, frugaliter.
fruit, fructus, us.
i\\&> plenus; measure, summus.
fully, bene, plane.
function, mumis, eris (N.).
furious, ferox, ocis.
further (adj.), reliquus.
fury, saevitia, ae, furor, oris
(M.).
future, futurus.
G.
Gabinian law, Gabinia lex.
gain (v.), pario? peperi, par-
turn ; sibi conciliare.
gain (n.), quaestus, ils.
gain over, concilio.^
gallant, fortissimus.
galley, nams, is (F.).
games, ludi, orum.
gap, hiatus, us (M.).
garment, vestis, is (F.).
%a&Q t janua,porta, ae (F.).
gather, carpo? psi.
Gaul (the land), Gallia, aej
(the people), Galli, orum.
gay, laetus.
general (n.), imperator, oris.
Vocabulary.
99
generally, fere (see "m$n"),
vulgo.
genius (intellect), ingenium, i.
German, Germanus.
get, adipiscor; away, effttgio.
getting round, circumfusi.
gift, donum, ij munus, eris.
gifts, bond) orum.
gigantic, ingens, Us, immanis, e.
give, do, 1 dedi, datum ; tribuo?
adhibeoj 2 back, reddo; 3
up, depono ; place, cedo*
cessij to one's sz,\i,sumo. 3
glory (v.), glorior. 1
glory (n.), gloria, ae, laus, dis
(F.), decus, oris (i$.},fama, ae.
go, eo, ire, ivi, itum; procedo?
iter facto;* on behind,
sequor;* out, egredi? ex-
cedo? exire; up to, adire,
accedere; so goes, ita se ha-
bet.
goat, caper, pri (M.).
god, deus, /(10, 4-/).
good, bonus ; make , compen-
sare; be for, conuenire
(dat.).
goodness, virtus, utis (F.).
governor, praefectus, i.
grandson, nepos, otis.
gratitude, occasion of, gratum,
res grata.
great, magnus, immanis.
greatly, multumj so , tantum,
magnifice.
Grecian, Greek, Graecus.
greeting, salutatio, onis (F.).
grief, luctus, us (M.) ; dolor, oris,
(M.).
groan, gemitus, us (M.).
gross, gravis, e.
ground, terra; on the , humi.
group, agmen, inis (N.).
grow up, adolesco? evi; out,
provenio*
guard (n.), custos, odis.
gust, flatus, us (M.).
habitation, domiciUum, i.
hail, appellol
hall, aula, ae.
halt, consisto?
hand, manus, its (F.) ; holding
in , ipse manu tenens ;
(power), potestas, atis (F.)
Hannibal, Hannibal, dlis.
happen, accido? evenio.
happiness, felicitas, atis (F.).
happy, felix, ids.
harbinger, praenuntia, ae.
harbor, porttts, us (M.).
hardship, labor, oris (M.).
hardy, durus.
harsh treatment, crudelitas^
atis (F.).
Hasdrubal, Hasdrubal, dlis.
hasten, propero^
hastily, temere.
hateful, odiosus.
hatred, odium, i.
haughty, arrogans, tis.
have, habeo? ui, itum ; (take to
one's self), adhibeo 2 (see p. 84).
head (n.), caput, itis (N.).
head-quarters, castra ; appoint-
ed to , praefectus, with gen.
health (state of), valetudo, inis
(F.).
hear, audio. 41
100
Latin Composition.
heart, animus, i.
heat, calor, oris (M.).
heaven, caelum, i.
heifer, juvenca, ae.
heir, heres, edis.
help, auxilium, i.
herald, fetialis, is.
herdsman, pastor, oris.
here, hie; and there, passim.
hereditary, paternus.
heritage, hereditas, atis (F.),
Hesiod, Hesiodus, i.
high, altus, excelsus.
highest, sumrnus, maximus.
hill, mons, collis (M.).
hinder, impedio*
hindrance, impedimentum, i
(N.).
his (of his), ejus ; reflexive,
suus.
history, historia, ae.
hold, teneo ; 2 out, propono.
holiday, dies festus.
home, domus, us; domicilium,
i; at , domi.
Homer, Homerus, i.
honest men, boni, orum.
honesty, probitas, atis (F.).
honey, mel, me His (N.).
honor (v.), colo? ui, cultum.
honor (n.), decus, oris (N.) ;
honor, oris (M.) ; dignitas,
atis (F.) ; with , honeste.
honorable, honorificus.
hope (n.), spes, spet(F.) ; votum, i.
hopeless, inutilis, e.
Horace, Horatius, i.
Horatian, Horatius.
horn, cornUj us (N.).
horse f , equus, i; war-horse,
equus militaris.
hostile (of the enemy), hostilis^
e; (actively hostile), infensus.
hostilities, bellum.
hour, hora, ae; in an , mo-
mento temporis.
house, domus, us (F.).
ho-w, quam; much, quantum,
quanta ; interrog., quomodo.
however, tamen, vero, quam-
vis ; large, quanium vis.
human, hujnanus.
humble, humilis, demissus.
humbled, fractus.
humiliation, molestia, ae.
humility, with, demissis verbis.
hunger, fames, is (F.).
hunter, venator, oris.
hurry (v.), properol
hurtful, to be, noceo* m.
husband, maritus, i.
I, ego; I for my part, ego vero
(or equidem).
ides, idus, uum ( 84).
idleness, socordia, ae. if, si.
ignorance, inscitia, ae.
ignorant, igtiarus.
ill, male.
illustrious, clarus, praeclarus.
Ulyrians, Illyrii, orum.
image, imago, inis (F.).
imitate, imitor^
imitation, imitatio, onis (F.).
immediately, statim, illico.
immortal, sempiternus, immor-
immovable, immobilis. \_talis.
impart, communico ! cum.
impatient, impatiens, tis.
Vocabulary.
101
impend, impendeo?
implore, oro.*
important, patens, tis.
impression, see memory.
improper, minus aptus.
in, in, de (abl.).
increase (v. a.), adaugeo? xi,
ctum (in neut sense, use pas-
sive).
increasing, major, us.
indeed, quidem.
independence, libertas, atis (F.).
indifference to, contemptio,
onis (F.) (with gen.),
indignation, ira, ae, indignatio,
onis (F.).
indolence, ignavia, ae.
induce, induce. 9
infamous, turpis, e, nefandus.
infamy, ignominia, ae.
inferior, inferior, us.
infinite, summus.
inflict death on, morte mult are.
influence, to have, gratia valeo?
influenced, adfectus.
inform, certiorem facio.
inhabit, habito. 1
inherit, accipio?
inheritance, hereditas, atis (F.).
injury, injuria, aej do no ,
nihil nocere (dat.).
insolently, insolenter.
inspiration, spiritus, afflatus.
inspire, animum dare; may the
gods , di duint.
instance, for, quidem.
instantly, statim.
instead of, pro (abl.); in loco
(with gen.).
instil, instillo * (ace. and dat.).
institute, constituo? instituo?
instructed, certior factus .
insult (n.), contumelia, ae.
insurgents, use seditio.
intelligence, intelligentia, ae.
intend, in animo esse (habere).
intention, consilium, i.
intercede, deprecor.*
interest, to be one's , inter
esse (gen. 50, 4. d\
interests, utilitates et commoda.
interregnum, interregnum, i.
interrupt, inter rump o, z rupi.
interval, tempus, oris (N.).
intimate (adj. or noun), famili-
ar is, is.
into, in (ace.).
intolerable, intolerabilis, e.
introduce, induco,* duxi.
invade, invado? si, sum.
invaders, hostes inrumpentes.
invasion, inruptio, onis (F.).
invent, invenio*
invention, inventa, orum (N.).
inventor, inventor, toris (M.).
inventress, invenirix, tricis
(F.).
inviolable, inviolattts .
invite, invito, 1 oro. 1
irritated, moles te ferens.
island, insula, ae.
Italian, Italicus.
Italy, Italia, ae.
ivory, ebur, oris (N.) ; of ivory,
eburneus.
J.
jealous, in-vidus (gen.).
jealousy, invidia, ae.
jeat,j0cus, ij pljoca.
IO2
Latin Composition.
join in, accedere ad, jungere se
(dat.) ; in a military sense,
militare cum aliquo.
joined to, conjunctus cum.
ioy, gaudium, i. \tri.
judge (n.), judex, iris, arbiter,
judicial power, judicium, i.
Jugurtha, Jugurtha, ae j (adj.),
Jugurthinus.
Julian (adj.), Julius, a, um.
Jupiter, Juppiter, Jovis.
just, Justus.
just now, nunc maxime.
justice, aequitas, tatisjjustitia,
ae.
keep, servo; 1 silence, taceo?
kill, interficio? occido?
kind, comis, e, benevolus.
kindle, incendo?
kindly, comiter, blande.
kindness, beneficium, i; as a
quality, comitas, facilitas, atis
(F.), benevolentia, ae.
king, rex, regis; (adj.), regius.
kingdom, rcgnum, i.
knee, genu, us (N.).
knife, cultellus, i.
knight, eques, His.
know, sciof nosco? novi ; intel-
lego;* (be aware), sentio.*
knowledge, scientia, ae.
labor, labor, arts (M ).
lake, lacus, us (M.).
lament, moleste ferre.
lamp, lucerna, ae.
land, terra, ae.
language, oratio, onis ; verba.
large, magnus.
lasting, diuturnus.
last, duro. 1
last (adj.), ultimus; at , tan-
dem, extremum.
lastly, denique.
latest, supremus.
lastly, denique.
Latium (of), Latinus, a, um.
latter (the), hie, haec, hoc (see
P- 13).
law, lex, legis (F.).
lay, impono; 8 hand on, tango.
lay hold, teneo* tango. 3
lay down, deponere.
lead (v.), duco,* adduco, 3 duxi,
ductum ; away, abduco?
leader, dux, ducis.
leap into, insilio, 4 ui; over,
tratisiliof ui.
learn, disco? didici.
learned, doctus. at least, saltern.
leathern, ex pellibus factus.
leave, relinquo? liqiti; (go from),
egredi; (proceed), proficisci.
left (hand), sinistra, ae.
legion, legio, onis (p.).
length, at, tandem, nunc demum.
less, inferior, us j minus.
let fall, demittere.
let loose, libero. 1
lethargy, stupor, oris (M.).
letter, epistola (uld), ae.
levy, conscribo?
liar, mendax, acts.
libation, libamentum, i.
liberate, liberal
liberator, liberator, tons.
Vocabulary.
103
liberty, liber tas, tatis (F.).
liberties, jura (N.).
Libyan, Libycus.
\ie,jaceo* ui; upon, esse (gen.).
life, vita, ae / in the life-time of,
lift, tollo? susluli. \vivus (abl.).
light (adj.), levis, e.
lighted (illuminated), inlustra-
tus; (kindled), accensus.
like (adj.), similis, e (gen. or
dat.) ; (adv.), velut, ut.
lineage, genus, ens.
linger, moror. 1
lion, leo, onis (M.).
listen (to), audio.*
literature, litterae, arum.
little, paulum; how (adv.),
quam non ; distance, paulum.
live (v.), vivo, 9 111x1 ; habito.^
long, longus, diuturnus ;
since, jamdudum; as as,
quamdiu ; no longer, non jam.
look out, prospicio j like, videor.
loose (let), liber o? emitto. 3
loquacious, loquax, acts.
lord, dominus, i; to be ,
potior* (gen. 54, 6. d).
lose, amitto?
loss, detrimeninm, i.
loudly, vehementer.
love (n.), amor, oris (M.) ; cari-
tas, atis (F.) ; lover, amans.
lower, inferior, us.
lust, cupido, mis (F.).
luxuriously, luxuriose.
M.
Macedonian, Macedonicus ; a
Macedonian, Macedo, onis.
mad scheme or conduct, furor.
magnitude, magnitudo.
magistrate, magistrates, us.
maintain, defendo?
make, facto,* conficio ; reddo;*
good, compenso;
way,
cedo; 8 for (seek), peto?
man, homo, mis, wr, i (M.) ;
men generally, magna pars
hominum; a man who, is qui.
manner, mos, moris (M.).
many, multi, plurimij so ,
tot; very , plerique.
March, (of), Martius.
march (v.), proficiscor? profec-
tus ; progredior? gressus ; iter
facere.
march (n.), iter, itineris (N.).
mariner, nauta. margin, ora.
market-place, forum, i.
marriage, matrimonium, i ;
with, conubiumj to give in ,
nuptum dare.
marry (of the man), duco? duxi
(sc. in matrimonium, or uoco-
rem in appos.) ; of the woman,
nubo? nupsi (with dat.).
Mars, Mars, Martis.
Marsian, Marsus.
martial, bellicus.
marvellous, mints.
mask, persona, ae.
mass (of troops), caterva, ae.
massacre (v.), trucido?
massacre (n.), caedes, is; truci-
datio civium.
master, dominus, i.
matron, matrona, ae.
may, licet (impers.), possum.
mean-time, interea ; means, opes
measure, consilium, /(N.).
104
Latin Composition.
mediation, deprecatio, onis (F.).
meet, occurro? nanciscor? nac-
tus, invenio;*
memorable, memorabilis , e.
memory, memoria, ae ; our
memories excited by our im-
pressions, animis memoria
plenis recenti earum rerum
quas sensibus percepimus.
men (soldiers), milites, um.
menial, servus, i.
mercy, dementia, ae.
merit, virtus, utis (F.).
message, mandatum, i.
midst of, medius.
mighty, magnus ille.
might, possim (subj.).
Milan, Mediolanum, i.
military, bellicus, militaris, e.
mind, mens, tisj animus, i.
mine, cuniculi, orum.
mingle, misceor*
misery, ?niseria, ae.
misuse, pravus usus.
Mithridatic, Mithridaticus.
model, exemplum, i.
moderate, modicus.
modern, hodiernus.
monarchy, imperium, i.
money, pecunia, ae.
monstrous, immanis, e.
monument, monumentum.
morass, palus, udis (F).
more, plus, amplius, magis.
morning, in the , mane (N.) ;
(adj.), matutinus.
morrow, posterus dies.
mortal, mortalis, e.
most (men), plerique; (adv.),
maxime.
mother, mater. motive, causa.
mountain, mons, tis (M.) ; (adj.),
montanus.
mountaineer, montanus.
mourning, luclus, us (M.).
mouth, os, oris (N.) ; of river,
ostium, i.
move, moveo? movi.
moved, permotus.
movement, motus, us (M.).
moving, incedens, tis.
much, multum, multo, magni.
multiply, mulliplico^
multitude, multitude, inis (F.).
Mulvian, Mulvius.
municipal law.^wj civile.
murder (v.), occido? trucido*
murder (n.), caedes, is.
mutter, summissa voce dicere.
my, meus, a, um (voc. M. mi}.
myself, ego (zpse).
mysterious, secretus.
N.
name (appoint), creo. 1
name, nomen; in the , verbis.
narrow, tennis, e ; angustus, a,
um j narrow pass, angustiae.
nation, gens, tis; natio, onis.
nature, natura, ae.
naval, navalis, e.
near, vicinus ; (prep.), prope ;
(adv.), juxta, haud procul;
nearest relatives, proximi.
nearly, paene. [ I . d ).
necessary, opus (in pred. 54,
need, requiro ; 3 to have , opus
esse (dat. and abl.) ; to be in
, egere.
Vocabulary.
neglect, neglego?
negligence (act of), delictum, i.
neighbor, mcinus, finitimus, a,
urn.
neighborhood, vicinia, ae, vi-
cinum, i.
negligence, negligentia, ae.
nest, nidus, i (M.).
never, nunquam.
nevertheless, nihilo minus.
new, novus.
next (of two), posterus ; of
several, proxitnus. \twctu.
night, nox, noctis (F.) ; at ,
no (adj.), nullus ; (adv.), nihil.
nobility, nobilitas, at is (F.).
noble, nobilis, e (to emphasize
quality, use superlative) ; no-
bles (as a party), nobilitas.
noblest, summus.
not, non; as question, nonne ;
to, ne; if , si minus.
nothing, nihil, nee quicquam.
now, mine; (already), jam; (of
past time), tum ; (emph.), hie
nunc ; (at this age), hoc aetatis.
number, numerus, i; great
numbers, multitudo.
numerous, magnus.
Numidian, Numida, ae.
O.
oatib., jusjurandum ( 14, 2. d}.
obedience, obedientia ; uncon-
ditional , obed. omnium re-
rum.
obey, pareo? ui, itum.
object, causa, aej (definite) con-
silium, i.
obliged, coactus (part, of cogd).
observe, animadverto?
obstacle, difficultas.
obtain, adsequor, consequor?
secutus ; adipiscor* adeptus.
occasion, occasio, tempus.
occur, fio, fieri, factus.
ocean, oceanus, i (M.).
odious, invisus.
of, usually expressed by gen. or
possessive (see p. 35).
offensive, odiosus.
offer (v.), offerre, polliceri, prae-
stare, imponere.
offer (n.), condicio, onis (F.).
office, magistrates, us; dignitas
officer, praefectus, i.
often, saepe.
oil, oleum, i.
old, vetus, erisj (of age), nattis
old age, senectus, tutis (F.).
old man, senex, scnis.
older, major.
omen, omen, inis (N.).
on, in (abl.) ; , de. \sus.
once, quondam; more, rur-
one, unus (gen. ius)\ the
. . . the other, alter . . .
alter. at once, statim.
only (adj.), solus (gen. ius\
unicus ; (adv.), modo, solum,
tan tum.
onset, impetus, us (M.).
open (v.), recludo? si, sum.
opinion, sententia, ae.
opportunity (favorable), occasio,
onis.
oppose, resisto? stiti.
opposed, contrarius ; in war,
adi<ersus aliquem pugnare.
opposite, contra, alter, a, um.
io6
Latin Composition.
opposition, (p. 44), vis.
oppression in one's province,
repetundae.
oppressive, gravis, e.
or, aut, velj (as altern.) an, - ne
( 71, 2).
oracle, oraculum, i.
oration, oratio, onis (F.).
orator, orator, or is j (adj.), ora-
tor ius.
order (v.), jubeo? jussi.
order, mandatum, i ; by of,
jussu; (rank), or do, inis.
other, alius, a, ud; (of two),
alter; the , ceteri, reliqui;
some , aliquis.
ought, debeo? oportet (impers.
with ace.).
our, nosier, tra, trum.
out, ex (in compos.).
outlive (to have), super stes esse.
outside (prep.), extra.
over, supra, trans (ace.)
overcome, supero.*
overflowed, superfusus.
overhear, excipio.*
overflow, overrun, se effundere
. per (ace.).
overturned, eversus.
overwhelmed, confectus.
owe, debeo? ui.
own (often omitted), gen. of ipse
in appos. with possessive ;
Proprius.
P.
painstaking, diligentia, ae.
Palatine, Palatinus, i.
palm-tree, palma, ae.
Pamphylia, Pamphylia, ae;
(adj.), Pamphyliensis.
pang, dolor, oris (M.).
pardon (v.), ignosco,novi(fat.).
pardon (n.), venia, ae.
parent, parens, tis.
part, pars, tis (F.), (meaning duty,
&c., use plur) ; for the most
, magna ex parte.
partisan, fautor, oris.
partly, aliqua (magna} ex parte.
party, pars, tis (F.) (generally
plur.) ; factio, onis.
pass a law, leg em ferre;
over, supero, 1 praetergredi,
praeterferri; (time), ago?
passion (for), cupiditas, atis
(F.) (gen.) ; passions, pertur-
bationes animi.
patience, patientia, ae.
patrician, patricius.
patron, patrouus, i.
pay, solvo?
peace, pax, pads ; in , con-
cars, dis.
peaceful, quietus.
peculiar, proprius.
Penates, Penates, ium (M.).
penetrate, penetro. 1
peninsula, peninsula, ae.
people, populus, i (M.), ple.bs, is
(F.), homines.
perfection, in, perfecfe.
perform, ago? fungor?
peril, periculum, i.
perish, pereo, ire, ii.
perpetual, sempiternus.
Perses, Perses, is.
persuade, persiiadeo 2 (dat ) ;
friendly persuasion, arnica
verba.
Vocabulary.
107
Pharsalus, Pharsalus, i; (adj.),
Pharsaticus.
Philip, Philippus, i.
Philometor, Philometor, en's,
ace. ora.
philosopher, philosophus, i.
Physcon, Physcon, onis.
pilgrim, peregrinator, oris.
pillar, cohimna, ae.
pipe, tibia, ae.
pirate, praedo, onis.
pity (v.), have on, misereor 2
(gen. person).
place (v.), impono? depono ;'*
at the head, praepono 3 (dat.).
place (n.), locus, ij pi. loca,
orum.
play (on instrument), cano j 3
a part, paries agere.
player, his trio, onis.
pleasant, commodus.
please, placeo? ui, ititm; (wish),
volo.
pleasure, voluptas, atis (F.).
pleasure-grounds, horti deli-
cati.
plebeian, plebeius.
pledge, polliceor.*
plot, conjuratio, onis (F.).
plunder, praeda, ae.
plunge, inicio? jeci.
poet,poeta, ae (M.).
poetry, versus, uuin (plur. M.).
point out, indico}-
poison, vencmim, i.
polished, excultus.
pollution, uiolare (ger. p. 69).
Pompey, Pompeius, i; (adj.),
-anus.
poor, miser, era, umj pauper,
eris.
populace, vulgus, i (N.).
population, tnultitudo homi-
num.
position, locus, i (pi. loco).
possession, possessio, onis, ager,
gri. posterity, posteri (pi.).
posted, collocatus.
pour (neut.), sefundere.
poverty, egestas, atis (F.)
power, potestas, atis (F.) ; (do-
minion), imperium, i (N.) ;
potentia, ae (F.).
powerful, potens, tis.
praise (v.), laudol
praise (n.), laus, dis (F.).
pray, precor.^
prayer, carmen precationis,
precede, anteeo, ire.
prediction, vaticinatio, onis (F.).
preparations, to make military
, copias parare.
prepare (a way), munio.*
prepared, paratus.
present (n.), mitnus, eris (N.).
present (adj.), praesens, tis.
preserve, conservo. 1
preserver, conservator, oris.
prevail, vinco?
prevent, impedio.*
priest, sacerdos, otis, pontifex,
ids.
principal, maximus.
prison, career, eris (M.).
prisoner, captivus, i.
private (citizen), privatus, i.
privation, inopia omnium re-
rum.
prize, praemium, i.
proceed, progredior?
produce, ejficio?
professed, apertus.
io8
Latin Composition.
professions (verbal), verba,pro-
missa.
profit (v.),fructum capere.
profligacy, fiagitia, orum .
promise (v.), promitto? polli-
ceor? itus ; edico*
promise (n.), promissum, i.
promontory, promuntorium, i.
proof, testimonium, i.
property, bona, orum.
propose, fero,ferre (of a law),
proscribe, proscribe* [(F.).
proscription, proscriptio, onis
prosecute, persequor*
prospect (in), ante oculos.
prostrate, prostratus.
proud, superbus.
proudly, superbe.
prove (try), experior.*
province, provincia, ae.
provision, to make, provideo*
provisions, commeatus, num.
public, publicus.
Punic, Punicus.
purchase, emo? emi, emptum.
pure, purus.
purple, purpureus. [ , qua re.
purpose, consilium, i; for what
pursue, persequor; 3 celeriter ad
consectandum, in hot pursuit.
push (against), trudo*
put, pono? posui, positum;
an end \.&,finioj 4 to death,
interficioj 3 off (shore), sol-
vere navem.
Q.
quaestor, quaestor, oris.
quality (good), virtus, utis (F.).
quarter (district), vtcus, i (M.).
quickly, celeriter.
quiet, quies, etis (F.).
quiet, quietus iplacidus; remain
, quiesco? evi.
quietly, quiete.
quit, relinquo? reliquL
quite, admodum.
quoth, inquit (after the first
word or words of the quota-
tion).
R.
rage, ira.
raging, tratus, furens, tis.
rags, squalor, oris (M.).
raise, tollo? sustuli, sublatum.
rank, ordo, inis (M.).
rascal, improbus, i.
rather, potius.
reach, manus, uum (F.).
read (aloud), recito*
reader, lector, oris.
ready, paratus ad.
real, verus.
reap (fruit), capere, percipere.
reason, ratio, onis (F.), res, rei
(F.).
reawaken, denuo concilo. 1
recall, revoco.*
receive, accipio* (excipid), cepi,
ceptum.
recognize, agnosco, 3 novi; (hold
valid), ratum (justum) habere.
recollection, recordatio.
recommend, commendo.^
recommendation, commenda-
tio, onis (F.).
recompense, to make, compen-
sare.
recount, memoro, commemoro. 1
Vocabulary.
109
recourse, to have, se conferre
ad.
recover, recupero. 1
recovering, experrectus (p. 65).
redeem, compenso. 1
reed, arundo, inis (F.)
reedy, arundinibus praetextus.
refinement, humanitas, atis (F.).
refuge, perfugium, i; take ,
confugio?
refusal, recusatio, onis.
refuse, recuso. 1
regain, recipio*
regard (think), existimo ; l
for, studiiim (gen.) ; pay ,
rationem habcre, respicere; re-
regret, dolor, or is. [gar ding, de.
reign (v.), regnal
reign (n.), regnum, i.
reject, recuso ^ eicio? jeci.
relation, to bear, attineo?
relative, propinquus.
relief, opts (gen.), em (F.).
rely on, confido 3 (dat. or abl.).
relying, fretus (abl.).
remain, maneo* mansi.
remainder of, remaining, re-
liquus.
remark, animadvertb?
remarkable, insignis, e.
remember, recor t dor l ( 50, 4.
a, R.).
remembrance, recordatio, onis.
remind, moneo? ui, itum.
remnant, reliquiae, arum.
remote, ultimus.
remove, averto? amoveo?
renounce (allegiance to), impe-
rium abicere.
renovate, renovol-
renown, laus, dis (F.).
repay (a kindness), referre.
repent, paenitet.
repeat, iterum with verb,
reply, respondeo* di, sum.
reply, responsum, i.
report, nuntio? dico*
represented, expressus.
representative, G&mplum, i.
reprisals, to make, compensare.
republic, respublica ( 14, 2. d.}.
reputation, fama, ae.
require, postulo. J
rescue, servo J eripio.
resentment, simultas, atis (F.),
iracundia, ae.
reserve, reservo; l to one's
own use, sibi adservare.
residence, domicilium, i.
resign (office), abdico ; l (power),
depono?
resist, resisto? stiti. [ger.).
resistance, contendere (inf. or
resolution, consilium^ i.
resolve, constituo?
rest-of, reliquus.
restless, inquietus.
restore, renovo? restituo?
reddo?
retire, abeo, ire (abl.).
return, revertor? regredior?
redeo, respondeo; on his ,
rediens, tis ; thanks, agere
return (n.), reditus, us. [gratias.
revenge, ultio, onis (F.).
revive (neuter), renascor j 3
(trans.), restituo?
revolution, civilis motus (M.).
reward, praemium, ij to give
as , donare.
rich, dives, itis, opimus.
riches, divitiae, arum.
no
Latin Composition.
right, rectus, a, um; rights,
jura, um (N.) ; to think ,
recte sentire.
right hand, dextra, ae.
ring (signet-ring), anulus, i.
rise, orior* (infin. oriri), coorior,
ortus ; surgo? surrexi.
rival, aemulus, i.
river, flumen, mis (N.).
road, tier, itineris (N.).
rob, spolio. 1
robe, toga, ae, vestis, is (F.).
roll (for writing), tabellae, arum.
Roman, Romanus.
Rome, Roma, ae; (as people),
Romani; (as state), civitas
Romana (respublicd).
room, cubiculum, i. \radicitus.
root, radix, ids; and branch,
rose, rosa, ae; full of roses,
roseus. round, circum.
roving, vagus.
royal, of royalty, regius.
ruin, exitium, i.
rule over, impero.*
ruler, princeps, ipis.
rumor, rumor, fama.
run, curro,* cucurri.
rush, procurro; 3 upon,
inruo?
S.
Sabine, Sabinus.
sacred, sacer, era, um.
sacrifice, mac to. 1
safe, tutus.
safety, salus, utis (F.).
sail (v.), navigol
sail (n.), velum; sailor, nauta.
sake : for the of, causa, fol-
lowing a gen.
sallies of vrit, facetiae, arum.
same, idem, eadem, idem.
sanctuary, aedes, is.
satellite, satelles, itis.
satisfied, contentus.
savage, barbarus.
save, servo. 1
say, dico? aw, inquam (Gr. p.
81); absol. loquor.
scarcely, vix. scanty, exiguus.
schooled, adsuefactus.
scorn, ludibrium.
sea, mare, is (N.) ; (adj.), marinus.
sea-shore, ora, ae.
season, tempus, oris (N.).
seat, sedes, is (F.).
seated, sedens, tis.
secession, secessio, onis (F.).
second, secundus, alter.
second time, iterum.
secret, res occulta; society,
sodalitas, atis (F.).
secretary, scriba, ae (M.).
secure (v.), occupo. 1
secure: to be , non dubiam
spem habere; to make , tu"
tiorem reddere.
security, securitas, atis (F.)
sedition, seditip, onis (F.).
see, video? vidi, visum.
seek, peto? cupio* adpeto.*
seem, videor? visus.
self-same, idem, eadem, idem.
seize, prehendo? di, sum;
eripio. 3
sell, vendo? didi.
senate, senatus, us (M.) ;
house, curia, ae.
senator, senator, oris; adj. -iu$.
Vocabulary.
in
send, mitto? mist, missum.
sense, sensus, us (M.).
sensible, prudens, tis.
sentence, to pass, judidum
ferre.
separate, separo. 1
separate (his own), proprius.
sepulchre, sepulcrum, i.
serious, gravis, e.
seriously, in serium.
Seriphus, Seriphus, * (F.) ; (adj.),
Seriphius.
servant, servus, i.
serve, servio;* well or ill,
bene aut male mereri de.
servile, servilis, e.
session, consessus, us (but may
be omitted; as, in Senatum
"venire).
ae\.,pono; 3 on foot, incipio?
cepi, ceptum; out, proficis-
cor? fectus ; sail, navigo. 1
several, plures, ium; singuli.
severe, severus.
severely, saemter.
severity, sever if as, at is (F.).
shade, umbra, ae.
shaft, telum, jaculum.
shame, ignominia, ae, dedecus,
oris (N.).
share (v.), participo. 1
share (n.), pars, tis (F.).
she, ea, ilia.
she-wolf, lupa, ae.
shelter, tego? text, tectum.
shepherd, pastor, oris.
ship, navis, is (F.).
shivered, pulsus.
shore, litus, oris (N.) ; go on ,
in tcrram egredi.
short, brevis, e.
shortly after, paulo post.
should, &c., see p. 63.
show, demons tro*
shrink, abhorreo.' 1
sick, to be, aegroto. 1
sickness (sea-sickness), nausea,
ae.
side (party), pars, tis (F.) ; on
the , aparte (often plural).
siege, for the siege of, ad oppug-
nandum.
sight, conspectus, us (M.), spec-
taculum, i.
sign, signal, signum, i.
signify, signi/ico. 1
silence, silentium, i; in ,
silentio, tacite ; to keep ,
silere, tacere. \inodo.
simple, inconditus ; simply,
since, post (ace. ; see p. 40) ;
ever , jam inde aj postea.
singular, minis.
sister, soror, oris.
sit, sedeo? sedi. situation, res.
skilful, peritus (gen.).
skill, ars, artis (F.).
slaughter, caedes, is (F.).
slave, servus, i; to be a ,
serif io;* market, grex ve-
nalium.
slay, interficiof fed, fectum,
caedo? ceddi, caesus ; with
cruelty, truddo. 1
slayer, interfector, oris.
slight, parvus.
sloth, ignavia, ae.
small, parvus.
smite, percutio* cussi.
snake, anguis, is, serpens, tis
(M.).
snatch, eripio? ui.
112
Latin Composition.
so, sic, ita; . . as, ita . . ut,
tarn . . quam; many,'/0/y
great, tantus ; that, adeo
ut; will have it so, sic velle.
soldier, miles, itis.
solicitous, sollicitus.
some, aliquid, nonnullus (p. 18) ;
thing, aliquid; time,
aliquamdiu; times, inter-
dum; ... others, alii. . . alii.
son, filius, i; -- in-law, gener,
eri.
song, carmen, inis (N.).
soon, brevi tempore ; (present-
ly), mox; after, paulo
post ; as as, ut primum.
soothsayer, haruspex, ids.
sorrow, dolor, oris (M.).
soul, animus, i; anima, ae.
sound, sanus.
south, meridionalis (adj.).
Spain, Hispania, ae; (adj.),
Hispanicus.
spare, parco? peperci; (refrain),
temperol Spartan, Spartanus.
speak, loquor? locutus ; of,
commemoro^
spectatle, spectaculum, i.
spectre, species, ei (F.). \cere-
speculator, to be a, quaestumfa-
speech, sermo, onis (M.).
spirit, animus, i (M.), (pi.).
sport, lusio, onis (F.).
spot, locus, i; plur., loca.
spring, ver, veris (N.).
square (of a city), platea, ae.
staff, baculum, i.
stand, sto? steti, statum ;
aside, de via decedere ;
(bear), ferre; (be), esse.
state, civitas, atis; res publica
(F.).
stately, procerus.
statue, statua, ae.
stature, statura, ae.
steep, arduus.
steer, guberno. 1
step aside, decedo*
stepmother, noverca, ae.
stick (in..),fustis, is (M.).
stifle, exstinguo?
still, etiam turn, etiam nunc,
adhuc.
stir up, excito. 1
stone, saxum, i.
stop, moror. 1
storm, violent, magna tempes-
tas.
*tory,fabula, ae.
straggle, vagor. 1
stranded, in terram delatus.
strange, novus.
stream, flumen, inis (N.).
strength, vires, ium (F.).
strengthen, confirmo.' 1
stretching, patens, tis.
strict, severus, exactus.
strictly, severe.
strike, percutio ; 3 down, cae-
do; 9 a blow, inferre.
striking (keen), argutus.
stroke, inulceo? mulsi.
strong, validus.
stronghold, praesidium, i.
strongly, vehementer.
studious, studiosus.
stupidity, stultitia, ae.
subject, to be, servire.
subjects, cives, ium.
submission, obsequium, i.
submit, se dedere.
Vocabulary.
subterranean, subterraneus .
succeed, succedo? cessi.
success, prosperus eventus,
successus, us (M.).
successful, felix, ids.
succor (help), subvenire (dat.).
suckle, lac to.*
such, talis, e; is, ea,id; tarn.
sudden, subitus. \_subito.
suddenly (on a sudden), repente,
suffer, fero, tuli; patior?
sufficiency, satis, \consciscere.
suicide, to commit, mortem sibi
suit, convenio.*
suitable, idoneus.
summer, aestas, atis (F.) ; (adj.),
aestivus.
summit, summus mons.
summon, convoco*
sun, sol, so Us (M.).
superior, superior, meliorj abso-
lutely, optimus.
support, confirmo}
suppose, putol
supreme, supremus, summus.
surely, profecto.
surface of earth, omnis terra.
surmount, surpass, supero*
surrender (v.), dedo? dedidi.
surrender (n.), deditio, onis (F.).
surrounded, stipatus.
survive, superesse, superstes
(itis} esse with dat.
suspend, suspendo? di, sum.
suspense, cura, ae.
swallow (n.), hirundo, inis (F.).
swamp, palus, udis (F.).
swear, juro;
juro.^
sweet, dulcis, e.
sweetly, jucunde.
together, con-
swim, no, nato, trano^
symptom, indicium, i.
Syracuse, Syracusae, arum (F.).
Syracusan, Syracusanus, a,
um.
Syrian, Syrus, a, um.
take, capiofcepi, captum,porto?~
duco;* (enjoy), fruor*;
away, adimo? emi, emptum ;
in charge, accipioj 3
part in, communico; 1 claim
for one's self, sibi adrogare;
prisoner, capere; refuge,
confugerej up arms, arma
capere; by the hand, manu
arripere; (follow), sequi;
seriously, in serium vertere.
task, opus, eris (N.).
talents, ingenium, i (use sing.).
tall, procerus.
taunt, obicio* exprobroJ-
teach, doceo? ui.
teacher, doctor, oris.
tear away, detraho* xi, ctum.
tear (n.), lacrima, ae.
tell, nuntio?- narro? dico?
temperance, temperantia, ae,
continentia, ae.
tempest, tempestas, atis (F.).
temple, templum, i, aedes, is (F.).
terms, condiciones, um (F.).
terrify, terreo? ui, itum.
testimony, testimonium, i.
than, quam,(or abl.).
thanks, grates, gratiae, arum.
that, ut, quod (see pp. 54, 75) ;
not, nej but , quin.
8
1 1 4
Latin Composition.
the, often expressed by tile.
theatre, scena, ae. thence, inde.
then, turn, inde, deinde, igitur.
there, ibi. their, eorum, suus.
therefore, itaque, qua de causa.
thing, res, rei (F.).
think, puto? rear? ratus.
this, hie, iste; often qui.
this day's, hodiernus.
thong, lorum, i.
though, quamquam, etiam si.
thoughtlessness, temeritas, atis
(F.).
thought, consilium, i.
thousand, mille ( 18, i. e) ; one
of a , unus de multis.
threaten, minor, minitor ! (dat.
of person) ; impendeo 2 (dat.).
thronged, refertus.
through, per, propter, or by abl.
throw, jacio* jeci, jactumj
off, abicio? jeci.
thrown (down), dejectus.
thus, ita.
Tiber, the river, Tiberis, is (M.) ;
the river-god, Tiberinus, i.
till, donee. timidity ,formido.
time, tempus, oris (N.) ; for some
, aliquamdiu; from to ,
inter dum; from that forth,
jam indej at the same ,
tamen, nihilomimis.
tired, fessus ; to be , taedet
( 50, 4. c). [dative.
to, ad (ace.) ; often sign of
to-day, hodie, nunc.
together, una.
toil, labor, oris (M.).
tomb, sepulcrum, i. \crastinus.
to-morrow, eras; of , (adj.),
tongue, lingua, ae.
too, nimis ; or express by com-
parativey (also), quoque.
tooth, dens, tis (M.) ; grip of ,
morsus, us (M.).
torch, fax, fact's (F.).
torment (n.), tormentum, ij cru-
ciatus, us.
torture (n.), tormentum, i.
towards, erga (ace.), ad, -versus.
town, municipium, ij oppidum,
ij (village), vicus, i (M.).
trace, duco?
traitor, proditor, oris.
tranquillity, tranquillilas, atis
(F.).
transaction, res, rei (F.).
transgress, minus obediens esse
(dat.).
travel, iterfacere.
traveller, viator, oris.
traverse, transire.
treachery, perfidia, ae.
treason, majesfas, atis ( 50,
4. ff).
treasury, aerarium, i.
treat, tracto j * as a son, in
filii loco habere.
treatise, liber, bri.
treaty, indutiae 3 arum.
tree, arbor. trial, tormenta.
tribe, tribus, us ; gens, tis (F.).
tribune, tribunus, i.
trifling, minimus.
tripod, cortina, ae. \dis (F.).
triumph, triumphus, ij laus,
triumphal, triumphalis, e.
troops, milites, um.
trouble, res adversae (plur.).
troubled, to be, laborare.
Troy, Troja, aej of , Tro-
janus, a, um.
Vocabulary.
true, verus, a, um; quidem.
trust, confido?
trumpet, tuba, ae.
truth, veritas, at is (F.).
turf, caespites, um (plur.).
turn, verto?- ti, sum; away,
aver tor j 3 out-of-doors,
for as eicio. 3
tusk, dens, tis (M.).
two, duo j where only , ambo.
tyranny, dominatio, onis (F.).
tyrant, tyrannus, i.
U.
Ufentine, Ufens, tis.
unambitious, minime ambiti-
osus.
uncle, avunculus, i.
uncover, detego. 3
undaunted, invictus.
under, sub (ace. or abl.).
understand, recte aestimo?
teneo. 2
undertake, adgredior, suscipio.
undoubtedly, sine dubio.
unfeeling, durus.
ungrateful, ingratus.
unjust, injustus.
unimpeached, integer incol-
umisque.
unhappy, miser, era, um.
universal, communis, e.
unless, nisi. until, donee.
unprincipled, improbus.
unprofitable, inutilis, e.
unrighteous, iniquus.
unworthy, indignus.
upbraid, obicio? jeci.
upper classes, nobiles.
upon (as living ), ex.
upward, sursum.
urge, suadeo* (dat.).
use (v.), utor* usus.
use (n.), usus, us (M.).
useless, inutilis, e.
utmost (adj.), maximus.
V.
vast, ingens, tis.
vainly, frustra, nequicquam.
Valerian, Valerius, a, um.
valor, virtus, utis (F.).
value, pretium, i.
Veians, Veientes, ium.
vein, vena, ae.
vengeance, ulcisci ; of , use
gerund. vessel, navis (F.).
venture, audeo? ausus.
very, per, in compos. ( 17, 5.
d) ; same, ipse, a, um; gra~
vtter; often by superl.
vice, vitiiim, i.flagitium, /(N.).
victim, hostia, victima, ae (F.).
victor, victorious, victor, oris
(M.) ; victrix, ids (F.).
victory, victoria, ae.
view, cogitatio, onis (F.) ; sen-
tentia, ae j to be with a ,
pertinere ad.
vigorous, acer, cris y nervosus.
violence, vis (F.).
violent, violentus.
violently, vehementer, vi.
virtue, virtus, utis (F.).
voluntary, voluntarius.
vote, sententia, ae.
vow, votum, i.
n6
Latin Composition.
w.
wages, merces, edis (F.).
wait, maneo? mansi; for,
exspecto. 1
wall (of house), paries, etis (M.) ;
(of city), murus, moenia.
wander, vagor. 1
want to, opus esse (dat. of per-
son and abl. of thing) ; to be
in of, indigere (gen. of
thing).
war, bellum, /(N.).
war-horse, equus militaris.
warlike, bellicosus.
warrior, vir fortis.
warn, moneo; 2 warning, monitus.
wasted, confectus.
watch, observol
water, aqua, ae.
wave,y7#/#.r, us (M.).
way, via, ae; a good , all-
quantum.
weaken, debilito.
wealth, copiae, arum.
wealthy, locuples, tis.
wear, gero? gessi, gestum.
well, bene.
what ? quid? sort ? qualis?
whatever, quod, with indie.
when, cum, ubi, ut (p. 67).
whenever, cum (with indie.).
where, ubi, quo, qua ( 41, 2.
a.). \sive.
whether, utrum . . an, sive . .
which, rel., quod; qualis, e; int,
'while, cum. \guis, uter (p. 17).
white, albus.
whither, quo.
who, qui; whoever, quisquis,
quicumque, siquis.
who? (interrog.) quis (see p.
17).
whole, totus (gen. ius).
wholly, plane, omnino.
why, cur, quam ob rem.
wide, latus ; (of measure), in
latitudinem.
wicked, sceleratus.
wife, uxor, oris.
wild, ferus, immanis, e;
beast, fera; fig, caprificus.
will, volo, velle, volui.
vrimn¶tus ad (p. 76).
willingly, volens, tis.
win, concilia? pario;* tri-
umph, triumphum ago?
wind, ventus, i.
window, fenestra, ae.
winter (v.), hiberno. 1
wisdom, consilium, i.
wish, volo, cupio? op to. 1
with, cum; with me, mecum;
himself, &c., secum.
within, intra, inter; of time,
often expressed by abl. (see
p. 40).
without, sine; doing a thing
(see p. 60).
wolf, lupus, i (M.) ; lupa, ae (F.).
woman, mulier, femina.
wonder (n.), miraculum, i.
wont, to be, soleo? solitus.
woodpecker, picus, i.
word, verbum , /.
work, ministcrium, i.
world, or bis terrarumj homi-
nes, um.
worn out (by age), aetate con-
fectus.
worship, colo* colui, cultum.
worst, pessimus.
Vocabulary.
117
worthy, dignus (with abl.).
would, c., see p. 63.
wound, vulnus, en's (N.)'.
wounded, vulneratus.
wretched, miser, era, ttm.
write, scribo? psi, ptitm ;
down, coHScri&o*
wrong, pravus.
Y.
year, annus, i.
yesterday, heri ; of , hester-
nus. \etiatn.
yet, tamen; not , nondum
you (sing.), tuj (plur.), vos.
young, ju vents, is; man,
adulescens, tis ; juvenis, is;
of birds, pullus, i.
younger, minor, oris.
your (of sing, subject), tuus, a,
urn; vester iof plur.).
yourself, ipse (tu), te.
yourselves, ipsi, vos.
youth, puer, eri ; juventus, tu-
tis (F.) ; young man, adules-
cens, tis.
Zama (adj.), Zamensis, e.
zeal, alacritas, atis (F.).
PART SECOND.
INTRODUCTION.
4-
THE Exercises given in Part I. have been chosen chiefly
to illustrate the constructions of Latin syntax, and the proper
words and phrases have been given in a special Vocabulary.
In those which are to follow, the student is expected to make
the selection of words and phrases for himself, and must rely
on his general knowledge of the language, or on a general
Lexicon. An English-Latin lexicon should, however, be
used only for the suggestion of words which do not occur to
the mind from a knowledge of the language. The real guide
should be the Latin Lexicon, in connection with passages
cited in it, or else remembered.
A few points should be put clearly before the mind at
starting.
I. CHOICE OF THE WORD OR PHRASE.
Single words, in all languages, commonly express not
single ideas, but groups of ideas. They cover, as it were,
not points, but surfaces. The surface thus covered by parallel
words is very often quite different in different languages.
Words jo not coincide, but only partly overlap ; and
hardly any word in one language is~~exactly Equivalent in
meaning to the apparently corresponding word in another. ^
Thus the English BOLD and BOLDNESS correspond most nearly
to the Latin audax and audacia; but these often have an
idea of blame, which is not in the English words : homo
I2O Latin Composition.
audax is a man bad as well as bold. On the other hand,
the verb TO LIE in English implies a moral offence, while
the corresponding Latin mentior conveys no such opprobrium,
though it may be conveyed by the context. The word LAW
answers most nearly to lex t which, however, is limited to
written or statute law ; so that the abstract expression THE
LAW (including common law) would have to be rendered
by jura atque leges, or some similar phrase.
Besides this difference in the original meaning of words,
their derived or figurative meanings are often very widely
different. Thus the English noun FORM may mean things
so different as shape (figurd), manner (modus), vain show
(simulatid), ceremony (ritus), a bench at school (scamnum), or
a hare's bed (latibulum). The adjective RIGHT may be
aequus (a right decision), aptus (a right selection), or dexter
(on the right hand). The verb TO RAISE may be tollo, levo (to
lift), augeo (as of wages), struo (of buildings), cieo, moveo (to
raise pity, &c.), conscribo (of troops), colo (of grain and fruits).
On the other hand, the Latin TOLLO may mean to lift, exalt,
take away, weigh (anchor), destroy ; SIGNUM is a mark or sign,
signal, standard, statue, constellation ; GRAVIS is heavy, weighty
(dignified or influential), burdensome, offensive, sickly.
This difference is especially to be noted in the case of
English words derived from Latin. The apparent likeness,
in such cases, is one of the commonest sources of error.
Usually the corresponding Latin words are much the more
energetic and forcible, since they are the growth of roots
still living and vigorous in the language. Thus the Latin
LABOR is toil or hardship ; DEPRIMERE (" depress "), to sink,
as a ship in battle ; OPPRIMERE (" oppress "), to overwhelm, or
smother; SUPPRIMERE (" suppress "),/<? trample down. The
judicious selection of a Latin term will thus frequently restore
to life a dead or fated metaphor ; while a vague or general
term such as is often given in English by a Latin deriva-
tive may require to be rendered in Latin by some qualify-
ing phrase.
Hence, in translating into Latin,
Part //. Introduction. 121
a. Notice carefully the exact shade g meaning in which the
English word is used, and see that the Latin word covers the
ground. In securing this, it is often necessary to notice the other
words in the sentence. Thus drown may often be rendered by
submergere, because the rest of the sentence shows what is meant ;
but if not, then the idea of death by drowning must be brought out
by some explanatory word or phrase.
6. Observe the cases where Latin makes distinctions of meaning
not recognized in English. Thus, CITY may be either urbs (a
collection of streets, houses, &c.), oppidum (a fortified or garrison
town), or civitas (a political community). An ENEMY may be
inimicus (a personal enemy), or hostis (a public foe). GLORY may
be either fama (reputation in common talk), decus (outward splen-
dor or distinction), laus (the approval and praise of men), or gloria
(the more general word).
c In a far greater number of cases, English makes distinctions
not recognized in Latin.* For example, society, participation,
association, partnership, alliance, and several other words, are
represented by the Latin SQCIETAS. If it is not clear from the
context which is meant, some descriptive or limiting word must be
added : as, societas generis humani, societas et communicatio,
societas et foedus, and so on (see e, below).
cc. In general, the Latin prefers to make a person subject rather (
than a thing, a thing rather than an abstraction, so that an ideaj
is often expressed in Latin from a point of view different from our
own. Thus,
Caesar stationed the auxiliaries ... so that they might make
a display, alarios constitute . . . ut ad speciem
alariis uteretur.
So to serve for any thing may often be rendered by UTI, governing
the noun which expresses the English subject (but compare Gr.
51, 5).
d. In many expressions we find an English phrase of two or
more words rendered in Latin by a single term ; as, a sense of
duty, OFFICIUM ; a feeling of shame, FUDOR ; presence of mind,
ANIMUS (alone, but also vi\\h praesens or praesentid) .
* English employs, roughly, about five times as large a vocabulary as Latin, with a far
smaller proportion of regular derivatives.
122 Latin Composition.
dd. As in all languages, there are in Latin many technical
or semi-technical expressions, which must be carefully noticed.
Such a word or phrase will often be suggested by some word in the
English expression from the Latin equivalent of which it is often
a regular derivative.
e. There are many words in English which have no natural
equivalent whatever in Latin. These must be analyzed, and ex-
pressed by phrases ; often substituting special and concrete words
for general and abstract ones ; and oftener putting the force of an
adjective into a verb, or noun, or adverb. Thus,
1. Accomplice, scelerum (consiliorum) conscius.
2. Art, artes fingendi et pingendi.
3. Conscience, conscius animus.
4. Historian, rerum gestarum scriptor.
5. Inspiration, divinus quidam adflatus.
6. Lawgiver, qui leges ponit.
7. Panic, res trepida.
8. Patriotism, studium rei publicae, and the like.
9. Rhetoric, rhetorum praecepta.
(Stereotyped expressions, however, of this kind, should be avoided.)
f. Latin generally prefers to express in concrete terms^ what
English gives in abstract (compare i). Thus, strength, vigor,
energy, pungency, may be expressed by sanguis, lacerti, nervi,
aculeij expression or sentiment by vox. So, too, the phrases,
1. I do not fear a bad man's anger, improbum iratum
non metuo.
2. The assassination of Caesar seemed to many a glorious act,
occisus Caesar multis pulcherriimwn facinus
vldebatur.
3. Every evil at its birth seems harmless, otnne malum
nascens innocuum videtur.
4. The world hates ingratitude, ontnes immemorem bene-
ficii oderunt.
5. There is a wide difference between learning and ignorance,
plurimum interest inter doctum et rudem.
6. Firmness and dignity are characteristics of true courage,
constantem et gravem eum esse volnmus
forteni dichnus.
Part II. Introduction. 123
7. He had read no poetry, and knew nothing of oratory,
nullum poetam Icgerat, nullum oratorem noverat.
ff. Nouns, especially abstracts, are less common in Latin than
in English. Hence abstract qualities, if connected with the sub-
ject, must often be rendered by adjectives or participles ; if con-
nected with the predicate, by adverbs. Names of actions (verbal
abstracts) are expressed by verbs, colored if necessary by adverbs
or adverbial phrases.
g. Even the few abstract nouns found in Latin are constantly
made concrete, especially by using them in the plural : as,
1. The life of all, vitae omnium.
2. The immortality of the soul, aeternitas animorum.
3. The cold of the winters, frigora Jiiberna.
4. Some cases of superiority, quaedam eoccellentiae.
5. Sharing in misfortune (of several persons), societates
calamitatum.
h. The two languages often differ in their modes of express-
ing the Degree of a quality. Thus, as much or equally is often
rendered by no less j and conversely, less by not so much, more by
so much as no other, and the like, according to convenience of
expression in the particular case.
i. Certain literati forms of speec1i_zxz. frequent in Latin, present-
ing the object as it appears to the eye or comes at first hand before
the thought. Thus,
1. They refresh themselves with food and sleep, corpora
cibo somnoque curant,
2. To relieve one from superstition or disease, aut rellgione
animos aut corpora morbis levare.
3. In the face of the world, ante omnium oculos.
4. A musical ear detects very slight discords, musicorum
aures vel minima dissona sentiunt.
5. I never lose sight of him, numquam ab eo oculos
deicio. So
7. The tribunes were especially alarmed, praecipuus pavor
tribunos invaserat. (Here the personification adds to the
vigor of the expression; so, contemp tor animus, tiro exercitus, &c.)-
ii The same tendency to literalness is seen in the use of a
second noun (" hendiadys"), where English uses an adjective, a
phrase, or a compound (compare Part I. p. 5). Thus.
124 Latin Composition.
1. Rational instruction, ratio et doctrina.
2. An eye-witness, spectator et testis.
3. A shameful disaster, ignominia et calamitas.
4. Art-culture, artijicium et expolitio.
j. English abounds in effete metaphors rhetorical expressions
(noun or verb) which have lost their force and become mere
conventional phrases : these must often be expressed by some
simple word, or wholly omitted, and the bare substance of the
thought given in Latin (compare I, m, below). Thus,
1. Homer flourished many years before, Homerus multis
ante annis fuit (also, floruit).
2. Virtue in solitude could not reach its highest development,
virtus solitaria ad ea quae summa sunt non
potuit pervenire.
Examples may be found in such nouns as object, point, feature,
circumstance, instance, capacity, person, expression, elements ; in
the verbs observe, remark, manage, continue, discuss, avail one's
self, assure, represent, allude, qualify, enhance, convey, embrace,
exist, constitute, deliver, succeed in, manage to j and particularly in
adverbial and prepositional* phrases, such as regarding, concerning,
with the view of (UT), in reference to (AD), on account of (OB,
PROPTER), in spite of all that (TAMEN), &c.
Tt. Latin often prefers an abstract noun to an adjective ; thus
making the quality the main thing, and (as it were) embodying it.
Thus,
1. Isocrates had many pupils of high rank, Isocrates noMli-
tate discipulorum floruit.
2. It takes much water to quench a furious blaze, vis flam-
mae aquae multitudine opprimitur.
3. Orators are and always have been few, magna oratoruin
est semperque fuit paucitas.
4. A gloomy winter was followed by a sickly summer, tristem
hiemem, pestibus aestas excepit.
5. "Weak men were overcome with superstition (i.e. because
they were weak), superstitio hominum imbecillitatern
occupavit.
6. "When the pleasant spring-time is past, then come summer
and autumn, praeterita verni temporis suavitate f
aestas veuit et auctumnus.
Part II. Introduction. 125
I. The simplicity of Latin requires that force or color shall be
given to an expression but once, whether in subject or predicate ;
and that neutral or unemphatic phrases shall be used in other
parts of the clause (compare / and h). Thus,
1. Immense indignation prevailed, indignatio ingens erat.
2. But how vast the privilege, for the soul to live ! At ill ml
quanti est, aniinum vivere!
3. In both cases he acted with dignity, utrumque egit
graviter.
4. All incidents of life which happen in accordance with
nature, otnnia quae secundum naturam fiunt.
5. For even these tributes are honorable, haec enim ipsa
siuit ho nor ab ilia.
To the same habit of mind may be referred the frequent use
of such colorless words as ars, gemts, locus, ratio, res, sententia,
studium, vis; afficio, ago, capio, facio, habeo, possum, sum, versor
(see Lexicon under these words).
II An English sentence is often filled out with words not
strictly necessary to the sense, but inserted for fulness or rotundity
of expression. In general, it is uriclassical to express any thing
which is obvious from the context, or to repeat what has once been
said in other words in the same clause or phrase (compare I).
in. English narrative abounds in varied descriptive phrases
alluding to an idea or person once expressed: these must be
omitted in Latin ; or, if something is necessary to prevent ambigu-
ity, a simple pronoun is used. Proper names are repeated, but not
so often as in English. Thus, the words italicized \TL the following
extract (recounting the death of the elder Pliny) would be omitted
in a Latin version of the passage, or else expressed by pronouns :
"As the shades of evening gathered, the brightness of the flames
became more striking ; but, to calm the parfic of those around him, the
philosopher assured them that they arose from cottages on the slope,
which the alarmed natives had abandoned to the descending flakes of
fire. . . . The sea was agitated, and abandoned by every bark. Pliny,
wearied and perplexed, refused to stir farther ; while his companions,
all but two body-slaves, fled in terror. Some, who looked back in their
flight, affirmed that the oid man rose once with the help of his attendants,
but immediately fell again, overpowered, as it seemed, with the deadly
vapors."
126 Latin Composition.
n. But if the allusive or descriptive word is essential to the idea
to be conveyed, it must be given outright in a clause or special
expression : as,
But the veteran could not be deceived: ille autem ut
qui esset rei bellicae peritiasiinua Hindi non
potuit.
O. The tendency in Latin to a direct form of statement requires
that the main idea should be asserted directly in the main clause,
and not hidden in a relative clause, participle, or adverb (compare
t;). The necessary emphasis is to be given by position. For
example,
1. A fresh blow came, that crushed the city, clades nova
civitatem adfliuctt.
2. It is these that delight in flattery, hos delectat adsen-
tatio.
3. You are the very man I was looking for, t e ipsum quae-
rebani.
II. STRUCTURE OF THE SENTENCE.
THE best English writers give a connected story or argu-
ment in short clear sentences, each distinct from the rest,
and saying one thing by itself. In Latin, on the contrary,
the story or argument is viewed as a whole ; and a logical
relation among all its parts is carefully indicated, so that the
whole forms a compact group. For example,
But gloomy silence and voiceless Sed silentium triste ac tacita maes-
sorrow had paralyzed the minds of titia ita deflixit omnium animos, ut,
the inhabitants. For very dread p rae metu M iti quid relinquerent
they forgot what they were leaving ^ 5gcum ferre ^ deficiente con .
behind what they were carrying rogitantesque alii a ^ s> nunc
with them. With no fixed idea, . ..
and inquiring every man of his ^ liminibus starent, nunc errabund t
neighbor, they were at one mo- domos suaf > ultimum illud visuri >
ment standing at their thresholds, pervagarcntur.
at another wandering restlessly
through their homes to see the end.
p. In particular, so much of a statement as can be so treated,
with its attendant circumstances, modifications, &c., is put into a
Part //. Introduction. 127
single complex sentence, called a Period ( 76, 4; compare s).
Thus,
Qui cum, multis circa finitimos populos legationibus terra marique nequic-
quam missis, nisi quod ex Etruria haud ila imiltum frumenti advectum
est, nullunt momentum annonae fecisset ; et t revolutus ad dispensationem
inopiae t profiteri cogendo frumentum et venders quod usu menstruo super-
esset, fraudandoque parte diurni cibi servitia, criminando inde et obiciendo
irae populi frumentarios, acerba inquisitione aperiret magis qtiam levaret
inopiam ; multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam tit cruciarentur trahendo
animam, capitibus obvolutis se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt.
Here the principal fact expressed in the main clause is, that
many of the people drowned themselves rather than submit to slow
starvation ; while the cruel policy that drove them to it is described
in subordinate clauses. In English it might be told as follows :
He sent a number of embassies by land and sea to the surrounding
nations, but effected no result beyond the importation of an insignificant
amount of corn from Etruria, and produced no movement in the market.
On applying himself to the administration of the meagre supplies, he
compelled people to make a report of the corn they held, and to offer
for sale all that exceeded the necessary supply of their wants for a
month. He robbed the slaves of part of their daily rations, and pro-
ceeded to libel the corn-merchants, and expose them to the fury of the
populace. By this galling inquisitorial policy he revealed rather than
relieved the distress. Many of the lower orders, in utter despair,
bandaged the eyes and threw themselves into the Tiber, rather than
endure the torment of a prolonged existence.
q. Even when long periods are not used, still the logical connec-
tion is indicated by the use of connecting Relatives (see 48, 4) ;
or (qq) by Correlative words and Particles, especially idem, itaque,
autejn, enim, vero, quidem.
T. But, in coordinate clauses, the copulative conjunctions are
omitted oftener than in English {asyndeton} ; the connection being
made clear by the Position of words and by Antithesis.
s. Of two coordinate clauses with and, the less important is
merged in the other by the aid of participles and subordinate
phrases. In such cases a change of subject should be avoided.
f. A change of subject should be marked by the introduction
of a pronoun, if the new subject has been already mentioned in the
preceding sentence. But (tt) the needless use of pronouns may
be avoided by change of structure.
128 Latin Composition.
u A noun should be kept in the same case if possible.
In illustration of these points, compare the following examples :
1. Then he called them together, and having briefly addressed them
waited a little, aijd led them out with him. Tune convocatos" cum
breviter admonuisset, paulisper moratus secum eduxit,
2. The plan was universally approved, and its execution was intrusted
to the consul. Cunctis rent approbantibus* negotium consult datur.
3. This matter was soon accomplished, and the legions returned to
winter-quarters. Eo celeriter confecto negotio* in hiberna legiones redierunt.
4. When Midas the Phrygian was a child, and asleep, some ants piled
grains of corn upon his lips. Midae illi Phrygio? cum puer esset, dormienti
formicae in os tritici grana congesserunt.
5. They came to the king at Pergamus. He received the ambassadors
kindly, and conducted them to Pessinus. Pergamum ad regem venerunt,
qufl legates comiter exceptos Pessinuntem deduxit.
6. If I cannot crush the pain, I will hide it. Dolorem u si non potero
frangere, occultabo.
7. When the barbarians saw that he had escaped the flames, they
hurled darts at him from a distance, and killed him. Quern 11 ut barbari
incendium effugisse viderunt, telis eminus emissis inter fecerunt.
8. When Zopyrus, who professed to be able to read every one's
character from his outward appearance, had at a party made a large
catalogue of moral defects to reproach Socrates with, the rest laughed
him to scorn ; but Socrates came to his assistance. Cum multa in
conventu vitia collegisset in eum Zopyrus, qui se naturam cujusque ex forma
perspicere profitebatur^ derisus est a ceteris, ab ipso autem Socrate suble-
vatus "
9. For they believe that these divinities were born in the realm, and
that grain was first discovered in their land ; and that Libera, whom
they also call Proserpine, was carried off from the grove of Enna. It is
said that Ceres, in the course of her anxious search for her daughter,
kindled her torch at the fires that blaze from Etna's summit ; and, hold-
ing it before her, wandered over the whole world. Nam et natas esse has
in Us locis deas, et fruges in ea terra primtim repertas esse arbitrantur, et
raptam esse Liberam, quam eamdem Proserpinam vacant, ex Hennensium
nemore. Quam cum investigare et conquirere Ceres vellet, q dicitur inflam-
masse taedas Us ignibus qui ex Aetnae vertice erumpunt / quas sibi cum ipsa
praeferret, orbem omnem peragrasse terrarum.
V. In turning loose sentences into periods, be sure to get the
main idea in the main clause, and keep the other clauses in their
proper relations (compare o). In general, the main subject or
Part II. Introduction.
129
object must be put in the main clause, not in the subordinate ones.
Thus
1. When Hannibal had reviewed his auxiliary forces, he set out for
Gades. Hannibal, cum recensuisset auxilia, Gades profectus est.
2. The augur Tiresias is described by the poets as a philosopher, and
is never represented as bewailing his blindness. Augtirem Tiresiam,
quern sapientem fingunt poetae, numquam inducunt deplorantem caecitatem
suam.
3. The Volscians found that, now they were severed from every other
hope, there was but little hope in prolonging the conflict. In addition to
other disadvantages, they had engaged on a spot ill adapted for fighting,
and worse for flight. Cut to pieces on every side, they abandoned the
contest and cried for quarter. After surrendering their commander and
delivering up their arms, they passed under the yoke ; and with one
garment each were sent to their homes, covered with disgrace and
defeat. Volsci exiguam spem in armis, alia undique abscissa, cum ten-
tassent, praeter cetera adversa, loco quoque iniquo ad pugnam congressi,
iniquiore ad fitgam, cum ab omni parte caederentur, ad preces a certamine
versi, dedito impcratore traditisque armis, sub jugitm missi, cum singttlis
vestimentis, ignominiae fladisque pleni dimittuntur? .
Here the main thought is the return of the Volscians : the cir-
cumstances of the surrender, &c., are put in the several subordinate
clauses.
vv. The clauses should be arranged in the natural order of time
or logical sequence, cause before result ; purpose, manner, and
the like, before the act. (There are, however, many exceptions to
this rule, from the tendency to put the more important first or else
last.)
iv. Latin has a great fondness for antithesis and sharp contrasts,
setting one word phrase or clause against another. This tendency
will often control the order of words, phrases, or clauses.
a% As to the order of words : let the MAIN WORD be seized and
put at the beginning (see Part I. p. 2). By this means the drift
of the clause or sentence may almost always be indicated in
advance.
y. A verb in the active voice is often rendered in Latin by the
passive, and conversely, to avoid change of subject, or to secure a
personal or concrete subject rather than an impersonal or abstract
one (compare cc, with Lesson 20).
130 Latin Composition.
z. There are many idiomatic phrases which are to be rendered
by Particles in Latin, especially in colloquial expressions, such as :
WELL NOW, atque ; TO BE SURE, BY THE WAY, IN FACT (also
WHY !), quidem; FOR, YOU SEE, elenim; AND AFTER ALL, atque;
CONSIDERING, utj I SAY, igitur. YES may be given by ^etiam^
maxime^vero^ with a pronoun, or by repeating the verb ; NO by
immo, nof^minime^ or, repeating a word with the negative (see
Grammar, 71, 3. a). These can only be learned by practice with
the Latin particles.
III. IDIOMATIC PHRASES.
THE following examples include most of the idiomatic
usages which have already been explained, together with some
others, brought together here for convenient reference :
1. I come to help you, adjutor tibi venio (Part I. page 3).
2. I remember when a boy, puer memini.
3. Fabius in his second consulship, Fabius consul iterum.
4. A continued series of events, continuatio et series rerum (p. 5).
5. Both consuls were slain, uterque consul occisus est (p. 7).
6. He came against his will, invitus venit.
7. He was the first to see, primus vidit (p. 8).
8. The rest of the crowd, reliqua multitude.
9. All men praise bravery, omnes fortia laudant (p. 9).
10. The fight at Cannae, pugna Cannensis.
11. Another man's house, aliena domus.
12. I prefer the art of memory to that of forgetfulness, memoriae
artem quam oblivionis malo (p. 12).
13. The army of Caesar defeated that of Pompey, Caesaris exer-
citus Pompeianos -vicit.
14. That [just mentioned] is a great argument, but this is a
greater, that, &c., hoc magnum est argumentum, illud
autcm majus, quod, etc. (p. 13).
15. It is just three years, tres anni ipsi sunt.
16. The book you gave me, liber quern mihi dedisti (p. 15).
17. Caesar the conqueror of Gaul, Caesar qui Galliam mcit.
1 8. A class, of which there is great lack, cujus generis magna est
paucitas.
19. Those evils which we suffer with many seem to us lighter,
quae mala cum multis patimur ea nobis leviora 'videntur.
Part II. Introduction. 131
20. There were as many opinions as men, quot homines tot erant
sententiae (p. 16).
21. What can happen to any [one] man can happen to any man
[whatever], cuivis potest accidere quod cuiquam potest.
22. Each army was in sight of the other, uterque utrique erat
exercitus in conspectu (p. 19).
23. The boy's name is Marcus, puero nomen est Marco (p. 26).
24. It is the part of wisdom, est sapientis.
25. In silence, tacite (or silentio), p. 30.
26. I esteem Plato very highly, but the truth more, Platonem per-
magni sed veritatem pluris aestimo.
27. You have robbed me of my property, bona miht abstulisti.
28. Much more rich than wise, multo dwitior quam sapientior.
29. The more virtuously one lives the less he will injure others,
quanta quis irivit honestius tanto minus nocebit aliis.
30. A means of guarding against troubles, cautio ittcommodorum^
31. Jealousy of the Senate, invidia senatoria (p. 35).
32. More learning than wisdom, plus doctrinae quant sapientiae.
33. You ought to have gone, te ire oportuit.
34. Within four days after this was done, the matter was reported
to Chrysogonus in Sulla's camp at Volaterrae, quadriduo
quo haec gesta sunt res ad Chrysogonum in castra L. Sullae
Volaterras defer tur (p. 41).
35. To fight on horseback, ex equo pugnare (p. 43).
36. He would often play with his children, saepe cum pueris lude-
bat (p. 46).
37. I begin to feel like dancing, m
38. The commander is relieved, imperatori sttcceditur (p. 49).
39. Men do not gather grapes from thorns, ex sentibus uvae non
percipiuntur.
40. Socrates was put to death by his fellow-citizens, Socratem cives
sui interfecerunt (p. 50) .
41. Crassus is not envied for his wealth, Crasso divitiae non
invidentur (p. 51).
42. What is creation ? Quid est creare ? (p. 53).
43. It was reported that Caesar's house had been attacked (or, An
attack on Caesar's house was reported), oppugnatio Caesaris
domus nuntiabatur (p. 55).
44. In the following winter, ea quae sectita est hieme (p. 57).
45. Any evil is easily crushed at its birth, omne malum nascens
facile opprimitur (p. 57).
132 Latin Composition.
46. Your being here is agreeable, quod ades (or, te adesse) gratum
est (p. 60).
47. I dissuaded him from going, ne iret dissuasi.
48. I should like to go, ire velim (p. 63).
49. I could wish he were here, vellem adesset.
50. What was I to do ? Quid facerem?
51. Caesar was too merciful to punish his adversaries, clementior
erat Caesar quam ut inimicos puniret (p. 7 1).
52. He was accused of treason against his country, accusatus est
quod patriam prodidisset (p. 75).
53. I have yet to speak of the war against the pirates, reliquum est
ut de bello dicam piratico (p. 7^).
54. An inestimable value, pretium majus quam ut aestimetur.
55. To think that you should have fallen into such grief for me !
te in tantas aerumnas propter me incidisse ! (p. 83).
56. What ! I interrupt you ? egone ut te interpellem ?
57. I do not doubt that he will come, non dubito quin venturus sit.
58. Not to be tedious, ne longus sim.
59. It would befit us to mourn, nos decebat lugere.
60. I fear he will come, vereor ne veniat.
61. I fear he will not come, vereor ut veniat.
62. And besides, accedit quod (with indie.).
63. To utter many falsehoods, multa mentiri.
64. It is worth while, operae pretium est.
65. He says he has not done it, negat se fecisse.
66. The many defeats they have sustained, clades quas plurimas
passi sunt.
67. To have a prosperous voyage, ex sententia navigare.
68. Such is his self-command, quae est ejus continentia; or, qua
est continentia..
69. So far as I know, quod scio (sciam).
70. I never heard him without admiration, numquam eum audivi
quin admirarer.
71. I cannot but believe, non possum quin credam.
72. Nothing prevents your reading the book, nihil obstat quominus
librum legas.
73. How many are there of you ? Quot estis f
74. I made him retire, effect ut se reciperet.
75. He deserves to be loved, dignus est qui ametur.
76. For many years he has been in my debt, multi sunt anni cum
in nostro aere est.
Part II. Introduction. 133
77. I congratulate you on your influence with Caesar, gratulor tibi
quod tantum apud Caesarem vales.
78. He was accusecTbf having betrayed the king, accusatus est
quod regem prodidisset.
79. Many men admire poems without understanding them, filurimi
carmina mirantur neque ea intelligunt.
80. Instead of reading he is playing ball, pilam agit cum legere
debeat.
Si. He makes it his object to serve the country, id agit ut patriae
inserviat.
82. He is kind in allowing you to depart, benignus est qui te profi-
cisci patiatur.
83. He is too strong to be subdued, fortior est quam ut (quam qui)
devinci possit.
84. It was owing to you that I did not come, per te stetit quo-
minus venirem.
85. To aim at a revolution, novis rebus studere.
86. To the great danger of the state, cum summo rei publicae
periculo.
87. Love for Cicero, amor Ciceronis ; Cicero's love of his brother,
Ciceronis amor fraternus (or, in fratrein).
88. He spoke so that no one heard, ita locutus est ut nemo audiret
(that no one might hear, ne quis audiret).
89. And no one heard, nee quisquam audivit.
90. One understands in this way, another in that, alius alio modo
intellegit.
91. Both public and private buildings, both sacred and profane,
aediftcia publica, privata, sacra, prof ana.
92. We had reached the temple of Vesta, ventum erat ad Vestae.
93. Tobe brief, quid multa ? quid plura f
94. I find great pleasure in doing this, hoc gratis simum facto.
95. I am far from being cruel, procul abest quin saevus sim.
96. He lost one of his eyes, altero oculo captus est.
97. You are the very one I was looking for, te ipsum qucerebam.
98. Not only not of citizen's, but not even of Italian blood, non
modo civicae sed ne Italicae quidem stirpis.
99. We are so far from admiring our own matters, that, &c., tan-
tum abest ut nostra miremur, ut, etc.
100. We seem to have advanced so far that even in fulness of words
we are not surpassed by the Greeks, tantum profecisse vide-
mur ut a Graecis ne verborum quidem copia vinceremur.
134 Latin Composition.
INDEX
TO THE POINTS CONSIDERED IN THE FOREGOING
INTRODUCTION.
I. CHOICE OF THE WORD.
PAGB
a. Shade of meaning in the English word 121
b. Distinction expressed in Latin words 121
c. Distinction expressed in English words 121
cc. Opposite point of view 121
d. English phrase equivalent to Latin word 121
dd. Use of Technical words 122
e. No Latin equivalent to the English word 122
f. Concrete form of expression in Latin 122
ff. Use of abstract terms 123
g. Abstracts made concrete in the plural 123
Change of form in expressing Degree 123
Literal forms of expression 123
Pairs of words (hendiadys) 123
j. Effete metaphors in English . . 124
k. Abstract noun used for adjective 124
/. Color to be given to the expression but once 125
//. Words unnecessary to be expressed in Latin 125
m. Descriptive or allusive expressions 125
n. Phrase used for descriptive epithet 126
o. The main idea to be put in the leading clause 126
II. FORM OF THE SENTENCE.
p. Periodic structure of the sentence 126
q. Use of Relatives as connectives, &c 127
qq. Use of autcm, enim, quidem, vero, idem 127
r. Connective omitted in coordinate clauses 127
s. Coordinate clause made subordinate 127
/. Use of Pronoun, to mark change of subject 127
tt. Repetition of Pronoun avoided by change of structure . . . 127
u. The Noun to be kept in the same case 128
v. Main idea in the main clause 128
W. Clauses to follow the natural or logical order 129
iv. Use of Antithesis 129
x. Emphatic position of the Main Word 129
y. Change of Voice 129
z. Use of Idiomatic Particles 130
Exercises in Translation. 135
EXERCISES IN TRANSLATION.
NOTE. In the following Exercises, the small letters refer to the
Notes on Words and Constructions given on pages 121-130; the
jigures, to the Notes at the foot of the page.
* I. DEATH OF EPAMINONDAS.
WHEN Epaminondas v had conquered the Lacedae-
monians at Mantinea, and at the same time perceived
that he was dying of a mortal wound, as soon as he
could 11 see, 1 he asked whether his shield were safe.
When his weeping" comrades answered that it was
safe, he inquired whether the enemy were routed ;
and q when he heard that" question 11 also answered
according to his wish, 2 he ordered the spear, with
which he was transfixed, to be drawn out. And so,
drenched with blood, he expired in the midst of joy
and victory.
1 dispicere (a). 2 ut cupiebat.
II. THE RING OF GYGES.
GYGES, a shepherd of the king, when the earth had
parted asunder after heavy storms d of rain, descended
into the aperture, and perceived a brazen horse, in
whose side there were doors. On opening these, q he
saw a body a of unusual size, with a gold ring on its
finger ; this q he drew 8 off and put on his arm. Then
he betook himself to the assembly of the shepherds.
There, when he had turned round the bezel of the
ring to the palm of his hand, he became 1 invisible, 6
while qq he saw every thing himself; when he q turned
the ring back to its place, he was once more visible.
136 Latin Composition.
III. CYRUS THE YOUNGER.
WHEN Lysander v the Lacedaemonian had come to
to Cyrus 11 the Younger, at Sardis, 1 and had brought
him presents from the allies, Cyrus x treated 1 him with
great courtesy ff and kindness in other matters, 1 and in
particular showed him a 2 piece of ground fenced in
and carefully planted. Whilst 1 Lysander was admir-
ing the tallness ff of the trees, the straightness g of their
rows, and the fragrance of the perfumes which were
wafted 3 from the flowers, he remarked j that he ad-
mired the ingenuity no less than h the industry of the
man who had measured 3 " out and designed all these
things. And Cyrus answered him, " Well now, 2 I
made all the measurements you 4 speak of; they are
my x rows, my designing ; many even of these trees
have been planted by my own hand." Then Lysan-
der, beholding his kingly robe, the comeliness of his
person, and his attire resplendent with much Persian
gold and many jewels, said, "They rightly call you
happy, Cyrus, since in you 5 good fortune is combined 6
with moral d excellence."
1 Lesson 17, h. Rem. 2 Lesson 9, 2. a. 3 See Grammar, 66, i. c.
* Lesson 7, 5. 5 tua. 6 Lesson 20, 4.
^
^ IV. XENOPHON'S SACRIFICE.
WHILST Xenophon v was performing the customary
sacrifice, he received the intelligence j that the elder of
his two sons, named Gryllus, had fallen in the battle
at Mantinea. He did not, however, consider this a
sufficient reason cc for omitting 1 the appoirited dd worship
of the gods, but deemed it sufficient to lay aside his
sacrificial d crown. He then inquired 8 how he had met 1
1 Lit. " should be omitted on that account."
Exercises in Translation. 137
his death, and was told 1 that he had fallen while fight-
ing with the utmost bravery. ^ He therefore replaced
the crown upon his head, calling the gods, to whom
he was sacrificing, to witness that the pleasure he
received at the valor of his son exceeded the grief
occasioned 1 by his death.
1 Lesson 22, 2.
V. THE SIBYLLINE BOOKS.
1. AN old woman, who was quite unknown to him,
came to Tarquinius x Superbus, the seventh and last
king of Rome, bringing with her nine books, which
she declared to be the oracles of the gods : she said
she was willing to sell them. Tarquinius inquired 3 the
price ; the woman m asked an extravagant and enor-
mous sum. The king m laughed, thinking 1 the old
woman in her dotage. ff Then she placed a brazier
with fire in it before him, and burnt up three books
out of the nine ; and then inquired of the king whether
he were ready to buy the remaining six at the same
price. Tarquinius laughed still more, and said that
beyond a doubt 2 the old woman was out of her senses.
2. The woman immediately, on the spot, consumed
three more books, and once more quietly made the
very same request of the king, namely, to purchase the
remaining three at the same price. Tarquinius, struck
by the strangeness of the affair, concluded that such
persistency and boldness were not to be trifled 1 with ;
and purchased the three remaining books at just the
same price that had been asked for all the nine. The
woman then left 3 the presence of Tarquinius, but 3
report says was never seen afterwards. The three
2 plane. 3 Lesson 22, 3. c.
138 Latin Composition.
books were deposited 1 * in the receptacle dd for sacred
things, 4 and were called the Sibylline Books. Certain
priests consulted them as they would an oracle, when-
ever the Romans considered that the gods should be
consulted on behalf of the state. 6
4 sacrarium. 6 publics.
* VI. HANNIBAL AND ANTIOCHUS.
WHEN Hannibal on his expulsion g from Carthage
went to stay with Antiochus, x king of Syria, the king
passed before 1 him in review 1 immense bodies d of
troops, which he had equipped with the view of
- making war 2 against the Roman people. He showed
him an army decorated with gold and silver^orna-
merits ; he also brought on the field 11 scythed chariots
and elephants with towers, and cavalry glittering with
- their bits, housings, collars, and breast-trappings.
And then the king, elated at the sight of an army so
great in numbers and so splendidly equipped, turned
to Hannibal and remarked, 1 ." Do you think this army
* can be matched with that of the Romans? and do you
* think all this will be enough for the Romans?" To
this Hannibal, jeering at the cowardice and weakness
of his soldiers, though so splendidly equipped, replied, 1
"It is my belieF all this will be enough, quite enough,
for the Romans, however greedy they may be."
Nothing, Q certainly, could have been said more
smart or cutting : the king had put the question g with
respect j to the number of the army, whether it would
be a match for that u of the Romans ; Hannibal's
answer g had reference to the booty the Romans"
. would acquire. 11
1 Lit. " showed to him in the field." 2 Participle in rus.
Exercises in Translation. 130,
^ VII. THE TALKING CROW.
AFTER the victory of Actium, amongst those 1 who
came 11 to congratulate Augustus x there approached
him" a certain man, having with him a^row, which he
had taught to say, Hail, Casar, conqueror, emperor !
Cassar, struck with the cleverness ff of the bird, bought
it for twenty thousand sesterces. Being greeted in
a like manner by a parrot, he ordered it to be pur-
chased. He was 8 amused in the same way with a
magpie, and it also he bought. These instances 1
induced 7 a poor shoemaker to teach a crow a similar
salutation. Often, when 1 wearied with his task, he q
would say to the bird, when 1 it did not give the re-
quired 11 answer, " I have lost my time and my trouble."
At length, however, the crow learned to speak .the
address. Then he brought the bird to Augustus.
He, however, upon hearing the crow's greeting, re-
marked,- 1 ' " I have plenty of such saluters at home."
Whereupon the crow added, very opportunely, "I
have lost my time and my trouble." At this Augustus
laughed, 8 and ordered the bird to be bought at a still
higher price h than he had hitherto given for the others.
1 Participle.
V VIII. HANNIBAL IN THE ALPS. Arnold.
DAY dawned ; p the main 11 army broke up 1 from its
camp, x and began to enter the defile; while qq the
natives,* finding aj their positions 2 occupied by the
enemy, at first looked on quietly, and offered j no dis-
turbance ff to the march/ But when they saw the
long narrow line f of the Carthaginian army 11 winding 7
along the steep mountain side, and the cavalry 1 and
1 With moveo (i,y). 2 arx (/').
140 Latin Composition.
baggage-cattle struggling at every step, 3 with the
difficulties 1 of the road, the temptation 1 to plunder 4
was too strong 1 to be resisted f and from many points
of the mountain, above 6 the road, they rushed down' 7
upon the Carthaginians. The confusion was terrible ;*
for 8 the road or track was 3 so narrow k that the least
crowd or disorder pushed 7 the heavily loaded 1 bag-
gage-cattle down the steep below ; u and the horses,
wounded by the barbarians' missiles, and plunging 10
about wildly 10 in their pain and terror, increased the
mischief. 11 V
3 Relative with insistere (/). 4 Lesson 15, a (/). 5 Impersonal.
, e imminens. 7 Imperfect. 8 quippe. 9 Wiihfiguul.
i furo. 11 strages (a, /).
IX. THE EMBASSY OF PHILIP. Arnold.
FORTUNE in another quarter j served the Romans
no less h effectually . j The qq Macedonian ambassadors,
after having 7 concluded j their treaty with Hannibal at
Tifata, made their way back into Bruttium in safety,
and p embarked to return 11 to Greece. But their ship
was 8 taken, off the Calabrian coast, by the Roman
squadron on 1 that 11 station; and the ambassadors,
with all their papers, were sent prisoners to Rome.
A 2 vessel which had been of this company ff escaped
the Romans, 3 and informed 4 the king what had hap-
pened. He was obliged, therefore, to send a second
embassy to Hannibal, as the former treaty had never
reached* him; and although this second mission 1
went 5 and returned 5 safely, yet the loss of time was
irreparable, 1 and p nothing could be done till the follow-
ing year. 6 ^
1 Rel. clause (cf. Lesson 8, 3). 2 unus ( as opposed to the rest).
8 Lit. "out of the hands of," &c. (*'). 4 defero (dd).
5 Participle. 6 Lj t . " done this year."
Exercises in Translation.
X. HANNIBAL NEAR ROME.
1. THE next day, Hannibal, crossing the Anio,
drew out all his forces in order of battle. dd Nor did
Flaccus and his consuls decline the contest. The
troops on both sides having been drawn up to try 11 the
chances of a 1 battle, in which the city of Rome was to
be the conqueror's prize, a violent shower mingled
with hail so disordered both the lines, that the troops,
scarcely able 11 to hold their arms, retired into their
camps, with less h apprehension of the enemy than of
any thing else. On the following day, also, a similar
storm separated the armies marshalled on the same
ground. After they had retired to their camps, an
extraordinary calm and tranquillity arose. This cir-
cumstance was held providential 2 among the Cartha-
ginians ; and an expression f of Hannibal's is said to
have been heard, "That at one moment 1 the inclina-
tion, at another the opportunity, 3 of becoming master^-
of Rome, was not allowed 4 him."
2. Other contingencies- 1 also, the one important, 1 the
other insignificant, 1 diminished his hopes. The im-
portant one was, that, while he was encamped 5 under
arms near the walls of the city, he heard that troops
had marched out with colors flying, 11 as a reinforce-
ment for Spain ; while qq the less significant circum-
stance 11 was that it was discovered, from one of his
prisoners, that at this very time the very ground on
which he was encamped had been sold, with no
diminution ff of price on that account. j Indeed, it
appeared so great an insult g and indignity that a
purchaser should have been discovered at Rome for
1 See Lesson 7, i. Note. 2 With religio (dd). 3 fortuna.
4 dare (/'). 5 seder e (i).
142 Latin Composition.
the very soil which he possessed and held as the
prize ff of war, that, calling instantly for a crier, he
ordered that the silversmiths' shops, which then were
ranged 1 around the Roman Forum, should be put up
for sale. da
XL YOUNG SCIPIO.
1. AT Rome, after the recovery ff of Capua, the
attention 1 of the Senate and people was fixed 1 upon
Spain as much as h upon Italy ; and it was resolved dd
that the army there should be recruited, 1 and a general
despatched. 1 It was not, however, so clear whom
they should send, as that, since two great generals
had fallen within thirty days, he who was to supply dd
their place should be chosen with extraordinary care.
As some named one man, others another, it was at
last determined that the people should hold an assem-
bly to elect dd a pro-consul for Spain ; and the consuls
proclaimed a day for the assembly. At first they had
expected that those who believed themselves worthy
of so important a command would give in dd their
names. As this q expectation was defeated, their
sorrow for 2 the disaster sustained was renewed, and
also their regret for the generals lost.
2. Accordingly, the people sorrowfully, and almost
at a loss what to decide upon, 3 descended into the
Campus Martius 11 on the day of the election ; and,
turning towards the magistrates, looked round upon
the countenances of their leading men, who were 4
anxiously gazing at each other, and murmured that
their fortunes were so fallen, and such despair ff was
felt for the state, that no one ventured to accept the
1 cura. 2 Lesson 15, a. 3 consilium (dd). 4 Lesson 22, 3. a.
Exercises in Translation. 143
command in Spain ; when suddenly Publius Cornelius,
son of that Publius who had fallen in Spain, then 11
about twenty-four years of age, declaring dd himself a
candidate, dd took his station on an eminence 1 whence
he could be seen. The eyes of the whole assembly
were 8 directed towards him, and by acclamations and
tokens of favor d they augured a happy and prosperous
command.
XII. HANNIBAL'S EXILE.
1. HANNIBAL X was the only man who perceived 1
that he was aimed at by the Romans ; and that peace
was only allowed the Carthaginians on the under-
standing j that a remorseless war should be maintained 2
against himself alone. He therefore resolved to sub-
mit to the crisis and to his fate ; and, having prepared
every thing for flight, he first publicly appeared 3 in
the forum on that day in order to avert suspicion,
but, p as soon as darkness fell, j departed in his out-of-
doors^ dress, with two attendants ignorant of his
design. Horses being in readiness ff at the spot where
they had been ordered/ he passed 8 through Byzacium
by night, and arrived on the following day on the sea-
coast, between Adolla and Thapsus, at a castle of his
own. There* 1 a vessel prepared and manned with row-
ers received him. Thus did Hannibal leave Africa,
pitying the fate of his country oftener x than his own.
2. The same day he crossed into the isle of Cer-
cina. Finding 4 there several 5 Phoenician merchant-
ships dd in harbor, with their freights, 6 and a concourse
of people having flocked together to welcome him as
1 fallo, with negative. 2 manere (/'). 3 obversari (s).
* Lesson 22, 2. 5 Lesson 9, 2. a. 6 merx (i).
144 Latin Composition.
he 7 disembarked from the vessel, he ordered that all
who 7 inquired should be informed 00 that he had been
sent as ambassador to Tyre. Apprehensive, however,
that one 5 of their ships, sailing by night for Thapsus
or Adrumetum, might announce that he had been
seen at Cercina, he commanded a sacrifice to be pre-
pared, and 3 the captains of the vessels and the mer-
chants to be invited ; also giving orders 1 that the sails,
together with the yard-arms, should be brought toge-
ther from the ships, that they might enjoy 8 the shade
for it happened 9 to be v midsummer while supping
on the shore.
3. So far as circumstances 3 and time permitted, the
banquet was duly prepared 10 and celebrated on that
day, 11 and the feast was protracted with a profusion of
wine to a late hour of night. Hannibal, as soon as
he found an opportunity of escaping the notice of
those who were in the harbor, unmoored his vessel.
The rest, having at length arisen from their deep
slumber, on the following day, full of the fumes' 1 of
wine, spent several hours in carrying back and setting
in order the tackle of their ships.
4. At Carthage, too, there was a concourse of the
people, accustomed to frequent the house of Hannibal,
at the vestibule of his mansion. As soon as it was
generally known 12 that he was not to be found, 13 a
crowd of citizens, 11 in quest of the chief man in the
state, flocked 1 to the forum. x Some spread a report
that he had taken to flight, as 14 was really 11 the
case ;' others that he had been assassinated by the
treachery of the Romans ; and you might observe
7 Lesson 22, 3. a. 8 with/* (). * forte.
10 With noun in adverbial phrase (compare/). n Lesson 15, a.
12 vulgari. 13 comparere (cc). 14 td quod.
Exercises in Translation.
145
various countenances, as is natural 11 in a state agi-
tated 15 by the intrigues of partisans supporting different
factions.
15 discors, making it more personal : lit. " of men supporting (favere]
different (alius alius) parties and agitated," &c. (compare /).
XIII. THE TALE OF ATALANTA. Bacon.
ATALANTA, who was exceeding fleet, 1 contended 3 "
with Hippomenes in the course , x on condition that, if
Hippomenes won, he should espouse dd her, or forfeit
his life if he lost. The match was very unequal, for p
Atalanta had conquered 7 numbers 1 to their destruc-
tion. Hippomenes therefore had recourse 8 to strata-
gem. He procured 3 three golden apples, and purposely
carried them with him. They started. 7 Atalanta out-
stripped him soon ; then Hippomenes bowled one of
his 11 apples before her, 1 across the course, in order 1 not
only to make 11 her stoop, but to draw y her out of the
path. She, prompted by female curiosity, 2 and the
beauty of the golden fruit, 11 starts from the course to
take up the apple. Hippomenes, in the mean time,
holds on his way, and p steps before her; but she, by
her natural 11 swiftness, soon fetches up her lost ground,
and leaves him again behind. Hippomenes, however,
by rightly timing 3 his second and third throws, ff at
length won the race, not by his swiftness, but r by his
cunning. x
1 eo consilio tit. 2 studium (/). 3 jactare ad tempus.
XIV. ASSASSINATION OF C^SAR. Plutarch.
i. WHEN 1 Caesar* entered, the Senate rose to do
him" honor, dd and some of the party 2 of Brutus stood
1 Lesson 22, 3. a. * Lesson 15, c.
146 Latin Composition.
around his chair at the back, and others presented
themselves before him, as if their purpose ff was to
support the prayers of Tillius Cimber on behalf of his
exiled brother ; and they all joined in entreaty, follow-
ing Caesar as far as his seat. When he had taken his
seat, and was rejecting their entreaties, and as they
urged 3 him still more strongly, began to show dis-
pleasure ff towards them individually, Tillius, taking
hold of his toga with both hands, pulled it downward
from the neck, which was the signal for the attack. 11
Casca was the first to strike him on the neck with his
sword, a blow neither mortal nor severe ; for, q as was
natural at the beginning " of so bold a deed, he was
confused, and q Caesar turning round seized 8 the blade
and held it fast.
2. And it happened that at the same moment d he
who was struck 1 " cried out in the Roman language,
"You villain Casca, what are you doing?" and he
who had given the blow cried 1 out to his brother 1 in
Greek, " Brother, help ! " Such being the beginning,
those who were not privy to the conspiracy were pre-
vented by consternation and horror at what was going
on either from flying 4 or going to aid, and they did
not even venture to utter a word. And now qq each of
the conspirators bared 8 his sword ; and Caesar being
hemmed in all round, in whatsoever direction he
turned meeting blows and swords aimed against his
eyes and face, driven about like a wild beast, was
caught in the hands of his enemies ; for it was
arranged that all of them should take a part in and
taste of the deed 1 of blood. 1
3. Accordingly also Brutus gave him one blow in
the groin. It is said by some authorities, that he
3 Lesson 22, 3. 4 Lesson 31, 2. d.
Exercises in Translation.
147
defended himself against the rest, moving y about his
body hither and thither, and calling out, till he saw
that Brutus had drawn his sword ; when 5 he pulled
his toga over his face and offered no further resist-
ance/ having been driven either by chance or the con-
spirators to the base on which the statue of Pompey
stood. And the base was drenched with blood, as if
Pompey was directing the vengeance upon his enemy,
who was stretched beneath his feet, and writhing-" 6
under many wounds ; for he is said to have received 7
three and twenty wounds. u Many of the conspirators
were wounded by one another, while they were aiming
so many blows against one body.
5 turn vero.
XV. DEATH OF MARCUS ANTONIUS.
i. THE orator, Marcus Antonius, found a faithful
friend in these dangerous times, but still he did not
escape. This friend, though a poor man and of the
lower class, received in his house one of the most illus-
trious" of the Romans, and wishing to entertain him
as well as he could, sent a slave to one of the neigh-
boring wine-shops to get some wine. As the slave
was more curious than usual in tasting it, and told
the man to give y him some better wine, the merchant
asked what could be the reason 11 that he did not buy
the new wine, as usual, and the ordinary wine, u but
wanted some of good quality ff and high price. ff The
slave replied in his simplicity, ff as he was speaking to
an old acquaintance, that his master was entertaining
Marcus Antonius, who was concealed at his house.
The wine-dealer, m a faithless and unprincipled wretch,"
148 Latin Composition.
as soon as the slave left him, hurried off to Marius,
who was at supper, and having gained admission,
told him he would betray Marcus Antonius to him.
2. On hearing 1 this, q Marius is said to have uttered
a loud shout, and to have clapped his hands with de-
light ; and he was near 2 getting up and going to the
place himself, but his friends stopped 87 him, and he
despatched Annius with some soldiers with orders 1 to
bring him the head of Antonius immediately. On
reaching 3 the house, Annius waited 8 at the door, and
the soldiers mounting the stairs 11 entered the room ; but,
on seeing Antonius, every man began to urge some of
his companions, and push him forward to dp the deed
instead 11 of himself. And so persuasive was the charm
of his eloquence, when Antonius began to speak and
plead for his life, that not a man of them could 11 ven-
ture to lay hands on him or look him in the face, but
they all bent 8 their heads down and shed tears. As
this q caused 7 some delay, Annius went up stairs, 11 where
he saw 8 Antonius speaking, and the soldiers awed and
completely softened by his eloquence : on which p he
abused them, and running up to Antonius, cut off his
head with his own hand.
1 Lesson 22, 3. b. 2 Lesson 31, 2. b, d. 3 Lesson 22, 2.
4^
XVI. DESTRUCTION OF CARTHAGE.
i. BUT when, yielding 7 to famine, the most resolute
of them set fire to the temple, Hasdrubal could not
endure to face j death ; alone qq he ran x forth to the vic-
tor, and falling upon his neck pleaded for his life. It
was granted ; y but when his wife, who with her
children was amongst the rest on the roof of the
temple, saw him at the feet of Scipio, her proud"
Exercises in Translation.
149
heart swelled 3 at this disgrace brought on her beloved
perishing home, 1 and with bitter words bidding her
husband be careful to save his life, she plunged first
her sons and then herself into the flames. The strug-
gle was 3 at an end. The p joy in the camp w and at
Rome was boundless : x the noblest p of the Romans
alone were 8 in secret ashamed of the most recent
achievement of the nation.
2. The senate ordered the general to level the city
of Carthage and the suburb of Magalia with the
ground, and to do the same with all the places which
had held by Carthage to the last; and thereafter to
pass the plough over the site of Carthage, so as to put
an end in legal form dd to the existence of the city, and
to curse the soil and site for ever, that neither house
nor corn-field might ever reappear 1 on the spot. The q
command was punctually obeyed. The ruins burned
for seventeen days. Recently, when the remains of
the city wall were excavated, they were found to be
covered with a layer 11 of ashes from four to five feet
deep, filled with half-charred pieces of wood, d frag-
ments of iron, and projectiles. Where qq the indus-
trious Phoenicians had bustled and trafficked for five
hundred years, Roman slaves henceforth pastured the
herds of their distant masters.
XVII. XENOPHON AT THE SEA.
i. THEY S had crossed 1 the plain to the foot of the
hills in the dark, during the last watch of the night,
and p found the passes 2 unguarded. But qq the people 1
fled from the villages at their approach, and though
the Greeks at first spared 7 their property , j could not
1 pervenire with trans. % Insert quidem (qq}>
150 Latin Composition.
be induced to listen to any pacific 1 overtures.- 1 But
having recovered from their first surprise, and 8 col-
lected a part of their forces, they fell upon the rear of
the Greeks, and with their missiles made some slaugh-
ter among the last 3 troops 11 which issued in the dusk of
the evening 11 from the long and narrow defile. In the
night qq the watch n -fires of the Carduchians were seen
blazing 4 on the peaks of the surrounding 5 hills ; sig-
nals 3 which warned the Greeks that they might expect 6
to be attacked by the collected forces of their tribes.
2. On the fifth day, as 7 the army was ascending
Mount Theche, a lofty ridge distinguished j by the
name of the Sacred Mountain, Xenophon and the rear-
guard observed a stoppage ff and an unusual clamor in
the foremost ranks," which had reached the summit,
and they 8 supposed at first that they saw y an enemy
before them. But when Xenophon rode up to ascer-
tain the cause, the first shouts that struck his ear
were, The sea^ the sea! The glad sound ran quickly
till it reached the hindmost, and all pressed forward
to enjoy the cheering spectacle. The Euxine qq spread cc
its waters before their eyes ; waters which rolled on to
the shores of Greece, and which washed the walls ot
many Greek cities on the nearest coast of Asia.
8 In relative clause. 4 Infinitive. 5 Lesson 8, 3.
Part in dus(y). 7 Lesson 25, 2. b. 8 adeo ut (p ).
XVIII. VERCINGETORIX. Merivale.
VERCINGETORIX, with all the gallant gayety ff of his
nation, 1 clad 8 himself in his most splendid armour,
and mounted his noblest charger. Cassar qq had drawn 8
up his troops, and had seated himself to receive his
1 ut fere Galli (f).
Exercises in Translation. 151
captives. The Gaul m caused 11 the gates of his en-
campment to be thrown 8 wide, and galloped forth into
the open space, in the attitude of a warrior charging. 2
Having approached close to the proconsul's chair, he
dexterously wheeled round, and again returning to
the same spot, sprang to the ground, and laid his
arms at the feet of the conqueror. The army p was 8
touched with a sense d of admiration akin to com-
passion, but Caesar himself remained cold 1 and un-
moved.
* 2 With arma.
XIX. A STORY OF WOLVES.
WE had 1 one dangerous place to pass, and our
guide told us, if there were more wolves in the coun-
try,-' we should find them there ; q and qq this was a small
plain surrounded with woods on every side. It was
within half an hour of sunset when we entered the
wood, and a little after sunset when we came into the
plain : we met with nothing in the first wood, except
that we saw five great wolves cross the road, full
speed one after another, as if they had been in chase
of some prey and had it in view : they took no notice 3 "
of us, and were gone out of sight in a few moments.
Upon this, our guide, who, by the way, 2 was but 3 a
faint-hearted fellow, bid us keep in a ready posture,*
for he believed there were more woives a-coming.
We kept our arms ready and our eyes about us ; but
we saw no more wolves till we came through that
wood, which was near half a league, and entered the
plain. As soon as we came into the plain we had
1 Lesson 20, 2. c. 2 quidem. 3 sane.
152 Latin Composition .
occasion- 1 enough to look about us : the first object we
met with was a dead horse which the wolves had
killed, and at least a dozen of them at work picking
his bones.
XX. DEATH OF SOCRATES. Plato.
1. WHEN he had thus spoken, Socrates arose and
went into another room that he might wash himself,
and Crito followed 8 him j 11 but qq he ordered 8 us to wait
for him. 11 We waited therefore accordingly, discours-
ing over and reviewing among ourselves what had
been said; and sometimes speaking about his death,
how great a calamity it would be to us ; and sincerely
thinking that we, like those who are deprived of their
fathers, should pass y the rest of our life in the condi-
tion of orphans/ But when he had washed himself,
his sons were brought to him (for he had two little
ones, and one older), and the women belonging to his
family 11 likewise came in to him ; but q when he had
spoken to them before Crito, and had left them such
injunctions 8 as he thought 7 proper, 11 he ordered 7 the
boys and women to depart, 8 and he himself returned
to us.
2. And it was now near the setting of the sun ; for
he had been away in the inner room for a long time.
But when he came in from bathing 1 he sat down, and
did not 2 speak much afterwards ; for then the servant
of the Eleven dd came in, and standing near him, said,
" I do not perceive that in you, Socrates, which I have
taken 1 notice 1 of in others : I mean, 11 that they are
angry with me and curse me, when being compelled
by the magistrates I announce to them that they must
1 lotus. 2 we.
Exercises in Translation. 153
drink 7 the poison. But, on the contrary, 3 I have found
you to the present time d to be 11 the most generous,
mild, and best of all the men that ever came into this
place ; and therefore I am well convinced that you
are not angry with me, but with the authors 4 of your
present condition, for you know who they are. Now
therefore, for you know what I came to tell you, fare-
well ; and endeavor to bear this necessity as easily
as possible. " d
3. At the same time bursting into tears, and turning
himself away, he departed. But Socrates, looking
after him, said, "And thou, too, farewell; and we
shall take care 11 to act as you advise." And at the
same time, turning to us, " How courteous," he said,
" is the behavior ff of that man ! During the whole
time of my abode ff here, he has visited me, and often
conversed with me, and proved himself to be the best
of men ; and now how generously he weeps on my
account! But 2 let us obey him, Crito, and let some
one bring the poison if it is bruised; and, if not, let
the man whose business 11 it is bruise it."
4. " But, Socrates," said Crito, " I think that the
sun still hangs 1 over the mountains, and is not set yet. z
And at the same time I have known others who have
drunk the poison very late after it was announced to
them ; who 5 have supped and drunk abundantly.
Therefore do not be in such haste, for there is yet
time enough." Socrates replied, 11 " Such 6 men, Crito,
act fitly in the manner which you have described, for
they think to derive some advantage ff from so doing ; 11
and I also with propriety shall not act in this manner. 11
For I do not think I shall gain any thing by drinking
3 quod contra. 4 Rel. clause (Lesson 8, 3). 5 Participle.
6 isti.
154 Latin Composition.
it later, except becoming 7 ridiculous to myself through
desiring to live, and being sparing of life, when
nothing of it any longer 2 remains. Go therefore,"
said he, " be persuaded, 8 and comply with my re-
quest." 11
* 5. Then Crito, hearing*' this, q gave a sign to the
boy that stood near him ; and the boy m departing, and
having stayed for some time, came back with the per-
son that was to administer 1 the poison, who brought it
pounded in a cup. And Socrates, looking at the man,
sain, " Well, 9 my friend, as you are knowing in these
matters, what is 10 to be done?" "Nothing," he said,
" but 11 after you have drunk it to walk about, until a
heaviness comes on in your legs, and then to lie down :
this is the manner in which you have to act." And
at the same time he extended the cup to Socrates.
And Socrates taking it and, indeed, with great
cheerfulness, neither trembling nor turning color, but
as his manner ff was, looking sternly under his brows
at the man " What say you," he said, "to making a
libation x from this? may I do it or not?"
6. " We can only bruise as much, Socrates," he
replied, 11 " as we think sufficient for the purpose."
" I understand you," he said, w but 2 it is both lawful
and proper to pray to the gods that my departure from
hence to another world may be prosperous : which I
entreat them to grant may be the case." j And so say-
ing, he stopped and drank the poison very readily and
pleasantly. And thus far the greater part of us were
tolerably 12 well able to refrain from weeping ; 13 but
when we saw him drinking, and that he had drunk it,
we could no longer restrain our tears. And from me,
7 With ut. 8 credere. quid est. 10 oportet.
11 qiKim ut. 12 satis. 13 Lesson 31, 2. d.
Exercises in Translation. 155
in spite of my efforts, d they flowed, and that not drop
by drop ; so that wrapping 7 myself in my mantle, I
bewailed, not indeed for his misfortune, but for my
own, considering what a companion I should be
deprived of.
XXI. HANNIBAL IN THE APENNINES.
So furious a tempest attacked him 1 (while) cross-
ing x the Apennines, that it almost surpassed the
horrors of the Alps. The rain and wind together 2
being 3 driven directly 4 against their faces, they first
halted, because v either they were obliged to drop
their arms, or, if 5 they struggled against the storm,
they were whirled round by the hurricane, and 5
dashed upon the ground : n afterwards, as 6 it took
away 1 their breath, and did not allow them to respire,
they sat down for a short time with their backs 7 to the
wind. Then, indeed, the sky resounded 8 with the
loudest thunder, 9 and lightnings 10 flashed amid the
terrific peals : deafened 11 and blinded, they all became
insensible 12 with fear. At last, the rain having spent 1
itself, and the violence of the wind having been re-
doubled 13 upon that account, it was held requisite to
pitch their camp on the very spot whereon they had
been overtaken by the storm. 11 But this was like 14 a
fresh commencement of their toils. For they could
neither spread their canvas, 1 nor fix their poles i 1 nor
would any thing that had been fixed remain, the wind
tearing every thing to shreds 15 and hurrying it away ;
and soon after, when the water which 5 had been raised
1 Hannibal. 2 mixtus (i). 3 Lesson 22, 2. 4 ipse (i}.
5 Lesson 22, 3. a. 6 cum. 7 aversus (/, y). 8 Infinitive.
9 sonus (/'). 10 ignis. 1A captus> with nouns. 12 With torpere.
13 magis accensus. ** velut. 15 By prep, in compos.
156 Latin Composition.
aloft by the gale, had been frozen on the icy summits
of the mountains, it v poured down such a torrent 1 of
snowy hail, that the soldiers, throwing every thing
away, fell down upon their faces, 15 rather smothered 16
than covered by their clothes. And such an intensity 1
of cold succeeded, that, whenever any one endea-
vored to raise and lift himself up from this miserable
prostrate mass 17 of men and cattle, he was long
unable, because, his sinews stiffening with the cold,
he was hardly capable- 1 of bending his joints.
16 obruere. H strages.
XXII. THE GAULS AT ROME.
THE Romans, seeing 1 from the citadel the city full
of the enemy, some new disaster continually arising
on every 2 side, were unable not only to realize f it, 11 but
even to command 3 their senses. 4 Wherever the shouts
of the foe, the lamentations of women and children,
the crackling of fire, and the crash of falling roofs,
called 5 their attention, 11 terrified at every sound, 1 they
turned their thoughts, faces, and eyes, as if stationed
by fortune to be spectators 6 of the ruin ff of their coun-
try, and left to protect 7 no part of their property, 1
except their own persons : l so much more 8 to be pitied
than others that have ever been besieged, inasmuch
as 9 they were at once invested and 8 shut out from
their country, beholding all their effects- 1 in the power
of their enemies. Nor was the night which suc-
ceeded 10 a day so miserably spent more tranquil : x day-
1 Lesson 22, 2.
2 alius atque alius ; so as to present the actual picture more vividly (cf. /).
3 constare. 4 Express by the organs of sense (/). 5 avertere.
6 spectaculum (cc). 1 vindex (y). 8 ante. 9 Lesson 28, 2. d.
10 excipere (cf. k).
Exercises in Translation. 157
light then followed a restless night : nor was there any
moment which was free from 11 the spectacle of some
ever 12 new disaster. Nevertheless, burdened and over-
whelmed by so many evils, they abated 13 not x their
courage, determined, 14 although they had beheld all
things levelled by conflagration and ruin, to defend, by
their valor, the hill which they occupied, ill-provided
and narrow as it was, 15 yet the refuge 16 of freedom.
And at last, as the same things happened every day,
they had abstracted their thoughts, as if v inured to ca-
lamities, 1 from all sense of their misfortunes ; gazing
only upon the arms, and the swords in their hands, as
the sole remnants of their hopes.
11 cessare (a), to give a more intense personal character than the
ordinary words.
12 semper. fleeter e. 14 quin (/).
15 The phrase may be omitted (cf. //), or with quamvis. 16 relictus (cc).
XXIII. MURDER OF MARCELLUS.
i. THE day following, as I was purposing 1 to set
out from Athens, his friend Posthumius came to me
about four 2 in the morning, and informed me Marcellus
had been stabbed 3 the night before by Magius Cilo,
whilst they were sitting 11 together after supper ; that
he had received two wounds from a dagger, 1 one of
which was 11 in his breast, and the other under his ear ;
but that neither of them, he hoped, was mortal. 4 He
added, 5 that Magius, after having committed this bar-
barous action, 11 immediately killed himself; and that
Marcellus had despatched 7 him in order to give me
this account, and likewise to desire that 1 would direct
my physicians to attend 11 him. This I instantly did ;
1 in animo habere. 2 Lesson 17, e. 3 ferire, piigiwie icere.
4 Lit. " hoped he could live " (cc, i). 5 Lesson 30, i. e (II).
158 Latin Composition.
and followed them myself as soon 1 as it was light.
But when I had almost reached 00 Piraeeus, I met cc a
servant of Acidanus with a note to acquaint me that
our friend m expired a little before day -break. Thus
did the noble Marcellus m unworthily fall 6 by the hand
of a villanous assassin ; j and he whose life his very
enemies had spared, in reverence j to his illustrious vir-
tues, 7 met y with an executioner at last in his own
friend ! v
2. However,.! proceeded to his pavilion: where 1 " I
found only two of his freedmen and a few slaves ; the
rest, I was told/ having fled in apprehension of the
consequences 11 in which they might be involved 3 by
this murder 8 of their master. I was obliged to place
the body 9 of Marcellus in the same sedan that brought 7
me, and to make 10 my chair-men carry it into Athens :
where I paid him all the funeral honors that city could
supply ; j which indeed were not inconsiderable. But
I could not prevail 11 with the Athenians to suffer 12 him
to be buried within their walls ; a privilege,- 1 they
assured 5 me, which their religious ordinances would
by no means admit. They granted me, however,
what was the next honor, 11 and which they had never
permitted to any stranger before : they allowed 11 me to
deposit his ashes in any of the Gymnasia I should
think proper. Accordingly I fixed upon a spot belong-
ing to the Academy, one of the noblest colleges 13 in the
whole world. In this place I caused a funeral pile to
be erected, and afterwards persuaded the Athenians
to raise dd a marble monument to his memory , d at the
public expense. dd Thus have I paid to my relation
6 acerbissima morte afficere (/). 7 digiiitas. 8 Clause with quod.
9 Simply is. 10 With instrum. abl. (_/). lx impetrare.
12 locum dare. ** gymnasium.
Exercises in Translation. 159
and colleague, 14 both during his life and after his
death, every friendly office he had a right to expect 15
from me. Farewell.
14 Express by pro with abstract noun (cc).
15 With simple possessive pronoun (/').
XXIV. STORY OF CINCINNATUS. Arnold.
1. THEN the Master dd of the people and the Master
of the horse went together into the forum, and bade
every man to shut 7 up his booth, and stopped dd all
causes at law, dd and ordered that every 1 man who was
of an age to go dd out to battle should be ready in the
Field of Mars d before sunset, and 8 should have 11 with
him victuals for five days, and twelve stakes ; and the
older men dressed the victuals for the soldiers, whilst
the soldiers went about everywhere 2 to get their
stakes ; and they cut them where they would without 3
any hindrance. ff So the army was ready in the Field
of Mars at the time 4 appointed, and they set forth
from the city, and made such haste, ff that ere the night
was half spent 11 they came to Algidus ; and when they
perceived that they were near the enemy, they made
a halt. dd
2. Then Lucius rode on and saw how the camp of
the enemy 11 lay 5 ; and he ordered his soldiers to throw
down all 11 their baggage into one place, 11 but to keep
each man his arms and his twelve stakes. Then they
set out again in their order of march as 6 they had come
from Rome, and they spread themselves round the
camp of the enemy on every side. When this was
done, upon a signal given they raised a great shout,
and directly every man began to dig a ditch just where
1 Indef. Rel. 2 dis- in composition. 3 Lesson 23, 2. c.
4 ad edictum. 5 With situs. 6 Lesson 3, j.
160 Latin Composition.
he stood, and to set in his stakes. The shout rang
through the camp of the enemy, and filled them with
fear ; and it sounded even to the camp of the Romans
who were shut up in the valley, and the consul's men
said one to another, "Rescue is 7 surely at hand, for
that is the shout of the Romans." 8
7 Lesson 30. 8 Use civis, for facility in making an adjective.
XXV. PRINCELY GENEROSITY. Feltham.
DIOGENES asked 1 Plato x for a glass of wine, and q he
presently sent him 11 a gallon. When next Diogenes x
met him, he said to him : " I asked you how many
were two and two? and you have answered, twenty."
There are some of so noble a disposition, that, like
trees of 2 ripe fruit, by degrees they drop away all
that they have ; they would 3 even outdo the demands
of all their friends, and would give^ as if they were
gods, that could not be exhausted* they lool^iiot so
much either at the merit of others, or their own
ability, 4 as the satisfaction ff of themselves from their
own bounty. I find not a higher genius this way, 6
than glowed j in the victorious" 1 Alexander. He warred
as if he coveted all things, and gave away as if he
cared for nothing. You would think he did not con-
quer for himself, but his friends ; and that he took,
only that he might have wherewith to give ; so that
one might well 6 conclude the world itself was too
little 7 for either his ambition or his bounty. When
Perillus begged that he would be pleased to give him
a portion for his daughters, he immediately com-
manded him fifty talents. The modest beggar m told
1 Lesson 22, 3. a. 2 onustus. * volo. * copiae.
5 Lit. "no greater example in this kind." 6 facile. 7 parum sufficere.
Exercises in Translation. 161
him ten would be enough. To which the prince m re-
plied : " Though they might be enough for him to
receive, yet they were not enough for himself to
bestow."
XXVI. DEFEAT OF VARUS. Creasy.
1. FATIGUE and discouragement now began 11 to
betray 1 themselves in the Roman ranks. Their line
became less steady ; baggage-wagons were aban-
doned from the impossibility ff of forcing them along ;
and, as this happened, many soldiers left 1 their ranks
and crowded 1 round the wagons to secure the most
valuable portions 11 of their property ; each busy about
his own affairs, 11 and purposely slow in hearing the
word d of command from 2 his officers. Arminius now
gave the signal for a generaP attack. ff The fierce
shouts of the Germans x pealed 1 through the gloom ff
of the forests, and in thronging 1 multitudes 1 they
assailed the flanks of the invaders, pouring in clouds
of darts on the encumbered legionaries, as 3 they strug-
gled up the glens or floundered 1 in the morasses.
2. Arminius, with a chosen band of personal re-
tainers round him, cheered on his countrymen 11 by
voice and example. He 11 and his men 11 aimed their
weapons 11 particularly at the horses of the Roman m
cavalry, The wounded animals, q slipping about in
the mire and their own blood, threw their riders, and
plunged among the ranks of the legions, disordering
all round them.
3. The bulk of the Roman army fought steadily
and stubbornly, frequently repelling the masses of the
assailants, but gradually losing the compactness ff of
1 Lesson 22, 3. b. 2 Lesson 15, a. 3 Lesson 22, 2.
II
1 62 Latin Composition*
o^,
their array. At last, in a series' of desperate attacks
the column was pierced through and through, two
of the eagles captured, 8 and the Roman host, which
on the yester morning had marched forth in such
pride ff and might, now broken up into confused 1 frag-
ments, 11 either 4 fell fighting beneath the overpowering
numbers of the enemy or 4 perished in the swamps and
woods in unavailing efforts ff at flight.
4 partim.
XXVII. SIEGE OF SYRACUSE. Arnold.
MARCELLUS brought 1 up his ships against the sea-
wall 6 of Achradina, and endeavored by a constant
discharge ff of stones and arrows to clear the walls of
their defenders, so that his men might apply their
ladders, and mount to the assault. These ladders
rested cc on two ships, lashed 2 together broadside to
broadside, 3 and 8 worked as one by their outside oars.
But Archimedes had supplied the ramparts with an
artillery so powerful, k that it overwhelmed 7 the Ro-
mans before they could get within the range 4 which
their missiles 11 could reach :" and qq when they came
closer, they found j that all the lower part of the wall
was loopholed 1 ; and their men were struck 7 down
with fatal aim 5 by an enemy whom they could not see,,
and who shot 11 his arrows 11 in perfect security. ff If
they still persevered, and attempted 11 to fix their lad-
ders, on a sudden enormous stones or huge masses 6 of
lead were dropped upon them, by which their ladders
were crushed to pieces, and their ships were almost
sunk. At other times, machines like cranes were
1 Lesson 22, 3. b. 2 jungere, 3 Result-clause with applicare.
4 teli conjectus. 5 Lit. "aimed at from a hidden [place]." 6 flondus.
Exercises in Translation. 163
thrust 8 out over the wall ; and the end 11 of the lever,
with 8 an iron grapple affixed to it, q was p lowered upon
the ships. As soon as the grapple q had taken hold,
the other end of the lever was lowered 8 by heavy
weights, and the ship raised 8 out of the water, till 11 it
was made y almost to stand upon its stern ; then the
grapple was suddenly let go, and the ship dropped 7
into the sea with a violence which either upset y it,
or filled y it with water. With equal h power was the
assault on the land, side 11 repelled, till Marcellus in
despair ff put v a stop ff to his attacks ; and it was resolved
merely to blockade the town, and to wait for the effect
of famine upon the crowded population 1 within. 11
7 affligo (y).
XXVIII. BATTLE OF METAURUS. Arnold.
i. FROM the moment? that Nero's march ff from the
south 11 had been heard cc of at Rome, 1 intense 1 anxiety
possessed the whole city. Every day the senate sat dd
from sunrise ff to sunset; and not a senator was absent:
every 11 day the forum was crowded from morning 11 till
evening, as each hour might bring some great tidings ; u
and every man 2 wished to be among the first to hear
them. A doubtful rumor arose,-* that a great battle
had been fought, 11 and a great victory 1 won 3 only two
days before : two horsemen of Narnia had ridden 11 off
from the field to carry the news to their home ; it qq had
been heard and published in the camp of the reserve 4
army, which was lying at Narnia to cover the ap-
proach 11 to Rome. But men dared not lightly believe
what they so much wished to be true ; and how, they
1 Lesson 17, h. 2 pro se qiiisqiie (/*).
3 Compress the two clauses, making battle a modifier. * in subsidiis.
164 Latin Composition.
said, u could a battle fought 1 in the extremity ff of Umbria
be heard of only two days after at Rome? Soon,
however, it was known that a letter had arrived 1 from
L. Manlius Acidinus himself, who commanded the
army at Narnia : the horsemen had certainly arrived
there from the field of battle, and brought tidings ff of
a glorious victory. ff The letter was read first in the
senate, and then in the forum dd from the rostra ; dd but
some still refused-" to believe : 5 fugitives from a battle-
field might carry idle tales of victory to hide their own
shame j( till the account came directly from the con-
suls, it was rash to credit it.
2. At last, word 11 was brought that officers 6 of high
rank in the consul's army were on their way u to Rome ;
that they bore 8 a despatch from Livius m and Nero.
Then the whole city poured 7 out of the walls to meet
them, eager to anticipate the moment 1 which was to
confirm all their hopes. For two miles, as far as the
Milvian bridge over the Tiber, the crowd formed an
uninterrupted mass j 1 and when the officers appeared,
they could scarcely make their way to the city, 11 the p
multitude thronging around them, and overwhelming*
them and their attendants with eager questions. ff As
each man learned the joyful k answers," he made haste
to tell them 11 to others : " The enemy's army is de-
stroyed ; c the general slain ; c our 7 own legions and both
the consuls are safe." So the crowd 11 re-entered the
city ; and the three officers, all men of noble names,"
L. Veturius Philo, P. Licinius Varus, and Q^Metellus,
still followed 7 by the thronging" multitude, at last
reached the senate-house.
6 With/afcr.
6 It is more strictly Latin to name the office (legati); but here it may
be paraphrased. ? Romanas ; on account of indir. discourse.
Exercises in Translation. 165
3. The people pressed after 1 them into the senate-
house itself: but even at such a moment* the senate
forgot not its accustomed order ; 8 the crowd was 8 forced
back ; and the consul's despatch was first read to the
senators alone. Immediately afterwards the officers
came out into the forum : there L. Veturius again read
the despatch ; and, as its contents 11 were short, he him-
self related the particulars j of what he had seen y and
done. The interest 00 of his hearers grew more in-
tense with every word ; 9 till at last the whole multi-
tude 11 broke cc out in a universal 11 cheer, and then
rushed y from the forum in all directions to carry the
news to their wives and children at home, or 10 ran to
the temples to pour dd out their gratitude to the gods.
The senate ordered a thanksgiving of three days ; the
praetor announced dd it in the forum ; and for three
days every temple was crowded ; and the Roman
wives and mothers, dd in their gayest dresses, took 11
their children with them, and 8 poured forth their
thanks to all the gods for this great deliverance. ff
8 mos et instituta. 9 magis magisque. 10 alii . . . alii.
XXIX. INUNDATIONS OF THE TIBER. Gibbon.
i. FROM her situation, 1 Rome 11 is exposed to the
danger 11 of frequent inundations. Without 3 excepting 11
the Tiber, the rivers w that descend 1 from either side of
the Apennines have iz a short and irregular course : a p
shallow stream 1 in the summer heats ; an p irregular
torrent, 1 when it is swollen in the spring or winter, by
the fall of the rain, or the melting ff of the snows.
When 8 .the current is repelled from the sea by adverse 2
i This clause requires a verb in Latin to express precisely the picture
alluded to (cf. h}. 2 Lesson 22, 3. b.
1 66 Latin Composition.
winds, when the ordinary bed is inadequate* 1 to the
height of the waters, they rise above the banks, and
overspread, without limit or control, the plains and
cities of the adjacent country. Soon h after the tri-
umph ff of the first Punic war, the Tiber was increased
by unusual rains ; and p the inundation, surpassing all
former measure-of-time-and-place, 3 destroyed b all the
buildings that were situate j below the hills of Rome.
According to the variety 1 of the ground, the same q
mischief d was produced y by different means ; and the
edifices were either swept y away by the sudden im-
pulse, 4 or dissolved 3 " and undermined by the long con-
tinuance 5 of the flood.
2. Under the reign 11 of Augustus, the same calamity
was renewed ; the lawless 6 river overturned the palaces
and temples on 1 its banks ; and, q after 7 the labors of
the emperor in cleansing and widening the bed, that
was encumbered with ruins, the 7 vigilance j of his suc-
cessors was exercised by similar dangers and designs. 8
The project of diverting into new channels the Tiber
itself, or some of the dependent 1 streams, was long
opposed by superstition and by local 9 interests ; cc nor
did the use compensate 1 the toil and cost of the tardy
and imperfect execution/ The q servitude 10 of rivers
is the noblest and most important victory which man
has obtained over the licentiousness of nature ; and if q
such were the ravages 11 of the Tiber under a firm and
3 By memoria. 4 Insert "the river," as the actual agent (A).
6 Insert "stagnant water," as the actual agent (h).
6 Personify more directly : "spurning the curb."
7 Co-ordinate clauses with et . . . et (compare h},
8 Lit. " as much care as possible was taken against a similar danger."
9 privatus.
10 Divide the clause for greater precision : "as in other . . . so," &c.
(see dd,ff}. ll Make precise with a verb, and append the
result in an adverbial phrase.
Exercises in Translation. 167
active government,** what could oppose, 7 or who can
enumerate, the injuries" of 12 the city after the fall of
the Western empire ? A remedy ff was produced y by
the evil itself: the accumulation of rubbish and the
earth that has been washed down from the hills is
supposed 7 to have elevated the plain of Rome, four-
teen or fifteen feet perhaps, above the ancient level ;
and the modern 13 city is less accessible 14 to the attacks
of the river.
12 Lesson 15, a. With adverb (e). 14 Lit. "sufficiently safe " (cc).
XXX. FIRST ACTING AT ROME.
1. THE pestilence continuing during both this and
the following year, in which 1 Caius Sulpicius Pasticus
and Caius Licinius Stolo were consuls, nothing memo-
rable 1 was transacted ; only 2 that, for the purpose of
soliciting 2 the favor b of the gods, the lectisternium was
performed j the third time since the building of the city.
But as the disorder received 1 no alleviation , fr either
from human wisdom g or divine aid, the strength d of
the people's minds became 8 almost overpowered by
superstition, and p it is said that, on this occasion, 11
among other devices' 1 for appeasing the wrath of
heaven, scenic plays were introduced, 3 a new thing
to a warlike people ; for hitherto there had been only
the shows of the circus. However, this kind 1 of per-
formance 1 was, as in general all beginnings are, but a
trifling matter, and even that 4 borrowed 1 from abroad.
2. Actors were 8 sent for from Etruria, who, though
without any poetical language, d or any gestures cor-
respondent 8 to such language, yet regulating 5 their
1 Lesson 22, 3. d. 2 exposcere 3 instituere. * is ipse.
5 imitari (with relative).
168 Latin Corn-position.
motions by 6 the measures of the music, 7 exhibited, dd in
the Tuscan manner, something 8 far from h ungraceful.
The younger citizens 11 soon began to imitate x these ;
throwing out, at the same time, among each other,
ludicrous expressions 1 in coarse verses, and with 1 " ges-
tures adapted cc to the words : this kind of performance j
then being 1 " received with approbation, 11 in the course j
of frequent practice gained much improvement. 9 The
native performers were called 10 Histriones, from 11 the
Tuscan word Hister, signifying a player ; and q they did
not, as formerly, pronounce 1 in dialogue, 12 without re-
gard to order, 13 verses like the Fescennine, artless 14
and unpolished, but represented comic 11 medleys, com-
posed 15 in regular 11 metre, with the several 16 parts of
the performance properly adjusted to the music ; the
delivery of the words and the gesticulation being per-
formed in concert with the music.
3. Several years after this, 11 Livius, who was the
first that ventured to lay aside 17 medleys, and to weave
a story into a regular 11 plot, being also, as all were at
that time, the actor of his own pieces; "and, having
broken his voice by 18 being obliged to repeat 11 them too
often, after requesting the indulgence of the public, 11
placed 8 a boy before the musician to chant, while he
himself performed 19 the gesticulations. And p this 11 he
executed 11 with much freer 20 action, because disen-
gaged from attention to the management of his voice. 21
6 saltare ad. ? tibicen (cc).
8 motus : as the verb is a general one, the color is put in the noun.
9 excitari. W nomen indere (dd}.
11 Lit. "because a player was called by a Tuscan word " (h).
la alternis. 13 temere. 14 incompositum. 15 impletus (cc).
16 Lit. "the song being adjusted (describere) to the musician, and the
movement corresponding " (/'). 17 Simple abl. with ab.
18 Lesson 22, 2. 19 Lit. " acted the song." 20 vigens.
21 Lit. "because the use of the voice did not hinder" (cc, II, i).
Exercises in Translation. 169
Hence originated 1 the practice 1 of the chanting being
performed by another to the gesticulation of the actors,
whose voices were eased cc of all but cc the dialogue.
When, by this regulation, the scenic 11 business was
directed 22 to other 11 objects" than laughter and intem-
perate mirth, and the amusement 1 was by degrees
converted into an art, the younger citizens leaving to
professed 11 actors the exhibition 1 of plays began, ac-
cording to the ancient practice, to throw out alter-
nately ludicrous jests, 1 comprised 23 in verse, which
thence 11 got y the name of exodia, or interludes, and
were collected 24 principally out of the Atellan 1 farces.
22 avocare (cc). 23 intexo. '** conserere.
XXXI. THE FIRE OF LONDON.
i. WHILE the war ff continued 11 without 1 any decisive
success on either side, a calamity happened in Lon-
don, which threw cc the people into great consterna-
tion. Fire, breaking out in a baker's house near the
bridge, spread 2 itself on all sides with such rapidity,
that no efforts could extinguish 7 it, till it laid in ashe^
a considerable part of the city. The inhabitants,
without 3 being able to provide 4 effectually j for their
relief, were reduced j to be spectators ff of their own
ruin ; b and 3 were pursued 7 from street to street by the
flames, which 5 unexpectedly gathered 7 round them.
Three days and nights did the fire advance ; and p it
was only 11 by the blowing-up of houses that it was at
last extinguished. The king and duke used their
utmost endeavors 11 to stop the progress of the flames ;
but all their industry 11 was unsuccessful. About four
hundred streets and thirteen thousand houses were
reduced to ashes. 1
1 Lesson 23, 2. c. 2 pervagari, 3 ut qui. 4 adhibere (ace.).
5 Lesson 22, 3. b (v).
170 Latin Composition.
2. The causes of this calamity were evident. The
narrow streets of London, 11 the houses built entirely
of wood, b the dry season, and a violent k east wind
which blew, these were so many concurring 11 cir-
cumstances, which rendered it easy to assign the
reason of the destruction that ensued. j But the
people were y not satisfied with this obvious account.- 1
Prompted by blind rage, some ascribed the guilt to
the republicans, others to the catholics, 6 though it is
not easy to conceive the burning f of London could
serve the purposes j of either party.
3. The conflagration was so universal, 1 and r the
people so astonished, that from the beginning they
hardly stirred 6 to quench it ; so that there was nothing
heard or seen but crying 8 out and lamentation/ run-
ning 7 about like distracted creatures, without at all
attempting to save even their goods. Such a strange
consternation there was 8 upon them, as it burned, cc
both in breadth* and length, the churches, public
halls, hospitals, monuments, and ornaments, leaping v
after a prodigious manner from house to house, and
street to street, at great distances one from the other ;
for the heat, with a long set j of fair and warm
weather, had even ignited the air, and prepared the
materials to conceive the fire, which devoured, after
an incredible manner, houses, furniture, and every
thing.
4. Oh the miserable and calamitous spectacle ! such
as haply the world j Jiad not seen j since the foundation
of it. God grant dd my eyes may never behold the
like. x The noise and cracking ff of the impetuous
flames, the shrieking of women and children, the
hurry ff of people, the fall ff of houses and churches,
6 manum vertere (cc). 7 Lesson 22, 2. 8 Pluperfect.
Exercises in Translation. 171
was like 9 a hideous storm, and the air all about so hot
and inflamed, that at last one was not able to approach
it : so that they were forced 10 to stand still and let the
flames burn on, which they did 11 for near two miles in
length and one in breadth. The clouds 11 of smoke
were 8 dismal, and reached, upon computation, ff near
fifty miles in length. Thus I left it this afternoon
burning, a resemblance of Sodom, or the last day.
London was, but is 11 no more. 11
9 speciem praebere. 10 Part, in dus. 1J in nubes tristes volutus (/').
XXXII. THE EARTHQUAKE AT LISBON.
I. IT was on the morning 11 of this fatal day,
between the hours 1 of nine and ten, that I was set
down in my apartment, just 2 finishing a letter, when
the papers and 3 table I was writing on began to tremr
ble with a gentle motion, which 4 rather surprised 00 me,
as I could 11 not perceive a breath of wind d stirring.
Whilst I was reflecting with myself what this could 11
be owing cc to, the house I was in 11 shook 7 with such
violence, that the upper stories immediately fell, and
though qq my apartment (which was on the first floor)
did not then share cc the same fate, j yet every thing
was thrown x out of its place, in such a manner that it
was with no small h difficulty I kept my feet, and p
expected nothing less than to be soon crushed to
death, 11 as the walls continued 11 rocking to and fro in a
frightful manner, opening in several places; large
stones falling down on every side from the cracks,
and the ends 5 of most of the rafters starting out from
the roof. To add 6 to this terrifying scene, the sky in
1 Lesson 17,^. '-jam. 3 cum. * quod quidem.
5 Lesson 5, I. 6 accedit . . . quod.
172 Latin Composition.
a moment became so gloomy that I could now distin-
guish no particular object ; j it was an Egyptian 7 dark-
ness indeed, such 8 as might be felt ; owing, no doubt,
to the prodigious j clouds j of dust and lime raised from
so violent a concussion, ff and, as some reported, to
sulphureous exhalations, but qq this I cannot affirm ;
however, it is certain I found j myself almost choked 9
for near ten minutes. 6
2. I had still presence* of mind enough left 11 to put
on a pair of shoes d and a coat, 1 the first that came in
my way, which 10 was every thing cc I saved, and in this
dress I hurried down stairs, and made j directly to that
end of the street which opens 11 to the Tagus.
3. In the midst of our devotions, ff the second great J
shock came on, little less violent than the first, and
completed the ruin ff of those buildings which had been
already much shattered. You may judge of the force*
of the shock, when I inform 12 you it was so violent that
I could scarce keep on my knees ; but it was attended 13
with some circumstances still more dreadful than the
former. On a sudden I heard a general outcry , ff " The
sea is 14 coming in, we shall be all lost." Upon this,
turning my eyes towards the river, which in that place
is near four miles broad, I could perceive it heaving
and swelling in a most unaccountable 15 manner, as no
wing was stirring. In an instant there appeared, at
some h distance, a large body of water, rising as it
were like a mountain. It p came on foaming and roar-
ing, and rushed 7 towards the shore with such impetu-
osity, that we all immediately ran for our lives j as fast
as possible ; many were p actually 16 swept away, and
7 Use cimmerius. 8 Express by mood. 9 animam intercludere.
W quae quidem. n specto. 12 ex eo quod. habeo(j}.
14 Indir. disc. 15 mirabilis. 16 quidem.
Exercises in Translation. 173
the rest above their waist in water at a good distance
from the banks. For my own part, 2 1 had the narrow-
est escape , ff and q should certainly have been lost, had
I not grasped a large beam that lay on the ground,
till the water returned to its channel, which it did y
almost at the same instant, with equal rapidity. As
there now appeared 00 at least as much danger from the
sea cc as the land, and I scarce knew 17 whither to retire
for shelter/ I took a sudden resolution of returning
back, with my clothes all dripping, to the area of St.
Paul's.
4. The new scenes of horror d I met with here
exceed 18 all description ; nothing could be heard but
sighs and groans; I did not meet with a soul j in the
passage who was not 19 bewailing the death ff of his
nearest relations and dearest friends, or the loss ff of
all his substance ; I could 11 hardly take a single step,
without 19 treading on the dead or the dying : in some
places d lay coaches, with their masters, horses, and
riders, almost crushed in pieces ; here mothers, with
infants in their arms ; there ladies richly dressed,
priests, friars, gentlemen, mechanics, either in the
same 20 condition, or just expiring ; some had 21 their
backs or thighs broken, others vast stones on their
breasts ; some lay almost buried in the rubbish, and,
crying out in vain to the passengers for succour, were
left to perish with the rest.
5. As soon as it grew dark, another scene pre-
sented j itself little less shocking than those already
described i 11 the whole city appeared 11 in a blaze, 22
which was so bright that I could easily see to read by
it. 23 It may be said without exaggeration 24 it was on
17 habeo. 18 verba deficere. 19 quin. ' 2 Explain particulars.
21 esse, '& flamma. 23 With lux (i). 24 rein augere-
174 Latin Composition.
fire at least in a hundred j different places at once, and
thus continued- 1 burning for six days together, without
intermission, or 26 the least attempt being made to stop
its progress. j
6. It went j on consuming every thing the earthquake
had spared, 1 and 26 the people were so dejected and
terrified, that few or none had 11 courage 11 enough to
venture down to save any part of their substance ; j
every one had his e}'es turned towards the flames,
and p stood 11 looking on with silent grief, which was
only interrupted 3 " by the cries and shrieks of women
and children calling on the saints and angels for
succour.
25 dum (/)- 26 Lesson 22, 3. b.
XXXIII. CHARACTER OF TRAJAN. Gibbon.
i. TRAJAN 1 was ambitious of fame; and, 2 as long
as mankind shall continue- 1 to bestow 3 more liberal
applause upon their 4 destroyers than upon their bene-
factors, the thirst of military glory will ever be the 6
vice of the most exalted 6 characters.- 1 The praises of
Alexander, transmitted by a succession of poets and
historians, had kindled a dangerous emulation in the
mind of Trajan. 7 Like 8 him, the Roman emperor
undertook an expedition 11 against the nations of the
East; but 9 he lamented, 10 with a sigh, that his ad-
vanced age scarcely left y him any hopes of equalling
the renown of the son m of Philip.
1 The proper name should in strictness be omitted, unless opposed to
some other person, when it would be introduced by antcm.
2 etenim (qq). 3 prosequi (I).
* With homo, because it is not the same persons who are destroyed.
5 proprium. 6 eximius quisque, to specialize the expression.
7 With hie: "had kindled him to."
8 With clause : introduce with et vero. 9 Lesson 22, 3. a. 10 queri.
Exercises in Translation. 175
2. Yet the success 00 of Trajan , m however transient,
was 11 rapid cc and specious. The qq degenerate Parthi-
ans, broken by intestine discord, fled 1 before his
arms. He descended 12 the river Tigris in triumph, ff
from the mountains of Armenia to the Persian Gulf.
He enjoyed the honor 13 of being the first, as qq he was
the last, of the Roman generals who ever navigated
that remote sea. His fleets ravaged 7 the coasts of
Arabia; and Trajan vainly flattered himself 14 that he
was approaching towards the confines of India.
Every 15 day the astonished senate received the intelli-
gence of new names and new nations, that acknowl-
edged his sway. They were informed that the kings
of Bosporus, Colchis, Iberia, Albania, and even the
Parthian monarch himself, had accepted their diadems
from the hands of the emperor; that the independent
tribes of the Median and Carduchian hills had im-
plored his protection ; and that the rich countries of
Armenia, Mesopotamia, and Assyria, were reduced
into the state of provinces.
11 utor (y). 12 devehi. 13 Lit. "by a singular fortune," &c.
14 Lit. "rejoiced, being deceived by a false hope." 15 identidem.
XXXIV. CHARACTER OF CATO. Middlcton.
IN his private 1 life 1 he was severe, morose, inexor-
able, banishing all the softer affections as natural 1
enemies ff to justice, and as suggesting false motives*
from favor, clemency, and compassion. In public
affairs he was the same ; had but one rule of policy, 11
to adhere 2 to what was right, without 3 regard to
times or circumstances, or 4 even to force 1 that could
1 With natura. 2 amplecti, 3 Lesson 23, 2. c.
4 New clause with adeo ttt.
176 Latin Composition.
control him : for instead 5 of managing the power dd of
the great so as to mitigate the 6 ill, or extract any good
from it, he was always urging it x to acts ff of violence
by a perpetual defiance ; g so that, with the best inten-
tion in the world, j he often did great harm to the
republic. This was his general behavior : ff yet from
some particular- 1 facts explained 7 above, it appears
that his strength 7 of mind was not impregnable, but
had its weak places 8 of pride, ambition, and party
zeal, which, when encouraged 11 and flattered to a
certain point, 9 would betray 10 him sometimes into
measures 11 contrary to his ordinary rule of right and
truth. The last act ff of his life was agreeable to his
nature and philosophy. 1 When he could not longer
be what 1 he had been, and when the ills of life o'er-
balanced y the good (which, by the principles 1 of his
sect, 1 was a just cause for dying), he put an end to
his life with 11 a spirit and resolution which would
make one imagine that he was glad to have found an
occasion of dying in his proper character/ On the
whole, 12 his life 13 was rather admirable than amiable,
fit to be praised rather than imitated. 14
6 Rel. clause with decere. 6 Clause with si (h). 7 constantia.
8 With aditus (i). 9 finis. W abducere, with personal subject.
11 usus. 12 Clause with ut. 13 With verb.
14 With exemplum proponere.
XXXV. OF STUDIES. Bacon.
I. STUDIES C serve for delight, for ornament, and
for ability. Their q chief use ff for delight is in pri-
vateness and retiring ; for ornament, is in discourse ;
and for ability, is in the judgment ff and disposition dd of
business"; for expert % men can execute, and perhaps
Exercises in Translation. 177
judge of particulars one by one ; but the general
counsels, and the plots 1 and marshalling 2 of affairs,
come best from those that are learned. To spend too
much time in studies, is sloth ; to use them too much
for ornament, is affectation ; to make judgment wholly
by their rules, is the humor 11 of a scholar. They per-
fect nature, and are 3 perfected by experience ; for
natural abilities' 1 are like natural plants, 4 that need
pruning by study ; and studies themselves do give
forth directions too much at large, 5 except they be
bounded in by experience. Crafty men contemn
studies, simple men admire them, and wise men use
them ; for they 6 teach not their own use ; but 7 that is 8
a wisdom without them and above them, won by ob-
servation. ff
2. Read not to contradict and confute, nor to believe
and take for granted, nor to find 11 talk and discourse,
but to weigh and consider. Some books are to be
tasted, others to be swallowed, and some few to be
chewed and digested ; that is, 9 some books are to
be read^ only in parts ; 10 others to be read, but not
curiously ; and some few to be read wholly, 11 but with
dilligence and attention. Some books also may be
read by deputy, and extracts made of them by others ;
but that would be 11 only in the less important argu-
ments 12 and the meaner sort 11 of books ; else distilled 6
books are like common distilled waters, flashy 13
things."
3. Reading maketh y a full man ; u conference a
ready man ; and writing an exact man ; and, q there-
1 ratio. 2 ordo. 3 Insert ipse for the antithesis.
4 Use vitis or some particular word ( /). 5 remissus ac solutus.
6 ut qui. 1 qui quidem. 8 nascor ex. 9 quod dicit.
10 percurrere. u per in comp. U loci. 13 vapidus.
178 Latin Composition.
fore, if a man write little, he had need have a great
memory ; if he confer little, he had need have a
present wit ; and if he read little, he had need have
much cunning, to seem to know that he doth not.
Histories 1 make men wise ; poetry, witty ; the mathe-
matics, 1 subtile; natural philosophy, deep; moral,
grave ; logic and rhetoric, able to contend : Abcunt
studia in mores ; 14 nay, there is no stand or impedi-
ment in the wit, but may be wrought out by fit
studies.
14 Insert ut aiunt to show the proverb.
XXXVI. ANTONY IN DEFEAT. Nor tJis Plutarch.
i. ANTONIUS, flying upon this overthrow, fell 1 into
great misery all at once ; but the chiefest want of all
other, and that pinched him most, was famine. How-
beit, he was cc of such a strong nature, that by patience
he would a overcome 9 any adversity : and v the heavier
fortune lay upon him, the more constant shewed he
himself. Every man that feeleth want or adversity
knoweth by virtue and discretion what he should 2 do ;
but when indeed they are overlaid- 1 with extremity,
and be sore oppressed, few have the hearts 1 to follow
that which they praise and commend, and much less 3
to avoid that they reprove and mislike ; but rather 3
to the contrary, 2 they yield to their accustomed easy
life, and, through faint heart b and lack ff of courage, do
change their first mind b and purpose. And therefore
it was a wonderful example x to the soldiers, to see 11
Antonius, v that was brought up in all fineness and
superfluity, so easily to drink puddle-water, and to
1 excipere (cc). 2 optimum factu. 3 non modo . . . sed etiam.
Exercises in Translation. 179
eat wild fruits and roots. And moreover it is re-
ported, that even as they passed the Alps, they did
eat the barks of trees, and such beasts as never man
tasted of their flesh before.
2. Now their intent was to join with the legions
that were on the other side 4 of the mountains, under
Lepidus' charge ; u whom Antonius took to be his
friend, because he had holpen him to many things at
Caesar's hand, through his means. When he was
come to the place where Lepidus was, 1 he camped
hard by him ; and when he saw that no man came
to him to put 5 him in any hope, he determined to ven-
ture himself, and to go unto Lepidus. Since the
overthrow he had 8 at Modena, he suffered 8 his beard to
grow at length, and never dipt it, that it was mar-
vellous long, and the hair of his head also without
combing ; and besides all this, he went in a mourning dd
gown, and after this 6 sort came hard to the trenches
of Lepidus' camp. Then he began to speak 8 unto the
soldiers, and many of them their hearts yearned 7 for
pity to see him so poorly arrayed, and some also
through his words began to pity 1 him : insomuch that
Lepidus began to be afraid, and therefore commanded
all the trumpets to sound together to stop the soldiers'
ears, that they should not hearken 1 to Antonius.
3. This notwithstanding, z the soldiers took 8 Hhe more
pity of him, and spake secretly with him by Clodius'
and Laelius' means, whom they sent unto him dis-
guised in women's apparel, and gave him counsel
that he should not be afraid to enter into their camp,
for there were a great number of soldiers that would
receive him, and kill Lepidus, if he would say the
4 With transgredt. 5 confirmare. 6 miser (/, v, x).
7 comnioi'cre (*', s).
i8o Latin Composition.
word. Antonius would not suffer them to hurt him,
but the next morning he went with his army to wade
a ford, at a little river that ran between them ; and
himself was the foremost man that took the river to
get over, seeing a number of Lepidus' camp-, 1 that
gave him their hands, plucked up the stakes, and laid
flat 8 the bank of their trench to let him into their camp.
When he was come into their camp, 1 and that he had
all the army at his commandment, he used Lepidus
very courteously, embraced him, and called him
father : and p though indeed Antonius m did all, and
ruled the whole army, yet he always gave Lepidus
the name and honor of the captain.
8 complanare.
XXXVII. SPEECH OF ANTONY. Shakespeare.
FRIENDS, Romans, countrymen, lend me your ears :
I come to bury Caesar, not to praise him.
The evil that men do lives after them ;
The good is oft interred with their bones :
So let it be with Caesar. The noble Brutus
Hath told you Caesar was ambitious :
If it were so, it was a grievous fault ;
And grievously hath Caesar answer'd it.
Here, under leave of Brutus and the rest,
For Brutus is an honourable man \
So are tfiey all, all honourable men,
Come I to speak in Caesar's funeral.
He was my friend, faithful and just to me :
But Brutus says he was ambitious ;
And Brutus is an honourable man.
He hath brought many captives home to Rome,
Whose ransoms did the general coffers fill :
Did this in Caesar seem ambitious ?
When that the poor have cried, Caesar hath wept :
Exercises in Translation. 181
Ambition should be made of sterner stuff :
Yet Brutus says he was ambitious ;
And Brutus is an honourable man.
You all did see that on the Lupercal
I thrice presented him a kingly crown,
Which he did thrice refuse. Was this ambition ?
Yet Brutus says he was ambitious ;
And, sure, he is an honourable man.
I speak not to disprove what Brutus spoke,
But here I am, to speak what I do know.
You all did love him once, not without cause :
What cause withholds you, then, to mourn for him ?
judgment, thou art fled to brutish beasts,
And men have lost their reason ! Bear with me j
My heart is in the coffin there with Csesar,
And I must pause till it come back to me.
1 Cit. Methinks there is much reason in his sayings.
2 at. If thou consider rightly of the matter,
Caesar has had great wrong.
3 at. Has he not, masters ?
1 fear there will a worse come in his place. ,
4 at. Mark'd ye his words ? He would not take the crown ;
Therefore 'tis certain he was not ambitious.
1 at. If it be found so, some will dear abide it.
2 at. Poor soul ! his eyes are red as fire with weeping.
3 at. There's not a nobler man in Rome than Antony.
4 at. Now mark him he begins again to speak.
Ant. But yesterday the word of Caesar might
Have stood against the world : now lies he there,
And none so poor to do him reverence.
masters, if I were dispos'd to stir
Your hearts and minds to mutiny and rage,
1 should do Brutus wrong, and Cassius wrong,
Who, you all know, are honourable men.
I will not do them wrong: I rather choose
To wrong the dead, to wrong myself, and you,
Than I will wrong such honourable men.
1 82 Latin Composition.
But here's a parchment with the seal of Caesar,
I found it in his closet, 'tis his will :
Let but the commons hear this testament,
(Which, pardon me, I do not mean to read,)
And they would go and kiss dead Caesar's wounds,
And dip their napkins in his sacred blood \
Yea, beg a hair of him for memory,
And, dying, mention it within their wills,
Bequeathing it as a rich legacy
Unto their issue.
4 Ctf. We'll hear the will : read it, Mark Antony.
Citizens. The will, the will ! we will hear Caesar's will.
.Ant. Have patience, gentle friends ; I must not read it:
It is not meet you know how Caesar lov'd you.
You are not wood, you are not stones, but men ;
And, being men, hearing the will of Caesar,
It will inflame you, it will make you mad.
'Tis good you know not that you are his heirs ;
For, if you should, O, what would come of it !
4 Cit. Read the will ! we'll hear it, Antony ;
You shall read us the will, Caesar's will !
Ant. Will you be patient ? will you stay awhile ?
I have o'ershot myself, to tell you of it.
I fear I wrong the honourable men
Whose daggers have stabb'd Caesar ; I do fear it.
4 Cit. They were traitors : honourable men !
Citizens. The will ! the testament !
2 Cit. They were villains, murderers. The will ! read the
will!
Ant. You will compel me, then, to read the will ?
Then make a ring about the corpse of Caesar,
And let me show you him that made the will.
Shall I descend ? and will you give me leave ?
Citizens. Come down.
2 Cit. Descend. \He comes down.
3 Cit. You shall have leave.
4 Cit. A ring ! stand round.
Exercises in Translation. 183
1 Cit. Stand from the hearse ; stand from the body.
2 at. Room for Antony ! most noble Antony !
Ant. Nay, press not so upon me ; stand far off .
Citizens. Stand back ; room ! bear back.
Ant. If you have tears, prepare to shed them now.
You all do know this mantle : I remember
The first time ever Caesar put it on ;
'Twas on a Summer's evening, in his tent,
That day he overcame the Nervii.
Look, in this place ran Cassius' dagger through :
See what a rent the envious Casca made :
Through this the well-beloved Brutus stabb'd ;
And, as he pluck'd his cursed steel away,
Mark how the blood of Caesar follow'd it,
As rushing out of doors, to be resolv'd
If Brutus so unkindly knock'd, or no ;
For Brutus, as you know, was Caesar's angel :
Judge, O you gods, how dearly Caesar lov'd him !
This was the most unkindest cut of all ;
For, when the noble Caesar saw him stab,
Ingratitude, more strong than traitors' arms,
Quite vanquish'd him : then burst his mighty heart ;
And, in his mantle muffling up his face,
Even at the base of Pompey's statua,
Which all the while ran blood, great Caesar fell.
O, what a fall was there, my countrymen !
Then I, and you, and all of us fell down,
Whilst bloody treason flourish'd over us.
O, now you weep ; and, I perceive, you feel
The dint of pity : these are gracious drops.
Kind souls, what, weep you, when you but behold
Our Caesar's vesture wounded ? Look you here,
Here is himself, marr'd, as you see, with traitors.
1 at. O piteous spectacle !
2 at. O noble Caesar !
3 at. O woeful day !
4 at. O traitors, villains !
184 Latin Composition.
1 Cit. O most bloody sight !
2 at. We will be reveng'd.
Citizens. Revenge, about, seek, burn, fire, kill,
slay, let not a traitor live !
Ant. Stay, countrymen.
1 at. Peace there ! hear the noble Antony.
2 at. We'll hear him, we'll follow him, we'll die with him.
Ant. Good friends, sweet friends, let me not stir you up
To such a sudden flood of mutiny.
They that have done this deed are honourable :
What private griefs they have, alas, I know not,
That made them do't ; they're wise and honourable,
And will, no doubt, with reasons answer you.
I come not, friends, to steal away your hearts :
I am no orator, as Brutus is ;
But, as you know me all, a plain blunt man,
That love my friend ; and that they know full well
That gave me public leave to speak of him.
For I have neither wit, nor words, nor worth,
Action, nor utterance, nor the power of speech,
To stir men's blood : I only speak right on ;
I tell you that which you yourselves do know ;
Show you sweet Cassar's wounds, poor, poor dumb mouths,
And bid them speak for me : but were I Brutus,
And Brutus Antony, there were an Antony
Would ruffle up your spirits, and put a tongue
In every wound of Caesar, that should move
The stones of Rome to rise in mutiny.
INDEX.
A or AN (indefinite article), 18.
Ablative as Object, 21 ; of Separa-
tion, 32 ; with Comparatives, 32 ;
of Time, 39 ; Ablative Absolute,
use of, 58.
Abstract term, expressed by sub-
stantive clause, 75; use of,
avoided in Latin, 121, 122.
Accusative as Object, 21.
Adjective, position of, 2; agree-
ment, 6; special uses, 8; used
as noun, 8 ; as abstract, 9 ; for
the possessive, 9; with Cases,
23 ; for genitive, 35.
A FEW, Or SEVERAL, l8.
Allusive expressions (in English),
often omitted in Latin, 125.
Antecedent noun in relative clause,
preceding the demonstrative, 15.
ANY (" any one who "), 18.
Apposition, examples of its use, 3.
As (correlative), 16.
CASES, constructions of, 20-44 > as
objects of Verbs, 20 ; as modify-
ing Adjectives, 23 ; indirect re-
lations, 25 ; expressing Cause,
Means, and Quality, 28 ; Separa-
tion and Comparison, 32 ; the
Genitive, 34 ; use of Two Cases,
37 ; of Time and Place, 39 ; with
Prepositions, 43.
Cause and Occasion, 29 ; clauses
of, 69.
Characteristic, clauses of, 70.
Compound Verbs, regimen of, 43, 44.
Concessive expressions, 73.
Concrete terms preferred in Latin,
122.
Conditional Sentences, 72.
Ciim or dum> clause with, used in-
stead of participle, 57, 58.
Dates, how expressed, 40.
Dative of indirect object, 21 ; vari-
ous uses of, 25-27.
Depriving, expressions of, 32.
Dum, clause with, used instead of
participle, 57, 58.
EACH, 19 ; EITHER, 18 ; EVERY, 19.
Exclamation, forms of, 86.
" Far from " (with participial noun),
how to be expressed, 83.
" From " (with participial noun), ex-
pressed by quominus or quin, 84.
General Precepts, how expressed
in Latin, 64.
Genitive, its position, 2 ; as object,
21 ; of value, 30; special uses of,
34; partitive uses, 35.
Gerundive constructions (English
participial noun), 60.
HAVE, its uses as auxiliary, 84.
Hendiadys, in Latin use, 5, 123.
Historical Infinitive, 46.
Historical Present, 45.
Hour of the day, 40.
Imperative forms of expression, 63.
Indirect Discourse, 80.
Indirect Questions, 81.
Infinitive, its uses, 53-56 ; historical,
46 ; as abstract noun, 53 ; forms
in Indirect Discourse, 54.
"In respect to " (specification), 24.
Intermediate Clauses, 77, 78*
Jam, to express beginning of an
action, 46.
"Law," expressions for, in Latin,
120.
Literal forms of speech, 123.
1 86
Index.
Main Word, position of, 2, 129.
" Manage to," &c., how expressed
in Latin, 83.
Modifying word, position of, 2.
Months, names of, 40.
MUST, &c., expressed by Gerundive
(always passive), 49.
Object Cases, 20, 21 ; indirect, 26,
37 ; after compound verbs, 43, 44.
Officiwni equivalent to "sense of
duty," 121.
Order of Words, 1-3.
OUGHT, &c. (Gerundive), 49.
Parenthetical expressions, "to be
brief," " so to speak," &c., 84.
Participial Noun (-ING), how ex-
pressed in Latin, 60 ; Construc-
tions, 57.
Participles : agreement of, in com-
pound tenses, 7 ; substituted by
temporal clause, 57 ; as modi-
fiers, 58.
Passive Voice, uses of, 49, 50 ; use
of cases with, 51.
Periodical structure, 126.
Place, names of, and their con-
struction, 41.
Point of View in Latin often differs
from that in English, 43, 121.
Position expressed by ab y 43.
Possessives, ir, 12.
Potential Mood (English), how ex-
pressed in Latin, 63.
Prepositions (Latin), use of, 42; in
Compounds, 43, 44.
Price and Value, how expressed, 30.
Pronoun, use of, 5, 10 ; Reflexive,
n; Demonstrative, 13; Rela-
tive, 14; Interrogative, 17; In-
definite, 18.
Purpose, with Gerundive, 61 ;
Clause of, 69, 70.
Quality, how expressed, 29.
Qiiin or quominus, clause with, 84.
Reflexive Pronoun, n.
Relative Clause, its position, 2, 15;
the relative not to be omitted, 15 ;
used for other constructions,
15; as Connective, 16 ; caution
as to its use, 126 (o), 128 (v).
Result, Clause of, 69.
Saying, &c., Verbs of, followed by
Indirect Discourse, 54, 80.
Sentence, form of, 126-129.
Separation, &c., 32.
SEVERAL, 18.
Societas (the Latin word), 121.
Subject, to be expressed in indirect
discourse, 80 ; is a person rather
than a thing, a thing rather than
an abstraction, 121.
Subjunctive (English), how ren-
dered in Latin, 63.
Substantive Clauses, 74-76 j for
abstract noun, 75.
Tenses, narrative, use of, 45, 46;
perfect and imperfect, 45 ; present
as perfect, 46; sequence of, in
indirect discourse, 81 ; with as
if, and similar phrases, 73.
THAT, as preventing repetition, 12 ;
as introducing indirect discourse,
54, 80 ; various clauses with, 75.
Time, expressions of, 40 ; relations
of, 66.
To or FOR, 24, 25, 26.
"To be brief," "so to speak," and
similar phrases, 84.
Too ... TO, expressed by com-
parative with quam ut, 70, 71.
Two Cases following a verb, 37.
Value, expressions of, 30.
Verb, agreement of, 4, 5; uses of,
45-64-
WHEN, expressions signifying, 66 ;
meaning whenever, 67 ; meaning
since, 67.
WITHOUT, followed by Participial
Noun, how expressed in Latin, 61.
Word or Phrase, choice of, 110-126.
INDEX
TO THE SYNTAX OF ALLEN AND GREENOUGH'S LATIN GRAMMAR, WITH
PARALLEL REFERENCES TO GILDERSLEEVE'S GRAMMAR.
A. & G.
G.
A. &G.
G.
A. &G.
G
I
192
48 3
50 c
376
2
99
617
R
5> R
3
284, 326
b
618, 622
d
381, 382
4
c
622
e
389 R 2
5
474
d
618
45 R 3
6
475, 612
e
6l6R2
R
418 end
7
201, 202 R I
4
6l2 R I
51
343
8
5
613 R I
N
R i
202, 31-9
49
202
I
344
i
318
R
319 R
a
99
2
*97i 324
I
28l & R 2
b
R I
a
319
a
283
c
348
b
4 I2 R2
b
R2
2
345
c
319 R 2
c
2O2 R I
a
_i
N
359
d
281 Exc. i
R
R I
202, 285
2
I 94
R 2
347
R
324
a
I 9 8
R 3
_.
I
28!
b
199 R3
i
345
2
286
c
688, 200
c
346, 34*
a
281 Exc. 2
50
357
d
b
282
i
360
R I
330
c
a
,, R I
R 2
d
2O2 R I
b
R3
e
346
e
202 R 5
c
365
344 R 2
616 R 3
d
R I
R
f
202 R 2
R
R 2, 3
y
208
3
195 R I
e
367 R
345 R 3
N
^
f
359
g
344 R 3
a
b
293 R 2
f
364
> R
3
3 88 Rl
349
c
284 R
*
379
R
R 2
440
R
372
a
346
4
2
366
b
322
a
195 R 2
a
369
4
206
b
j
368
rt
353
c
202 R 4
c
37i
b
352
d
423
R
,, R 2
c
535
d
371
R
N
195 R4
e
, R7
5
350
5
360 R I
R I
> R 5
R
a
R 2
370 R 2
6
356 & R 6
b
363
R3
368 R 2
a
, R3
c
R I
R 4
361 R 2
b
R 2
6
324 R 6
3
36l
c
jj R I
7
314
a
357 R *
R
t 9 >
a
b
373> 374
d
R4
b
c
374 R 2
e
355
8
287 R
R
>. R3
7
343
9
306
616
d
R
356 R I
361 R I
N
a
R 2
N
4
b
354
616
a
375
c
,, R
2
> R3
R
R I, 2
d
35 1
a
619
6i8R3
R
377 & R i
,, R 2
R
52
327
Parallel References.
A. &G.
G.
A. &G.
G.
A.&G.
G
52 R
207
54 I
401 &R
57 N
254 R I
!
329
8
404
C
R2
R
207
a
379
5
257, 608, 610
a
329 R I
R
380
K
i
331
b
379
6
251, 258
c
329 R I
9
397
7
259
d
33
10
38 7
a
264, 266
e
696
a
47. 373 R i
b
267
J
403 R 3
R
262
333
b
408-9
C
334
N
408 R
R
260 R
b
330 R i
C
438 R 2
d
265, 268
c
333
d
384. 392
8
420
R
R 2
55 i
392, 337
K
341 R
d
&R2
a
a
423, 535
2
331 R2
b
392 R 2
b
535
a
,, ,,
2
335
c
424
b
M f >
N
328
d
c
332
a
364 R
N
271, 4
R
R2
If
335
e
527
4
3
342, 384, 388
N
276
a
340
N
413
R I
535 R 2
3
527
a
4"
R2
197 R I
c
335-8
b
410
5 2 7 R 3
53
194 R 3
R
436
f
34i R
a
n
C
412
424 R 4
b
324 R I
R
39 R
R
-.
54
338
d
412 R I
g
34 1
N
I
H
388-9
e
f
R3
385-6, 384 R 2
N
h
534, 560 R
650
a
388
R
410 R 3, 4
58
213
b
H
411 R I
i
270
c
4
387
2
218
d
39
56
413
a
221
R
i
99
b
2l8 R 2
e
389 R 2
a
c
219
R
373 R 6
3
418
d
220
2
394
c
419
e
,, R I
a
395
R
384 R i
f
5" R i
R
n
</
419
3
222
e
a
c
396 & R 2
f
Appendix
b
225
</
R I
g
418
c
224
3
406-7
K
end
d
H *3
N
383
2
416 R
e
246 R 2
a
39* R 2
a
App'x; 356 R 4
4
234
^
407 R I
3
418 R
5
226
c
372 &R
c
417 R
a
228
4
403
d
416 R
b
569
205 R I
3
566, 576
c
228 R 2
403
4
403
d
224
5
399
R
II
R
227 R 2
N
397
5
414 R
6
233
a
3" R i
57
245 R
7
2 3 6
R
,, R 2
i
246
R
R2-4
399 R i
2
247
8
244
C
311 R 4
a
250-258
9
271
N
6
399 R i
401, 403
b
597-599
509, 469, 562
10
a
510, 216
511 R 2
a
391, 401, 403
N
b
510 R
k
346 R 2, 348
3
256
c
5 X 3
L
N
266 R 2
R
C
389 & R i
266-7
d
R
373 R 6
1
266 R 2
e
511 R I
d
405
C
575
f
599 R 5
e
400
d
266 R 3
517 R 2
R
4
253, 255
h
519 &*
7
402
a
253
H
276
a
>, R I
b
254
a
246
Parallel References.
A. &G.
G.
A. &G.
G.
A. &G.
G.
58 b
277 & R
62 N
582
68 i
253-4
530
R I
R
254 R 2
c
274
R 2
581 R
2
256
d
275
R3
582
266
R
c
579, 574 R
264
e
R
577-9
546 R I
f
240
d
574-5
3
655
59
590
e
587 &R
69 i
626
j
.
N
,9
2
a
591 & R 3
/
589
' (0
628
N
628
63
538
(2)
b
590
i
539, 587 R
a
632
2
596*
2
54i
b
633
a
a
636
c
634
b
568-9
b
587
d
636, 637
N
S9 6*
64 i
544
e
582
C
596
R
545
(3
3
597
N
, f
a
509
a
a
545> 2
b
b
599
b
688 R
70
57
N
R
484 R 2
R
526
C
R I
C
546
I
57
J
R2
2
544 R i & 2
2
527, 532
e
246 R 3
65 i
553> 554
a
528
f
599 R 3, 5
R
543, 558 R 4
b
R
4
597-8
a
547. 549
c
652 R 2
a
597
b
550, 551
d
527 R 3
b
598
2
633
3
546
c
236 R 3
N
a.
& R I
d
597-8
a
634
t
532
e
195 R 6
b
633
c
,,
/
598 R i
c
3i3
R
608
S
a
596*
597 R 3
d
e
629 R
637
d
424
546 & R 2
b
569 R 2
f
556 R 2
2OO
c
246 R 4
66 i
509, 3, 4
e
547, 549
60
594
a
59, 2
f
552
i
M
b
509,3
R
546 R 3
a
c
547 R 2
3
6a>
d
541
f
532 R 4
c
R
539 R
4
557
2
602
54i R i
a
558
R
613 R 2
N
b
647 R 4
a
602
2
666
c
560
3
252 R I
N
665
R
R
C
246 R 1-3
67
6 5 i
4
558 R i
R
)}
R i
e
557
d
i
653
f
559
61
604 foil.
a
424 R 3
g
55i i
i
604
527 R 2
R
M ^
R
R
644
A
546 R 2
2
606 foil.
3
630 R I, 2
N
3
575
R
6 3 8, 644
5
525
4
592
C
659
rt
> R 2
a
592 R 2, 5
N
R 2
j
542, 533
b
c
n 14
597 R 4
d
R
654 R I
R 2
71
451 foil.
4'>g
2
469, 654
i
456-8
d
606-10
R
454
R
455
62
6l2 R 2
a
514, 515 R 3
a
462
56l
b
654 R 2
b
469
j
563
c
470
R
454
5 68-9
R
469 R 3
C
460
2
522, 2
d
R I
d
4S9 R
N
582 R I, 633
N
D
2
460
a
5^3
e
R 2
R
461
R I
564-S
f
462, 603
A
460
R 2
563 R
3
655
b
459
b
582
664
c
461 R
Parallel References.
A. &G.
G.
A.&G.
G.
A.&G.
a
71 d
460, 463
72
39>
73 2
428
3
473
b
23 o
R
, R3
a
M
c
537
N
427 R *
b
72 i
2 7 8
d
comp. 275, 2
536, 524 R I
3
a
429 fell.
429 &R
a
373 R
4
279
R
b
278 R
a
239. 673
3
430 & R
c
572 R, 586
b
599 R 3
<:
433
i
438
5
243
4
43^, 434
a
439
a
439
R
t
, R
b
243
N
c
243
R
R
74
43?
d
R
428 R 3
2
/6
3
66 7
43 1
R
R I
R
RI
73 i
427
2
43/
a
K 2
R
, R r, 426
R
R I
Prices Reduced. BOSTON, July, 1877.
GIKN" & HEATH,
13 Tremont Place, BOSTON.
Terms : Cash in Thirty Days; Trade Price List.
ENGLISH.
A MANUAL OP ENGLISH LITERATURE, Histori-
cal and Critical : With an Appendix on English Metres. By THOMAS AR-
NOLD, M. A., of University College, Oxford. American Edition. Revised. 12mo.
Cloth. 549 pages 81.50
Tliis manual presents in a small compass an accurate and interesting view of Eng-
lish literature. It is divided into two sections. The first of these, treating of th
history of the subject, gives a complete list of the various Eoglish authors and their
works, from the earliest times down to the year 1850.
CARPENTER'S INTRODUCTION TO ANGLO-
SAXO.N\ An Introduction to the study of the Anglo-Saxon Language, Com-
prising an Elementary Grammar, Selections for Reading with Notes, and a
Vocabulary. By STEPHEN II. CARPENTER, Professor of Logic and English Litera-
ture in the University of Wisconsin, and Author of " English of the XIV. Cen-
tury." 12rno. Cloth. 212 pages ... .90
CRAIK'S ENGLISH OF SHAKE SPEARE. Illustrated
in a Philological Commentary on his Julius Caesar, by GEORGE L. CRAIK, Queen's
College, Belfast. Edited by W. J. ROLFE, Cambridge. 16mo. Cloth. 402
pages 1.12
ELEMENTS OF QEOMETRY. By GEORGE A. WENT-
WORTH, Phillips Academy, Exeter.
ENGLISH OF THE XIV. CENTURY. Illustrated by
Notes, Grammatical and Etymological, on Chaucer's Prologue and Knight's
Tale. Designed to serve as an Introduction to the Critical Study of English.
By STEPHEN II . CARPENTER, A. M., Professor of Rhetoric and English Literature
in the State University of Wisconsin. 12mo. Cloth. 327 pages . . .1.12
ESSENTIALS OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR, for the
Use of Schools. By Prof. W. D. WHITNEY, of Yale College. 12mo. Cloth.
272 pages 70
This work is founded on the author's studies of language in general, and on his
experience as an examiner in English grammar for one of the departments of Yale
College, and as a teacher of French and German in the same institution.
It endeavors to teach the facts of English grammar in such a way as shall lay the
best foundation for further and higher study of language in every department.
The work begins with the formation of the simple sentence and the distinction of
the parts of speech ; it next explains the inflection of English words, and the forma-
tion of derivative and compound words : the parts of speech are then taken up in
order and treated in detail ; and chapters of syntax close the work. The added
exercises give due opportunity of practice upon the matters taught.
1
FITZ'S TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. Mounted and Operated
by an entirely new Method, with a Manual designed to accompany the Globe, the
whole forming an easy and practical introduction to the study of Astronomy
and Physical Geography.
Six-inch Globe $ 15.00
Twelve-inch Globe ao-oo
The Globe, as mounted, makes such phenomena as the seasons, the changes in the
length of day and night, etc.. etc., at once clear to the apprehension of an ordinary
child. For the usual verbal explanations which overtask the untrained imagination,
it substitutes material surfaces and lines and real motions, and thus aids the mind
of the learner in the highest possible degree in (brining correct and lasting impres-
sions of phenomena which, however interesting, are in the abstract not easily
understood.
FITZ'S MANUAL. I2mo. 120 pages 70
The Manual which accompanies the above Globe contains every direction for
its use, with an explanation of the subjects which it is specially designed to illustrate,
such as the changes in the length of day and night, the seasons, twilight, etc.
A collection of more than forty problems is also given, with full directions for
working them, and numerous practical exercises to be worked out by the learner on
the Globe. Questions for examination and miscellaneous exercises are added at the
end.
HUDSON'S FAMILY SHAKESPEARE : Plays selected
and prepared, with Notes and Introductions, for Use in Families.
Volume I., containing As You Like It, The Merchant of Venice, Twelfth Night,
First and Second of King Henry the Fourth, Julius Caesar, and Hamlet.
Volume II., containing The Tempest, The Winter's Tale, King Henry the Fifth,
King Richard the Third, King Lear, Macbeth, and Antony and Cleopatra.
Volume III., containing A Midsummer Night's Dream, Much Ado about Nothing,
King Henry the Eighth, Itomeo and Juliet, Cymbeline, Coriolanus, and Othello.
And Hudson's Life, Art, and Characters of Shakespeare. 2 vols.
Svols. Cloth 7.50
Halfmorocco 11.00
Full calf 15.00
HUDSON'S LIFE, ART, AND CHARACTERS OF
SHAKESPEARE. Including an Historical Sketch of the Origin and Growth
of the Drama in England, with Studies in the Poet's Dramatic Architecture,
Delineation of Character, Humor, Style, and Moral Spirit, also with Critical
Discourses on the following plays, A Midsummer Night's Dream, The Mer-
chant of Venice, The Merry Wives of Windsor, Much Ado about Nothing, As
You Like It, Twelfth Night, All 's Well that Ends Well, Measure for Measure,
The Tempest, The Winter's Tale, King John, King Richard the Second, King
Henry the Fourth, King Henry the Fifth, King Richard the Third, King Henry
the Eighth, Romeo and Juliet, Julius Csesar, Hamlet, Macbeth, King Lear,
Antony and Cleopatra, Othello, Cymbeline, and Coriolanus. In Two Volumes.
12mo. Cloth. 969 pages 3.00
HUDSON'S SERMONS. I6mo. Cloth 75
HUDSON'S SCHOOL SHAKESPEARE. 1st Series.
Containing As You LIKE IT, THE Two PARTS OF HENRY IV.,
THE MERCHANT OP VENICE, JULIUS CAESAR,
TWELFTH NIGHT, HAMLET.
Selected and prepared for Use in Schools, Clubs, Classes, and Families. With In-
troductions and Notes. By the REV. HENRY N. HUDSON. 12mo. Cloth. 636 pages. 1.50
HUDSON'S SCHOOL SHAKESPEARE. 2d Series.
Containing THE TEMPEST, KING RICHARD THE THIRD,
THE WINTER'S TALE, KING LEAR,
KING HENRY THE FIFTH, MACBETH, ANTONY AND CLEOPATRA.
12uio. Cloth 678 pages 1.50
HUDSON'S SCHOOL SHAKESPEARE. 3d Series.
Containing A MIDSUMMER NIGHT'S DREAM, ROMEO AND JULIET,
MUCH ADO ABOUT NOTHING, CYMBELFNE,
KING HENRY VIII., OTHELLO. CORIOLANUS,
12mo. Cloth. 655 pages 1.50
2
HUDSON'S SEPARATE PLAYS OF SHAKESPEARE.
TILE MERCHANT OF VENICE. In Paper Cover . . , . .$030
JULIUS (LESAR. In Paper Cover . . . . 30
HAMLET. In Paper Cover ... 30
THE TEMPEST. In Paper Cover ... 30
MACBETH. In Paper Cover 30
HENRY THE EIGHTH. In Paper Cover 30
AS YOU LIKE IT 30
HENRY THE FOURTH. Part L 30
KING LEAR 30
MUCH ADO ABOUT NOTHING 30
ROMEO AND JULIET 30
OTHELLO 30
A MIDSUMMER NIGHT'S DREAM 30
HENRY THE FIFTH 30
HUDSON'S PAMPHLET SECTIONS OF TEXT-
BOOKti OF PROSE AND FOETKY.
BURKE. SECTION I. Preface, Contents, and pages 113-218 30
BURKE. SECTION II. Life, Contents, and pages 219-325 30
WEBSTER. SECTION I. Preface, Contents, and pages 335-421 ... .30
WEBSTER. SECTION II. Life, Contents, and pages 421-552 ... .30
BACON. Preface, Life, Contents, and pages 553 -636 30
WORDSWORTH. SECTION II. Preface and pages 129 - 251 30
COLERIDGE AND BURNS. Preface and Contents 504 - 614 30
ADDISON AND GOLDSMITH. 80 pages . 30
HUDSON'S TEXT-BOOK OF POETRY. From WORDS-
WORTH, COLERIDGE, BURNS, BEATTIE, GOLDSMITH, and THOMSON. With Sketches
of tlie Authors' Lives. For use in Schools and Classes. By the REV. H. N.
HUDSON. 12uio. Cloth. 704 pages 1 50
Two thirds of the volume is filled with Wordsworth ; who has now made good
his position as one of the five great chiefs of English poetry, and whose works
embody, in the highest form, whatever is noblest and best in the English poetical
literature of the last hundred years. The whole of The Excursion, the first two
books of the Prtlude, Michael, The Brothers, Tiftern Abbey, Laodamia. On the Power
of Sound, Ode on Immortality, and a large number of smaller pieces are included.
The selections from Coleridge are The Ancient Mariner, Chrislabel, Fears in Solitude,
and eighteen other pieces. From Burns, The Cotter's Saturday Nigltt, The Ttra
Dogs, Tarn O'Shanter, The, Vision, and twenty -six other poems, and also twenty-
nine of the songs. From Beattie, The Minstrel ; from Goldsmith, The Desert- d
ViUa<re; and from Thorn son, The Castie of Indolence: these being generally regarded
as the best poems of those authors. In all cases, except a few pieces of Words-
worth's, the poems are given entire, as the authors wrote them.
HUDSON'S TEXT-BOOK OF PROSE. From BURKE,
WEBSTER, and BACON. With Notes and Sketches of the Authors' Lives. By the
REV. H. N. HUDSON. 12mo. Cloth. 648 pages 1.50
This work is intended as a sort of companion volume to the preceding. It is made
up on the same general principle, the contents being selected with a view to unite,
as far as may be, the culture of high and pure literary tastes with the attainment
of liberal and useful knowledge. The selections from Burke are Letter to the Sher-
iffs of Bristol, Speech on Economical Reform, Speech to the Electors of Bristol, and A
Letter to a JVoble Lord, all given entire ', also twenty-nine other pieces gathered, as
seemed best, from the author's various works. From Webster, Speech in Reply to
Hayne, Speech on the Presidmirtal Protest, and discourse on The Character of Wash-
ington ; also thirty-two shorter pieces from other speeches. From Bacon thirty
of the fifty-eight Essays, all given entire, and several choice selections from Advance-
ment of Learning.
HALSEY'S GENEALOGICAL AND CHRONOLOGI-
CAL CHART of the Rulers of England, Scotland, France, Germany, and
Spain. By C. S. HALSEY. Mounted, 33 X 48 inches. Folded and Bound in 4to,
10x12 inches $1.00
Unbound .60
HALSEY'S BIBLE CHART OF GENEALOGY AND
CHRONOLOGY, from the Creation to A. D. 100. Prepared by C. S.
HALSEY 75
Unbound 40
This Chart is designed to illustrate Bible History by showing on a clear and simple
plan the genealogy and chronology of the principal persona mentioned in the Scrip-
tures.
HARVARD EXAMINATION PAPERS. Collected and
arranged by R. F. LBIGHTOX, A. M., Master of Melrose High School. Third
Edition, containing papers of June and September, 1875-76. 12uio. Cloth.
348 pages . 1.12
These are all the questions (except on the subject of Geometry), in the form of
papers, which have been used in the examinations for admission to Harvard College
since 1880. They will furnish an excellent series of Questions in Modern, Physical,
and Ancient Geography ; Grecian and Roman History ; Arithmetic and Algebra, ;
Plane and Solid Geometry ; Logarithms and Trigonometry ; Latin and Greek Gram-
mar and Composition ; Physics and Mechanics. They have been published in this
form for the convenience of Teachers, classes in High Schools, and especially for
pupils preparing for college.
OUR WORLD, No. I. ; or, First Lessons in Geography.
Revised edition, with new Maps, by MARY L. HALL. Small quarto. 119 pages . .70
Designed to give children clear and lasting impressions of the different countries and
inhabitants of the earth rather than to tax the memory with mere names and details.
OUR WORLD, No. II. ; or, Second Series of Lessons
in Geography. By MARY L HALL. With fine illustrations of the various coun-
tries, the inhabitants and their occupations, and two distinct series of Maps,
5 pages physical, and 19 pages of finely engraved copperplates political. Quarto.
181 pages 1.40
This book is intended, if used in connection with the First Lessons, to cover the
usual course of geographical study. It is based upon the principle that it is more
useful to give vivid conceptions of the physical features and political associations of
different regions than to make pupils familiar with long lists of places and a great
array of statistics.
OUTLINES OP THE ART OP EXPRESSION. By J.
II. GILMORE, Professor of Logic, Rhetoric, and English in the University of
Rochester. 12mo. Cloth. 117 pages 70
This little book was not manufactured to meet a demand, though it is believed
that a demand for such a work has long existed. It grew, in the author's class-
room, out of an attempt to remedy the defective training in English of students who
were, in other respects, qualified to pursue to advantage a college course With a
cursory survey of English Grammar (from the logical and historical point of view)
it combines brief practical suggestions with reference to Composition and Rhetoric,
together with examples for criticism and topics for practice in the construction of
sentences.
The book was privately printed, for the use of the author's classes, a year ago, and
is given to the public, at the request of many teachers, in the hope that it may be
useful to college professors who desire some brief, but comprehensive manual of
English on which to condition candidates for admission to college. The lack of such
a manual has compelled many a college professor either to give instruction, during
the Freshman year, which should devolve on the preliminary training school, or
to approach his proper work in Rhetoric and English at a very great disadvantage.
The attention of teachers of rhetoric in our colleges and also in our academies
and high schools is especially called to the work as likely to meet a felt necessity.
They will find it intensely direct and practical ; yet resting, it is hoped, upon a sound
theoretical basis which will facilitate the work of further and more systematic in-
struction
While Professor Gilmore's ART OF EXPRESSION has this special adaptation , the pub-
lishers believe that it cannot wisely be overlooked wherever, for any reason, an
intelligent review of English Grammar is desired.
4
PEIRCE'S TABLES OF LOGARITHMIC and TRIG-
ONOMETRIC FUNCTIONB TO THREE AND FOUR PLACEiS OF
DECIMALS. By JAMES MILLS PEIRCE, University Professor of Mathematics at
Harvard University. Quarto. Cloth $0.56
PEIRCE'S ELEMENTS OP LOGARITHMS; with an
Explanation of the Author's THREfc AND FOUR PLACE TABLES. By JAMES
MILLS PEIIICE, University Professor of Mathematics at Harvard University.
12uio. Cloth. 92 pages 70
This Work is a Companion to THREE AND FOUR PLACE TABLES OF LOGA-
RITHMIC AND TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS, by the same Autiiors.
STEWART'S ELEMENTARY PHYSICS. American
Edition. With QUESTIONS and EXERCISES. By PKOP. G. A. HILL, of Har-
vard University. 18mo. Cloth. 580 pages 1.25
The Questions will be direct and exhaustive upon the text of Mr. Stewart's work.
After the Questions will be given a series of easy Exercises and Problems, designed,
in tiie hands of a good teacher, to arouse and strengthen in the student's mind the
power of reasoning in accordance with sound scientific methods.
SEARLE'S OUTLINES OP ASTRONOMY. By AR-
THUR SSARLE, of Harvard College Observatory. 16mo. Cloth. 433 pages . . 1.40
This work is intended to give such elementary instruction in the principal branches
of Astronomy as is required in High Schools or by any students not far advanced in
mathematics. It is illustrated by carefully prepared engravings, and contains some
information on each of the following subjects :
1. The chief results of astronomical inquiry up to the present time with regard to
the general constitution of the universe, and, in particular, with regard to the stars,
planets, nebulae, comets, and meteors.
2. The methods of astronomical research, and their application to the arts.
3. The general principles of theoretical astronomy.
4. The history of astronomy.
6. Astronomical statistics.
ATLANTIC PRIMARY ARITHMETIC. Simple Num-
bers. By G. L. DEMAREST. 18mo. 256 pages 85
THE ELEMENTS OP PLANE TRIGONOMETRY.
By II. N. WIIKELEK, A.M., of Cambridge. 12ino. Cloth. 120 pages . . .94
THE LIVING WORD; or, Bible Truths and Lessons. 12mo.
Cloth. 153 pages 50
THE ODES OP HORACE, IN ENGLISH VERSE.
By CASKIE HARRISON, Professor of Ancient Languages in the University of the
South. Part I., containing the First Book. 12mo. Paper Cover ... .50
THE NATIONAL MUSIC COURSE. In Four Books.
For Public Schools. By JULIUS EICHBERG, J. B. SHARLAND, L. W. MASON, H. E.
HOLT, Supervisors of Music in Public Schools of Boston, Mass.
PRIMARY OR FIRST MUSIC READER. 16ino 96 pages . . . .23
A course of exercises in the elements of VOCAL Music AND SIGHT-SINGING, with
choice rote songs for the use of youngest pupils.
INTERMEDIATE MUSIC READER. 16mo. 192 pages 53
Including the Second and Third Music Readers. A course of instruction in the
elements of Vocal Music and Sight-Singing, with choice rote songs, in two and three
parts, based on the elements of harmony.
THE FOURTH MUSIC READER. 8vo. 336 pages . . 1.12
This work, prepared to follow the Third Music Reader, is also adapted, under a
competent instructor, to be used in Hiirh Schools where no previous systematic in-
struction has been given. To this end a brief but thorough elementary course is
given, with musical theory, original solfeggios, a complete system of triad practice,
and sacred music and song, with accompaniment for the piano. The music intro-
duced is of a bijrh order, and by the best masters, and is calculated to cultivate the
taste, as well as to extend the knowledge and skill of the pupils.
5
THE FIFTH, or HIGH SCHOOL MUSIC BEADEB
FOR MIXUU VOICES. Containing a full Course of Advanced Solfeggios for
One and Two Voices, and a carefully selected number of easy Four-Part Songs,
taken from the works of the best composers. This work has been especially
compiled to meet the growing wants of our High Schools for a higher grade of
music than is contained in works now used in such schools. 8vo. 299 pages ~ .$0.94
N. B. The Tenor Part in many of the songs may be either omitted or sung by
the altos (boys).
THE ABBIDGED FOUBTH MUSIC BEADEB. 8vo.
288 pages .94
SECOND MUSIC BEADEB. IGmo. 96 pages . . . .30
THIBD MUSIC BEADEB. 16mo. 96 pages 30
THE NATIONAL MUSIC CHABTS. By LUTHER
WHITING MASON. An invaluable aid to Teachers of Common Schools in imparting
a practical knowledge of Music, and teaching Children to sing at sight. In JJ'OUT
Series. Jf'orty Charts each, size 25 X 36 inches.
FIRST SERIES 10.00
SECOND SERIES 10 00
THIRD SERIES .... 10.00
FOURTH SERIES, by L. W. MASON and J. B. SHARLAND 1000
EASEL 1.10
THE NATIONAL MUSIC TEACHEB. A Practical
Guide for Teaching Vocal Music to Young Children. By L. W. MASON. 8vo.
72 pages 45
THE TEACHEB'S IMPBOVED CLASS-BOOK.
18mo 50
Two advantages result from the arrangement of pages adopted in the IMPROVED
CL \ss-BooK: 1. The names of pupils in any class need to be entered but once for
an entire term. 2. The standing for the three months, instead of needing to be com-
piled from different parts of the book, is present to the eje at one view.
ANNALS OF THE ASTBONOMICAL OBSEBVA-
TORY OF HARVARD COLLEGE. Vol. VIII. Results of Observations
made or directed by WILLIAM CRANCH BOND, A M., GEORGE PHILLIPS BOND,
A. M-, and JOSEPH WINLOCK, A. M.
PART I. Historical Account of the Observatory from October, 1855. to
October, 1876.
PART II. I. Astronomical Engravings of the Moon, Planets, etc.
II. Astronomical Engravings illustrating Solar Phenomena.
'6
GREEK.
GOODWIN'S GREEK GRAMMAR. By WILLIAM W.
GOODWIN, Ph. D., Eliot Professor of Greek Literature in Harvard University.
12mo. Half morocco. 262 pages $1.18
The object of this Grammar is to state general principles clearly and distinctly,
with special regard to those who are preparing for college. In the sections on the
Moods are stated, for the first time in an elementary form, the principles which are
elaborated in detail in the author's " Syntax of the Greek Moods and Tenses."
GREEK MOODS AND TENSES. The Sixth Edition.
By WILLIAM W. GOODWIN, Eliot Professor of Greek Literature in Harvard Uni-
versity. 1vol. 12mo. Cloth. 264 pages 1.31
This work was first published in 1860, and it appeared in a new form much en-
larged and in great part rewritten in 1865. In the present edition the whole has
been again revised ; some sections and notes have been rewritten, and a few notes
have been added. The object of the work is to give a plain statement of the princi-
ples which govern the construction of the Greek Moods and Tenses, the most im-
portant and the most difficult part of Greek Syntax.
GOODWIN'S GREEK HEADER. Consisting of Extracts
from Xenophon, Plato, Herodotus, and Thuc>dides ; being the full amount of
Greek Prose required for admission at Ilarvard. With Maps, Notes, References
to GOODWIN'S GREEK GRAMMAR, and parallel References to CROSBY'S and
HADLEY'S GRAMMARS. Second edition, edited by PROFESSOR W. W. GOOD-
WIN, of Harvard College. 12mo. Half morocco. 384 pages .... 1.50
The revised edition contains the first and second books of the Anabasis (in place
of the third and fourth books of the former editions) with copious notes, the greater
part of the second book and an extract from the seventh of the Hellenica, with the
first chapter qf the Memorabilia, of Xenophon ; the last part of the Apology, and the
beginning and end of the Phaedo, of Plato ; selections from the sixth, seventh, and
eighth books of Herodotus, and from the fourth book of Thucydides.
GOODWIN'S SELECTIONS FROM XENOPHON
AND HERODOTUS. With Notes adapted to Goodwin's Greek Grammar,
Parallel References to Crosby's and Hadley's Grammars, and copper-plate
Maps. Edited by PROFESSOR W. W. GOODWIN and JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, of
Harvard College. 12mo. Half morocco. 408 pages 1.50
This book contains the first four books of the Anabasis, and the greater part of
the second book of the Hellenica, of Xenophon ; and extracts from the sixth, seventh,
and eighth books of Herodotus. It has been prepared for the use of those who from
want of time or for other reasons are unable to readthe greater variety of selections
in Greek Prose which are contained in Goodwin's Greek Reader.
THE FIRST FOUR BOOKS OF THE ANABASIS
OF XSNOPHON. Edited, with copious Notes and References to Goodwin's
Greek Grammar, Parallel References to Crosby's and Hadley's Grammars, and
a copper -plate Map. by PROFESSOR W. W. GOODWIN and JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE,
of Harvard College. 12mo. Half morocco. 240 pages 94
LEIGHTON'S GREEK LESSONS. Prepared to accompany
Goodwin's Greek Grammar. By R. F. LEIGUTON, Master of Melrose High School.
12mo. Half morocco. 264 pages 1.18
This work contains about one hundred lessons, with a progressive series of exer-
cises (both Greek and English), mainly selected from the first book of Xenophon 's
Anabasis. The exercises on the Moods are sufficient, it is believed, to develop the
general principles as stated in the Grammar. The text of four chapters of the
Anabasis is given entire, with notes and references. Full vocabularies accompany
the book.
LIDDELL & SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXI-
CON. Abridged from the new Oxford Edition. New Edition. With App-ndix
of Proper and Geographical Names, by J . M. WHITON. Square 12mo. 835 pages.
Morocco back $225
Sheep binding 2.60
LIDDELL & SCOTT'S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXI-
CON. The sixth Oxford Edition unabridged. 4to. 1,881 pages.
Morocco back 10.00
Sheep binding 1100
The English editions of Liddell & Scott are not stereotyped ; but each has been
thoroughly revised, enlarged, and printed anew. The sixth edition, published in 1869,
is larger by one eighth than the fifth, and contains 1,865 pages. It is an entirely dif-
ferent work from the first edition, the whole department of etymology having been
rewritten in the light of modern investigations, and the forms of the irregular verbs
being given in greater detail by the aid of Veitclrs Catalogue. No student of Greek
can aftord to dispense with this invaluable Lexicon, the price of which is now for the
first time brought within the means of the great body of American scholars.
PLATO'S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES AND CRITO.
Edited by JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Ph. D., Assistant Professor of Greek in
Harvard University.
The basis of this work will be the German edition of Dr Christian Cron. (Platons
Tertheidigungsrede des Sokrates und Kriton. Sechste Auflage. Leipzig, Teubner,
1875.) To the matter contained in Dr. Cron's edition there will be added notes by
the Editor and from other sources, analyses, and extended references to Goodwin
and Hadley. The book will be tor the class-room, and all matter not of direct value
to the student will be rigidly excluded.
THE CEDIPUS TYRANNUS OF SOPHOCLES. Ed-
ited, with an Introduction, Notes, and full explanation of the metres, by JOHN
WILLIAMS WHITE. Ph. D., Assistant Professor of Greek in Harvard University.
12mo. Cloth. 219 pages 1.12
THE MEDEA OF EURIPIDES. Edited, with Notes and
an Introduction, by FREDERIC D. ALLEN, Ph. D., Profesbor in the University of
Cincinnati. 12mo. Cloth. 141 pages 94
SIDGWICK'S INTRODUCTION TO GREEK
PROSE COMPOSITION. 12mo. Cloth. 280 pages 1.76
WHITE'S FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Prepared
to accompany Goodwin's Greek Grammar, and designed as an Introduction to
his Greek Reader. By JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Ph D., Assistant Professor of
Greek in Harvard University. 12mo. Half morocco. 305 pages . . .1.18
A series of seventy -five lessons with progressive Greek-English and English-Greek
exercises. Followed by a series of additional exercises on Forms, and complete
vocabularies.
WHITON'S SELECT ORATIONS OF LYSIAS. Com-
prising the Defence of Mantitheus, the Oration against Eratosthenes, the
Keply to u The Overthrow of the Democracy," and the Areopagitic Oration
concerning the Sacred Olive-Trunk. Edited by JAMES MORRIS WHITON, Ph. D.
12mo. 151 pages . 94
The grammatical notes deal almost wholly with the syntax, as befits a work of
this grade, and have been prepared with a special aim to elucidate the usage of
the verb. References are made, for the most part, to Goodwin's Greek Moods and
Tenses, and Goodwin's and Hadley's Grammars.
YONGE'S ENGLISH-GREEK LEXICON. Square
12mo. Cloth. 483 pages 3.00
LATIN.
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S LATIN GRAMMAR:
a Latin Grammar for schools arid colleges, founded on Comparative Grammar.
12nio. Half morocco. 290 puges (including supplementary Outlines of Syntax,
with new and greatly enlarged Index) $ 1.12
The features of this grammar to which we invite attention, are : 1. The scientific
form of statement in the Etymology, corresponding to the most advanced views of
comparative philologists ; 2. The comparison with kindred languages suggested
throughout, especially in numerous brief philological notes, and in references to the
syntax of Goodwin's Greek Grammar ; the grouping and subordination of topics in
the Syntax, which contains nearly 200 cross-references, with upwards of 1,000
citations from classic authors, so that unusual brevity is attained without sacri-
fice of completeness.
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S LATIN METHOD: a
Method of Instruction in Latin ; being a companion and guide in the study of
Latin Grammar. Wit.h elementary instruction in Reading at Sight, Exercises
in Translation and Writing, Notes, and Vocabularies ; also " Outlines of Syn-
tax," taken from the Latin Grammar. 12mo. Cloth. 13i pages ... .75
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S LATIN COMPOSITION:
an Elementary Guide to Writing in Latiu. Part 1. Constructions of Syntax;
Part II. Exercises in Translation. 12mo. Cloth. 198 pages .... 1.12
Part First (which is published separately) consists of thirty progressive Lessons,
with full instructions, exercises, and vocabulary ; and is designed " to furnish a
sufficient amount of study and practice in Latin composition during the last year
of preparation for college, or the first of a college course." Part Second consists of
about forty exercises in translation, chiefly narrative, adapted to the use of advanced
or college classes ; with annotated references to the Lessons of Part I. , and to the
sections of a special Introduction on the Choice of Words, the Form of the Sentence,
and Idiomatic Usages.
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S C^SAR: Cesar's Gallic
War: Four Books. With Historical Introduction, Notes, and a Copperplate
Map of Gaul. [With a full Vocabulary by R. F. PENNELL, of Phillips Exeter
Academy.] 12mo. Half morocco. 282 pages 1.12
Without Vocabulary ... 90
The text of this edition is that of Nipperdey, important variations being noticed.
The notes are vu.usually full in historical illustration, derived largely from Momm-
sen, Long, Merivale, the " IlL-tory of Julius Caesar" by Napoleon III, and the
excellent school edition of Moberly. In the earlier portions they are especially de-
signed to guide in a systematic and careful study of Latiu syntax.
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S SALLUST: The Conspiracy
of Catiline as related by Sallust. With Introduction and Notes explanatory
and historical. 12mo. Cloth. 84 pages 75
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S CICERO: Select Orations of
Cicero, chronologically arranged, covering the entire period of his public life.
From the text of Baiter and Kayser. With Life, general and special Introduc-
tions, and Index of topics discussed. 12mo. Half morocco. 394 pages . . 1.12
The text without notes
It is the dwign of this edition to give a full view of Cicero's public career, as ora-
tor and statesman, extending through about forty of the most eventful years of the
Inter Republic With this view, the selection includes the earliest and the latest
of his public orations, while the special Introductions cover very fully the inter-
vening political history. Besides the orations more commonly read in schools, are
given the Koscius and Sestius (abrilged), with the first against Verres find the last
Philippic, thirteen in sill, with one or two short passages of special celebrity , for
practice in reading at sight. Especial care has been taken in the department of
Antiquities, which has been treated in numerous notes (in smaller type), some of
them HS that on the Roman Aristocracy being brief essays on the several topics.
The Introduction contains a classified list of all the works of Cicero, with the
occasions and topics of all of his orations.
9
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S CATO MAJOR: Cicero
De Senectute, a Dialogue on Old Age. With Introduction (on the adoption in
Kome of the Greek philosophy) and Notes. 12mo. Cloth. 67 pages . . 80.56
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S OVID : Selections from the
Poems of Ovid, chiefly the Metamorphoses. With special Introductions, Notes,
and Index of Proper Names. 12mo. Half morocco. 283 pages . . . 1.12
The introductions to the passages from the Metamorphoses (23 in number) give
the entire argument of the poem, that of omitted portions bracketed. The other
selections include those of special interest as illustrating the poet's life ; and a list
Is gives of all his writings, with their topics and occasions. The Notes contain
brief instructions on scanning at sight.
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S VIRGIL : The Poems of
Virgil , Vol. I. containing the Pastoral Poems (Bucolics) and Six Books of the
^Eneid. Chiefly from the text of Ribbeck, with select various Readings, Intro-
ductions, Notes, and Index of Plants (compiled chiefly from Fee's Fiore de
Yirgile, contained in Lemaire'a " Bibliotheca Classica Latina"). 12mo. Half
morocco. 372 pages 1.12
The text without notes .60
The Notes of this edition (which are brief and very numerous) are particularly
Indebted to Conington, and are designed "to give not only what may serve the
learner in the bare understanding of the text ; but, along with it, some bint of that
wealth of traditional interpretation which is more important, perhaps, in the study
of Virgil than in that of any other ancient poet."
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S VIRGIL. With Vocabu-
lary. 12mo. Half morocco. 588 pages 1.40
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S Course No. I. A Full Pre-
paratory Course of Latin Prose ; consisting of Four Books of Caesar's Gallic
War, Sallust's Conspiracy of Catiline, Eight Orations of Cicero, and
TOTE ( Cato Major). 12mo. Half morocco. 582 pages
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S Course No. II. Second
Preparatory Course of Latin Prose ; containing Four Books of Caesar's Gallic. War,
and Eight Orations of Cicero. With Vocabulary by R. F. PKNMELL. 12mo.
Half morocco. 518 pages 1.88
N. B. Course No. I. is identical with the First Course prescribed for admission to
Harvard College. Course No. II. includes the usual amount required at other col-
leges.
ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S CICERO. Eight Orations
of Cicero. With Vocabulary by R. F. PENNELL. 12mo. Half morocco. 358
1.13
ALLEN'S LATIN GRAMMAR. I2mo. Cloth. 182 pages .90
ALLEN'S LATIN LESSONS. 12mo. Cloth. 146 pages . .30
ALLEN'S LATIN READER: Consisting of Selections from
Caesar (the invasion of Britain and account of the Gallic and German popula-
tions), Curtius (Anectlotes of Alexander), Nepos (Life of Hannibal), Sallust
(Jugurtha, abridged), Ovid, Virgil, Plautus, and Terence (single scenes), Cicero
and Pliny ( Letters) , and Tacitus (the Conflagration of Rome). With Notes and
a General Vocabulary. The Notes have been adapted to Allen & Greenough's
Grammar. 12mo. Half morocco. 532 pages 1.75
ALLEN'S LATIN SELECTIONS. Containing the first 134
pages of Allen's Latin Reader. With Notes adapted to A. & G.'s Latin Gram-
mar. 12mo. Half morocco. 190 pages 90
10
ALLEN'S LATIN COMPOSITION. An Introduction to
Latin Composition. (By W. F. ALLEN.) New edition, adapted to Allen & Green-
ough's Grammar. 12mo. Cloth. 118 pages $ 0.90
This book includes a careful review of the principles of Syntax (beginning with
Indirect Discourse), with exercises in various styles of composition selected from
classical authors. Also short exercises for oral practice.
ALLEN'S SHORTER COURSE OF LATIN PROSE.
Consisting chietly of the Prose Selections of Allen's Latin Header (to p. 134),
the Notes being wholly rewritten, enlarged, and adapted to Allen & Green-
ough's Grammar ; accompanied by Six Orations of Cicero, the Maniliau, the
four Catilines, and Archias. With Vocabulary. 12mo. Half morocco. 543
pages 1.75
ALLEN'S LATIN PRIMER. A First Book of Latin for
Boys and Girls. (By J. H. ALLEN.) 12mo. Cloth. 182 pages ... .90
This is designed for the use of scholars of a younger class, and consists of thirty
Lessons arranged so as to give a full outline of the grammar, with brief Rules of Syn-
tax, Tables of Inflection, and interlined exercises for practice in reading, compiled
from Uistorice Sacrce. The reading selections which follow include Dialogues from
Corderius and Erasmus (with translation), narratives, nursery songs, mediaeval
hymns, etc., being made up hi great part Irom modern Latin writers.
ALLEN'S LATIN LEXICON : a General Vocabulary of
Latin, with Supplementary Tables of Dates, Antiquities, etc. By J. H. ALLEN.
12mo. Cloth. 214 pages 90
This little dictionary contains " about 15,000 words of common use, besides more
than 1,300 proper names or adjectives, and about 200 dates (exclusive of the Tables),
covering the more important points of classical history and mythology." It is be-
lieved to be complete for the entire introductory course of Latin authors, including
Ovid and Virgil.
LEIGHTON'S LATIN LESSONS. Prepared to accompany
Allen & Greeuough's Latin Grammar. By R. F.LEiaaTON, former Master of
Melrose High School. Revised Edition. 12mo. Half morocco. 352 pages . 1.12
This work presents a progressive series of exercises (both Latin and English) in
about eighty Lessons, illustrating the grammatical forms and the simpler principles
of syntax. Synonymes and Rules of Quantity are introduced from the first. The
amount of illustrative matter in exercises for reading and writing or oral practice
is very large, including portions of Vim ROMJE, and Woodford's Epitome of the First
Book of Caesar. Full Vocabularies (prepared by R. F. PENNELL) accompany the
book, with questions for examination and review of the grammar.
The Lessons have been entirely rewritten, considerably simplified, and more care-
fully graded. With each lesson, definite directions have been given in regard to the
amount of the grammar to be learned. By decreasing the exercises to be translated
into English, space has been given to increase correspondingly the amount to be put
into Latin. Some instruction on the formation of words has been given, and the
references to the grammar on that subject largely increased. The vocabularies
have also been carefully revised.
MADVIG'S LATIN GRAMMAR. Carefully revised by
THOMAS A. THACHER, Yale College. 12mo. Half morocco. 517 pages . . 2.25
A book of the very highest authority in Latin Syntax, and admirably adapted to
the wants of Teachers and College Classes.
NEW LATIN METHOD: a Manual of Instruction in Latin
on the Basis of a Latin Method prepared by J. H. ALLEN and J. B. GREENOOGH.
12mo. Cloth. 244 pages 94
The "New Method" contains: 1. About thirty ELEMENTARY LESSONS on the
forms of the language, and the constructions suggested by the definitions of cases,
moods, etc., accompanied by full Paradigms, and Exercises in Latin and English,
with partiiil vpeabularies. N. B. This portion of the book can be used independently
of the Grammar, and is sufficient for a course of about a year's study 2 CON
STROCTIONS OP SYNTAX symmetrically grouped, with full references to the Grammar,
11
eah topic being illustrated by numerous examples, with exercises to be rendered
into Latin, so as to make a full titmtntary manual of Latin Composition. 3. ON
READLNG LATIN : brief sections on the Latin Sentence, with examples of analysis and
translation ; the Derivation of V.'ords ; and Heading at Sight. 4. READING LES-
SONS, with Vocabularies, and Tabular List of Synonymes.
THE LATIN VEEB. Illustrated by the Sanskrit. By C. H.
PARKHUIIST. 12mo. Cloth. 55 pages $ 0.86
WHITE'S JUNIOR STUDENT'S LATIN-ENGLISH
LEXICON. Square 12mo. 662 pages. Morocco back 2.25
Sheep . . /i>,iUUi 2.W)
WHITE'S JUNIOR STUDENT'S LATIN-ENGLISH
AND ENGLISH-LATIN LEXICON. By the REV. J. T. WHITJS, D D., of
0. 0. C. Oxford, Hector of St. Martin, Ludgate, London. Revised Edition.
Square 12mo. 1058 pages. Sheep 3.25
"The present work aims at furnishing in both its parts a sufficiently extensive
vocabulary for all practical purposes. The Latin words and phrase* are in all ca.-es
followed by the name of some standard Latin writer, as a guaranty of tbeir author-
ity ; and as the work is of a strictly elementary character, the conjugation of the
verbs and the genders and genitive cases of the substantives are uniformly added.
In the preparation of this portion of the book , DR. WHITE has had the assistance of
eouie of the best scholars both of Oxford and Cambridge." Guardian.
WHITE'S JUNIOR STUDENT'S ENGLISH-LATIN
LEXICON. Square 12mo. Sheep. 392 pages 1 88
We have contracted with Messrs. Longmans, Green, & Co., of London, for the
sole agency in this country for the above Latin Lexicons, and shall endeavor to meet
the demands of the trade.
12
LATIN.
I ALLEN & GREENOUGH'S LATIN SERIES.
N. B. The volumes of this series have undergone constant revision in the
class-room; and all corrections or improvements suggested by experience
have been and will continue to be introduced in the successive editions.
A. Elementary Course.
By J. H. ALLEN and J. B. GREENOUGH.
1. LATIN GRAMMAR: a Latin Grammar for schools and
colleges, founded on Comparative Grammar, pp. 274 (including supple-
mentary Outlines of Syntax, with new and greatly enlarged Index) . $ 1.25 $ 1.56
The features of this grammar to which we invite attention, are : 1. The scientific
form of statement in the Etymology, corresponding to the most advanced views of
comparative philologists ; 2. The comparison with kindred languages suggested
throughout, especially in numerous brief philological notes, and in references to the
syntax of Goodwin's Greek Grammar ; 3. Grouping and subordination of topics in
the Syntax, which contains nearly 200 cross-references, with upwards of 1,000
citations from classic authors, so that unusual brevity is attained without sacri-
fice of completeness.
The arrangement of Sections is throughout by general topics rather than minuter
subdivisions ; the sub-sections in larger type containing of themselves a sufficient
outline of grammar for elementary study, while the details in smaller type are de-
signed to be studied only as they occur in reading or composition. Several portions
as of the sections on the Alphabet, Inflection, Verb- Forms, and Derivation of
Words are not designed for school study, but are prepared with a view to lay a
foundation for the later scientific study of Philology, through suggestions by the
teacher.
2. LATIN METHOD: a Method of Instruction in Latin;
being a companion and guide in the study of Latin Grammar. With element-
ary instruction in Reading at Sight, Exercises in Translation and Writing,
Notes, and Vocabularies ; also " Outlines of Syntax," taken from the Latin
Grammar. By the authors of the Grammar 80 1.00
3. NEW LATIN METHOD : A Manual of Instruction in
Latin, prepared on the basis of the above, by J. II. ALLKN. 244 pages. 1.20 1 50
The design of the MANUAL is " to provide a full year's course in Latin which
can be studied without the grammar." It includes: 1. Thirty ELEMKNTAK?
LKSSONS on the forms of the language, and the constructions suggested by the
definitions of cases, moods, &c., accompanied by full Paradigms and a course of
Parallel Exercises in Latin and English, with partial vocabularies. This portion
of the book can be used independent of the Grammar; and, with the easier
lessons in reading, may be sufficient for a year's study. 2. CONSTRUCTIONS O9
SYNTAX systematically grouped, with full references to the Grammar, each topic
being illustrated by numerous examples, with exercises to be rendered into Latin,
so as to make a full elementary manual of Latin Composition. 3. ON RttADlNO
LATIN : brief sections on the Latin Sentence, with examples of anaylsis and
translation; the Derivation of Words ; and Reading at Sight. 4. KKAIHNO
LK8SON8, with Vocabularies, and Tabular Li.^t of Synouyuies.
4. LATIN COMPOSITION : an Elementary Guide to Writ-
ing in Latin. Part I. Constructions of Syntax ; Part II. Exercises in Trans-
lation. By the authors of the Grammar $1.20 $1.50
Part First (which is published separately) consists of thirty progressive Lessons,
with full instructions, exercises, and vocabulary ; and is designed " to furnish s
sufficient amount of study and practice in Latin composition during the last year
of preparation for college, or the first of a college course." Part Second consists of
about forty exercises in translation, chiefly narrative, adapted to the use of advanced
or colleger classes ; with annotated references to the Lessons of Part I. , and to the
sections of a special Introduction on the Choice of Words, the Form of the Sentence,
and Idiomatic Usages.
The special feature of the "Composition" is, that its instructions are given
throughout from the. English point of view. The " Constructions of Syntax " are
not a reproduction of the Latin Grammar, with illustrations from Latin authors to
be retranslated to the original form, but are an attempt to meet the question, How
may good common English be best expressed in Latin? The Exercises, with very
few exceptions, are taken wholly from English authors; and, after the first few
lessons, consist chiefly of " continuous paragraphs or narratives, which, we believe,
are not only more interesting in themselves, but will be found easier in practice
than detached sentences, besides the advantage of exhibiting the rarer constructions
in situ, and not as mere isolated puzzles."
B. Classical Course.
Edited by J. H. and W. F. ALLEN, and J. B. GREENOUGH.
This series has been prepared especially to meet the present conditions for
admission to Harvard College (see Catalogue). The grammatical refer-
ences are to Allen & Greenough's, and Gildersleeve's Latin Grammars.
1. CJESAR : Caesar's Gallic War : Four Books. With Historical .
Introduction, Notes, and a Copperplate Map of Gaul. [With a full Vocabulary
by R. F. PENNELL, of Phillips Exeter Academy.] pp. 282 ... 1.20 1.60
Without Vocabulary 1.00 1.26
The text of this edition is that of Nipperdey, important variations being noticed.
The notes are unusually full in historical illustration, derived largely from Momm-
sen, Long, Merivale, the " History of Julius Caesar" by Napoleon III., and the
excellent school edition of Moberly. In the earlier portions they are especially de-
signed to guide in a systematic and careful study of Latin syntax.
2. SALLUST I The Conspiracy of Catiline as related by Sallust.
With Introduction and Notes explanatory and historical, pp.84 . .80 1.00
3. CICERO ' Select Orations of Cicero, chronologically arranged,
covering the entire period of his public life. From the text of Baiter and
Kayser. With Life, general and special Introductions, and Index of topics
discussed, pp. 394 1.40 1.76
It is the design of this edition to give a full view of Cicero's public career, as ora-
tor and statesman, extending through about forty of the most eventful years of the
later Republic. With this view, the selection includes the earliest and the latest
of his public orations, while the special Introductions cover very fully the inter-
vening political history. Besides the orations more commonly read in schools, are
given the Roscius and Sestius (abridged), with the first against Verres and the last
Philippic, thirteen in all, with one or two short passages of special celebrity, for
practice in reading at sight. Especial care has been taken in the department of
Antiquities, which has been treated in numerous notes (in smaller type), some of
them as that on the Roman Aristocracy being brief essays on the several topics.
The Introduction contains a classified list of all the works of Cicero, with the
occasions and topics of all of his orations.
4. CATO MAJOR: Cicero De Senectute, a Dialogue on Old
Age. With Introduction (on the adoption in Rome of the Greek philosophy)
and Notes, pp. 57 60 .76
2
5. OVID : Selections from the Poems of Ovid, chiefly the Meta-
morphoses. With special Introductions, Notes, and Index of Proper Names.
pp.283 $1.20 $1.50
The introductions to the passages from the Metamorphoses (23 in number) give
the entire argument of the poem, that of omitted portions bracketed. The other
selections include those of special interest as illustrating the poet's life ; and a list
is given of all his writings, with their topics and occasions. The Notes contain
brief instructions on scanning at sight.
6. VIRGIL : The Poems of Virgil ; Vol. I. containing the Pas-
toral Poems (Bucolics) and Six Books of the ^Eneid Chiefly from the text of
Ribbeck, with select various Readings, Introductions, Notes, and Index of
Plants (compiled chiefly from Fee's Flore de Virgile. contained in Lemaire's
"BibliothecaClassicaLatina"). pp.372 1.40 1.75
The Notes of this edition (which are brief and very numerous) are particularly
indebted to Conington, and are designed "to give not only what may serve the
learner in the bare understanding of the text ; but, along with it, some hint of that
wealth of traditional interpretation which is more important, perhaps, in the study
of Virgil than in that of any other ancient poet."
The following are published in single volumes :
Course No. I. A Full Preparatory Course of Latin Prose ; con-
sisting of Four Books of Caesar's Gallic War, Sallust's Conspiracy of Catiline,
Eight Orations of Cicero, and DE SENECTOTE ( Cato Major) . . . 2.00 2.50
Course No. II. Second Preparatory Course of Latin Prose;
containing Four Books of Caesar's Gallic War, and Eight Orations of Cicero.
With Vocabulary by R. F PENNELL 2.00 2 50
N. B. Course No. I. is identical with the First Course prescribed for admission to
Harvard College. Course No. II. includes the usual amount required at other col-
leges.
TEXTS. The Texts of the above editions will be issued without
Notes, for the use of the Recitation-Room.
H, ALLEN'S LATIN SERIES.
By J. H. and W. F. ALLEN.
1. LATIN GRAMMAR : Manual Latin Grammar. With
Tables of Inflection, and Supplement on the Method of teaching Latin, the
Principles of Inflection and Classification, and on some Peculiar Construc-
tions. pp.161 1.00 1.25
2. LATIN LESSONS. Prepared to accompany the Manual
Grammar, and designed especially to furnish a direct and rapid introduction
to the study of Caesar. Consisting of sixty Lessons, with the narrative of the
Helvetian War from the First Book of Caesar, and exercises in Prosody,
pp. 134 1.00
1.25
3. LATIN READER: Consisting of Selections from Caesar
(the invasion of Britain and account of the Gallic and German populations),
Curtius (Anecdotes of Alexander), Nepos (Life of Hannibal), Sallust (Jugur-
tha, abridged), Ovid, Virgil, Plautus, and Terence (single scenes), Cicero and
Pliny (Letters), and Tacitus (the Conflagration of Rome). With Notes and a
General Vocabulary The Notes have been adapted to Allen & Greenough's
Grammar, pp. 532 2.00 2.50
4. LATIN SELECTIONS. The same as the above, without
Vocabulary, pp.326 1.25 1.56
5. LATIN COMPOSITION. An Introduction to Latin
Composition. (By W. F. ALLEN.) New edition, adapted to Allen & Green-
ough's Grammar pp.107 1.00 1.25
This book includes a careful review of the principles of Syntax (beginning with
Indirect Discourse), with exercises in various styles of composition selected from
classical authors. Also short exercises for oral practice.
3
6. LATIN PRIMER. A First Book of Latin for Boys and
Girls. (By J. H. ALLEN.) pp.155 81.00 $1.25
This is designed for the use of scholars of a younger class, and consists of thirty
Lessons arranged so as to give a full outline of the grammar, with brief Rules of Syn-
tax, Tables of Inflection, and interlined exercises for practice in reading, compiled
from Histories Sacree. The reading selections which follow include Dialogues from
Corderius and Erasmus (with translation), narratives, nursery songs, mediaeval
hymns, etc. , being made up in great part from modern Latin writers.
HI. LATIN DICTIONARIES.
1. ALLEN'S LATIN LEXICON : a General Vocabulary
of Latin, with Supplementary Tables of Dates, Antiquities, etc. By J. H.
ALLEN, pp.214 1.00 1.26
This little dictionary contains " about 15,000 words of common use, besides more
than 1,300 proper names or adjectives, and about 200 dates (exclusive of the Tables),
covering the more important points of classical history and mythology." It is be-
lieved to be complete for the entire introductory course of Latin authors, including
Ovid and Virgil.
2. WHITE'S JUNIOR STUDENT'S LATIN-ENG-
LJSH LEXICON. Morocco back 2.40 3.00
Sheep 2.80 3.60
3. WHITE'S JUNIOR STUDENT'S LATIN-ENG-
LISH AND ENGLISH-LATIN LEXICON. By the REV. J. T. WHITB,
D. D., of C. C. C. Oxford, Rector of St. Martin, Ludgate, London. Revised
Edition. Square 12mo. pp. 1058. Sheep 3.60 4.50
"The present work aims at furnishing in both its parts a sufficiently extensive
rocabulary for all practical purposes. The Latin words and phrases are in all cases
followed by the name of some standard Latin writer, as a guaranty of their author-
ity ; and as the work is of a strictly elementary character, the conjugation of the
Terbs and the genders and genitive cases of the substantives are uniformly added.
In the preparation of this portion of the book, DR. WHITE has had the assistance of
some of the best scholars both of Oxford and Cambridge." Guardian.
4. WHITE'S JUNIOR STUDENT'S ENGLISH-
LATIN LEXICON. Sheep, p. 386 2.00 2.50
We have contracted with Messrs. Longmans, Green, & Co., of London, for the
sole agency in this country for the above Latin Lexicons, and shall endeavor to meet
the demands of the trade.
IV. MISCELLANEOUS.
1. LEIGHTON'S LATIN LESSONS. Prepared to accom-
pany Allen Greenough's Latin Grammar. By R. F. LEIGHTON, former Mas-
ter of Melrose High School. pp.275 1.25 1.66
This work presents a progressive series of exercises (both Latin and English) in
about eighty Lessons, illustrating the grammatical forms and the simpler principles
of syntax. Synonymes and Rules of Quantity are introduced from the first. The
amount of illustrative matter in exercises for reading and writing or oral practice
is very large, including portions of VIRI ROM^E, and Woodford's Epitome of the First
Book of Caesar. Full Vocabularies (prepared by R. F. PENNELL) accompany the
book, with questions for examination and review of the grammar.
2. MADVIG'S LATIN GRAMMAR. Carefully revised
by THOMAS A. THACHER, Yale College. Half morocco .... 2.40 300
A book of the very highest authority in Latin Syntax, and admirably adapted to
the wants of Teachers and College Classes.
3. THE LATIN VERB. IHjistrated by the Sanskrit. By
C, H. PARKHURST. Cloth 40 .60
ESSENTIALS OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR,
FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS.
BY PROF. W. D. WHITNEY,
OP YALE COLLEGE.
This work is founded on the author's studies of language in general, and
on his experience as an examiner in English grammar for one of the depart-
ments of Yale College, and as a teacher of French and German in the same
institution.
It endeavors to teach the facts of English grammar in such a way as shall
lay the best foundation for further and higher study of language in every
department.
It assumes that English-speaking children know in generalthe usages
of their own tongue, and, taking advantage of this fact, it endeavors to
point out to them what most requires their notice if they are to understand
the language they use. It directs their attention to underlying principles
and rules, to all the matters which grammatical science has found most
calling for notice, to the distinctions of proved importance, and the terms
which every student of language needs to understand and use. It follows
thus the inductive method, proceeding from familiar facts to classifications
and generalizations and definitions.
Everything is sought to be made so clear, by starting from what is sim-
plest, and by the plainest illustration, that it shall be fully understood by
every ordinary learner. Excessive classification and abstract definition are
carefully avoided.
The work begins with the formation of the simple sentence and the dis-
tinction of the parts of speech ; it next explains the inflection of English
words, and the formation of derivative and of compound words ; the parts
of speech are then taken up in order and treated in detail; and chapters
of syntax close the work. The added exercises give due opportunity of
practice upon the matters taught.
The author holds that the study of English grammar may be made an
efficient introduction and aid to the study of other languages, both modern
and ancient ; and also that even those who have pursued the grammar of
foreign languages, as Latin, will find that of English very valuable both as
complement of the knowledge so gained and as test of its reality.
Sample copies 60 cents, post paid.
GINN & HEATH, Publishers,
13 TBKMONT PLACE, 20 BOND STREET, 56 MADISON STREET,
New York. Chicago.
L
o !
*>!
<D
W
*?
3:
DNIYERSITY OF TORONTO
LIBRARY
Acme Library Card Pocket
Under Pat. " Ref. Index File."
Made by LIBKART BUREAU
